SlideShare a Scribd company logo
MP6000
INTEGRATOR GUIDE
지브라스캐너 Zebra MP6000 2D 고정식 바코드스캐너 매뉴얼
MP6000
INTEGRATOR GUIDE
72E-172632-08
Revision A
May 2015
ii MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
No part of this publication may be reproduced or used in any form, or by any electrical or mechanical means,
without permission in writing from Zebra. This includes electronic or mechanical means, such as photocopying,
recording, or information storage and retrieval systems. The material in this manual is subject to change
without notice.
The software is provided strictly on an “as is” basis. All software, including firmware, furnished to the user is on
a licensed basis. Zebra grants to the user a non-transferable and non-exclusive license to use each software
or firmware program delivered hereunder (licensed program). Except as noted below, such license may not be
assigned, sub-licensed, or otherwise transferred by the user without prior written consent of Zebra. No right to
copy a licensed program in whole or in part is granted, except as permitted under copyright law. The user shall
not modify, merge, or incorporate any form or portion of a licensed program with other program material, create
a derivative work from a licensed program, or use a licensed program in a network without written permission
from Zebra. The user agrees to maintain Zebra’s copyright notice on the licensed programs delivered
hereunder, and to include the same on any authorized copies it makes, in whole or in part. The user agrees not
to decompile, disassemble, decode, or reverse engineer any licensed program delivered to the user or any
portion thereof.
Zebra reserves the right to make changes to any software or product to improve reliability, function, or design.
Zebra does not assume any product liability arising out of, or in connection with, the application or use of any
product, circuit, or application described herein.
No license is granted, either expressly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise under any Zebra Technologies
Corporation, intellectual property rights. An implied license only exists for equipment, circuits, and subsystems
contained in Zebra products.
Zebra Technologies Corporation
Lincolnshire, IL U.S.A.
http://www.zebra.com
Warranty
Subject to the terms of Zebra’s hardware warranty statement, the MP6000 is warranted against defects in
workmanship and materials for a period of 1 (one) year from the date of shipment.
For the complete Zebra hardware product warranty statement, go to:
http://www.zebra.com/warranty
iii
Revision History
Table A includes revisions to the guide.
Table A Revisions
Change Date Description
-01 Rev A 6/2013 Initial Release.
-02 Rev A 6/2013 Added:
- Figure 3-43, Sensormatic Coil Routing
Updated:
- Figure 1-2, Left Side View
- Figure 3-44, Checkpoint Antenna Installation
- Figure A-2 callouts
- Checkpoint antenna routing color
-03 Rev A 12/2014 Added:
- NCR single cable scanner/scale, NCR scanner, Datalogic scanner only, and new
RS-232 bar codes.
- Support for third party hand-held scanners using USB auxiliary ports.
- RS-232 host connection to AUX 2 port (leaves USB host port available for future
use).
- Programmable scale initial zero setting range.
- IBM scale 3-byte status support.
- Volume button disable feature.
- Dual cable scale (SASI only).
- Wincor A/B, and RS-232 host interfaces (see Table 2-4 on page 2-15).
- USB HID keyboard interface.
- Drivers License Parsing (some models).
Updated:
- Host interface ports, and cables.
-04 Rev A 5/2014 Added:
- Third Party Scale bar codes.
- Price Computational Scale Interface circuit drawing.
- Mounting frame.
Updated:
- Added information to step 2 on page 4-7.
-05 Rev A 7/2014 Updated:
- Table A-1; E18, E25, E27 and E30 errors changed to warnings.
- From Active Mode 5.0 average, <12W peak to Active Mode 4.65 average, <12W
peak.
iv MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
-06 Rev A 11/2014 Updated:
- Price Computational Scale Interface.
- Connecting the USB Cable.
- Checkpoint Antenna Installation.
- Page 1-3, Table 1-1: added Bahamas and Ecuador to OIML group.
- Figure 3-41; Adjusting Leveling Screws.
- Figure 3-46; Checkpoint Antenna Installation.
- Page 4-3: Updated Step 1 - Electronic Entry into Calibration Mode to include new
firmware version calibration.
- Page 5-6: Customer Side Scanner (CSS) - Optional section; second paragraph
rephrased.
Added:
- Page 1-3: Leek platter diagram, and description.
- Page 2-20: NCR Variant (both scanner only and scanner/scale versions).
- Page 3-18: Speaker Wire Ferrite Placement (step and figure).
- Figures 3-43 and 3-44; installing Sensormatic coils.
- Replace drawing with Figure 3-40; Lowering the Short, Medium, Long MP6000 into
the Counter.
- Diagrams for installing Sensormatic Coils.
- Page 4-8: Added the "Important" note regarding newer firmware in the section
Calibration Mode Exit Conditions.
- Page 4-11: "Important" note about audit tallies.
- Page 5-27, Table 5-1: Added a new row for "Press and hold Scale Zero and
Volume/Tone buttons" with two notes.
- Page A-2: Under section "LED Display Notes" added "For scale firmware version #
1.04F (for applicable countries)" information.
- Appendix E, Com Protocols.
- Zebra Branding.
- Added Identifying Firmware Version section, and various notes about new firmware
times.
-07 Rev A 3/2015 - Zebra Rebranding
-08 Rev A 5/2015 Updated:
- Scale Zero Button section.
- Warning code U12 with zeroing weight limit information.
- Note on page 1-8...changed presentation cradle to standard cradle.
- Power consumption information in Tech Specs.
- 123Scan2 text.
- Symbol Native API (SNAPI) with Imaging Interface info in table E-1.
Added:
- Warning about checkpoint antenna placement.
- IP Rating (Environmental Sealing) to Tech Specs.
- Warning to the Checkpoint Installation on page 3-27 to note that if the checkpoint
antenna is not sitting completely below its routing features it can cause issues with
scale functionality.
Table A Revisions (Continued)
Change Date Description
Warranty ......................................................................................................................................... ii
Revision History.............................................................................................................................. iii
About This Guide
Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... v
Chapter Descriptions ...................................................................................................................... v
Notational Conventions................................................................................................................... vi
Related Publications ....................................................................................................................... vi
Recommended Services Information.............................................................................................. vii
Chapter 1: PRODUCT OVERVIEW AND FEATURES
Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 1-1
Product Overview ........................................................................................................................... 1-2
Configurations ................................................................................................................................ 1-3
Peripherals ..................................................................................................................................... 1-8
Supported Auxiliary Hand-held Scanner .................................................................................. 1-8
EAS Devices ............................................................................................................................ 1-8
Scale Devices .......................................................................................................................... 1-8
USB Flash Drives ..................................................................................................................... 1-8
Customer Side Scanner (CSS) ................................................................................................ 1-8
Features of the MP6000 ................................................................................................................ 1-9
Optional Leak Platter (European Configurations Only) ............................................................ 1-13
Features Summary .................................................................................................................. 1-13
Chapter 2: HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS
Overview ........................................................................................................................................ 2-1
Interfaces, Components, and Communication ............................................................................... 2-2
POS Interfaces and Host Communication ............................................................................... 2-2
Auxiliary Ports and Peripherals ................................................................................................ 2-2
Programming Management Tools ............................................................................................ 2-3
Application Programming Interfaces ........................................................................................ 2-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
vi MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Connecting a USB Interface .......................................................................................................... 2-4
USB Host Parameters ................................................................................................................... 2-6
USB Device Type ..................................................................................................................... 2-6
Connecting an RS-232 Interface ................................................................................................... 2-12
MP6000 Scanner Only or MP6200/6500 Scale with Single Cable Protocol ............................ 2-12
Price Computational Scale Interface Circuit Drawing .............................................................. 2-13
Connect MP6000 to RS-232 Host ............................................................................................ 2-14
MP6000 with a Dual Cable Scanner/Scale .............................................................................. 2-14
RS-232 Parameters ....................................................................................................................... 2-15
RS-232 Host Parameters ............................................................................................................... 2-16
RS-232 Host Types .................................................................................................................. 2-20
RS-232 Host -NCR Variant ................................................................................................ 2-30
RS-232 Host -Datalogic Variant ......................................................................................... 2-31
RS-232 Device Port Configuration ........................................................................................... 2-32
Third Party Scale Parameters .................................................................................................. 2-37
Third Party Scale ............................................................................................................... 2-37
Third Party Scale LED Pin ................................................................................................. 2-39
Third Party Scale Zero Pin ................................................................................................. 2-41
Connecting an IBM RS-485 Interface ............................................................................................ 2-43
IBM RS-485 Host Parameters ....................................................................................................... 2-44
IBM Scale Port Addresses ....................................................................................................... 2-49
Connector Pins .............................................................................................................................. 2-53
RS-232 AUX 1 ................................................................................................................... 2-53
Scale Display Port .............................................................................................................. 2-53
RS-232 AUX 2 ................................................................................................................... 2-54
Checkpoint Interlock .......................................................................................................... 2-54
AUX A-B (Stacked USB) .................................................................................................... 2-54
POS ................................................................................................................................... 2-55
12V DC ............................................................................................................................. 2-55
Chapter 3: SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION
Overview ........................................................................................................................................ 3-1
Site Preparation ............................................................................................................................. 3-2
Ventilation and Spacing Requirements .................................................................................... 3-2
Service Access Requirements ................................................................................................. 3-2
Electrical Power Considerations .............................................................................................. 3-3
Grounding .......................................................................................................................... 3-3
Checkstand Preparation .......................................................................................................... 3-4
Liquid Spills and Moisture .................................................................................................. 3-4
Vertical Clearance .............................................................................................................. 3-4
Tools .................................................................................................................................. 3-4
Counter Cutout ................................................................................................................... 3-5
Ergonomics ........................................................................................................................ 3-5
Installing Components ................................................................................................................... 3-6
Quick Reference Installation Steps .......................................................................................... 3-6
Remove Existing Bioptic Scanner and Accessories ................................................................ 3-7
Unpacking MP6000 Equipment ............................................................................................... 3-7
Pre-Installation Notes ......................................................................................................... 3-8
Assemble the Dual Head Scale Display .................................................................................. 3-9
Required Tools ................................................................................................................... 3-9
Table of Contents vii
Install the Scale Display ........................................................................................................... 3-12
Getting Started ................................................................................................................... 3-14
Installing ............................................................................................................................. 3-15
Cables and Connections .......................................................................................................... 3-15
Install the Customer Side Scanner (MX101) ............................................................................ 3-16
Installing the MX101 on the Customer’s Right Side (Default) of the Tower Cover ............ 3-17
Installing the MX101 on the Customer’s Left Side of the Tower Cover .............................. 3-22
Affixing the Identification Label .......................................................................................... 3-24
Install the MP6000 /Scale ........................................................................................................ 3-25
Checkstand Counter Cutouts and MP6000 Dimensions .................................................... 3-25
Cutout/Dimensions - MP6000 Short ................................................................................... 3-26
Cutout/Dimensions - MP6000 Short (continued) ................................................................ 3-27
Cutout/Dimensions - MP6000 Medium .............................................................................. 3-28
Cutout/Dimensions - MP6000 Long ................................................................................... 3-30
Install Sensormatic Coils .......................................................................................................... 3-34
Install Checkpoint Antenna ...................................................................................................... 3-37
Trim Kit Installation (If Required) ............................................................................................. 3-38
MP6000 Mounting Frame (If Required) ................................................................................... 3-39
Chapter 4: SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY)
Overview ........................................................................................................................................ 4-1
Scale Calibration Procedure (Scanner/Scale Configurations Only) ............................................... 4-2
Scale Configurations ................................................................................................................ 4-2
Identifying Firmware Version ................................................................................................... 4-2
Step 1 - Electronic Entry into Calibration Mode ....................................................................... 4-3
Firmware Versions Older Than v3.4 .................................................................................. 4-3
Firmware Versions Newer Than v3.4 ................................................................................. 4-3
Step 2 - Program Legal Parameters ........................................................................................ 4-3
Legal Scale Units (Unit Selection) - Kilograms or Pounds ................................................. 4-3
Important Notes .................................................................................................................. 4-4
Legal Scale Dampening Filter ............................................................................................ 4-4
Step 3 - Calibration at NO LOAD ............................................................................................. 4-4
Step 4 - Calibration at LOAD ................................................................................................... 4-5
Step 5 - Calibration Success or Failure ................................................................................... 4-7
Calibration Success ........................................................................................................... 4-7
Calibration Failure .............................................................................................................. 4-7
Possible Reasons for a Fail ............................................................................................... 4-7
Calibration Mode Exit Conditions ............................................................................................. 4-8
Verification Test ....................................................................................................................... 4-8
Audit Tallies ............................................................................................................................. 4-11
Scale Configuration Parameters .................................................................................................... 4-13
Legal Scale Units ..................................................................................................................... 4-13
Scale Display Configuration ..................................................................................................... 4-15
Legal Scale Dampening Filter Setting ...................................................................................... 4-17
User Interface Displays and Signals .............................................................................................. 4-21
viii MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Chapter 5: OPERATING THE SCANNER
Overview ........................................................................................................................................ 5-1
Controls and Indicators .................................................................................................................. 5-2
LED Array Bar .......................................................................................................................... 5-2
Diagnostic LED/7-segment Display ......................................................................................... 5-3
Front Panel Buttons ................................................................................................................. 5-4
The three front panel user interface buttons are backlit for ease of use. ........................... 5-4
Scale Zero Button (Configurations with Scale Only) .......................................................... 5-4
Volume/Tone Control Button .............................................................................................. 5-4
Sensormatic Manual Activation and Sensormatic Status Button ....................................... 5-5
Soft Reset Buttons ............................................................................................................. 5-5
MP6000 Related Hardware ........................................................................................................... 5-6
Scale Display (Scanner/Scale Configurations Only) ................................................................ 5-6
Scale (Scanner/Scale Configurations Only) ............................................................................. 5-6
Single Interval Range Scales ............................................................................................. 5-6
Dual Interval Range Scales ............................................................................................... 5-6
Customer Side Scanner (CSS) - Optional ............................................................................... 5-6
Platter ....................................................................................................................................... 5-7
Installing/Removing the Short and Medium Non-Scale Platters ........................................ 5-7
Installing/Removing the Long Non-Scale and Medium Scale Platters ............................... 5-7
Installing/Removing the Long Scale Platter ....................................................................... 5-8
Scan Windows ......................................................................................................................... 5-9
Operating Modes ........................................................................................................................... 5-10
Programming the MP6000 ............................................................................................................. 5-10
Programming Management tools ............................................................................................. 5-10
Application Programming Interfaces ........................................................................................ 5-10
Programming Bar Codes ......................................................................................................... 5-11
USB Staging Flash Drive ............................................................................................................... 5-12
MP6000 Menu Structure for the USB Staging Flash Drive ...................................................... 5-12
Manually Staging/Configuring MP6000 Devices ...................................................................... 5-13
Loading Cloning Files ........................................................................................................ 5-14
123Scan2 Staging Flash Drive Configuration .......................................................................... 5-15
Approved USB Flash Drives for the Flash Drive Well .............................................................. 5-15
Scanning ........................................................................................................................................ 5-16
Weighing Items .............................................................................................................................. 5-17
Electronic Article Surveillance (EAS) ............................................................................................. 5-18
Supported EAS Controllers ...................................................................................................... 5-18
EAS Operating Modes and Settings ........................................................................................ 5-18
Checkpoint Controller .............................................................................................................. 5-19
Sensormatic Controller ............................................................................................................ 5-19
Sensormatic EAS Hard Tags ................................................................................................... 5-19
Sensormatic EAS Soft Tags (Labels) ...................................................................................... 5-20
Beeper and LED Conditions .......................................................................................................... 5-21
Chapter 6: 123SCAN2
Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 6-1
Communication with 123Scan2 ..................................................................................................... 6-1
123Scan2 Requirements ............................................................................................................... 6-2
Scanner SDK, Other Software Tools, and Videos ......................................................................... 6-2
Table of Contents ix
Appendix A: MAINTENANCE, TROUBLESHOOTING, AND ERROR CODES
Overview ........................................................................................................................................ A-1
Maintenance .................................................................................................................................. A-1
Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................................. A-2
Diagnostic LED 7-segment Display - Error and Warning Codes ............................................. A-2
LED Display Notes ................................................................................................................... A-2
Status Indicator Light ............................................................................................................... A-2
Troubleshooting Assistance ..................................................................................................... A-3
General Error and Warning Codes .......................................................................................... A-5
Scale Warning Codes .............................................................................................................. A-6
Appendix B: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Technical Specifications ................................................................................................................ B-1
Appendix C: HOST INTERFACE CHARACTER SETS
Introduction .................................................................................................................................... C-1
RS-232 Character Sets .................................................................................................................. C-2
Appendix D: PARAMETER DEFAULT TABLE
Appendix E: COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS
Index
x MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
ABOUT THIS GUIDE
Introduction
The MP6000 Integrator Guide provides information on installing, operating, and programming the MP6000.
Chapter Descriptions
Following are brief descriptions of each chapter in this guide.
• Chapter 1, PRODUCT OVERVIEW AND FEATURES provides an overview of the MP6000 including
configurations, peripherals, and features.
• Chapter 2, HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS describes the host interfaces supported by the
MP6000, how to connect the MP6000 to a host, setup, and cable pin-outs. It also includes host interface bar
codes.
• Chapter 3, SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION describes how to install the MP6000 into a counter
top.
• Chapter 4, SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) describes how to change weight
measurement, calibrate the scale, verify calibration, and recognize errors.
• Chapter 5, OPERATING THE SCANNER describes how to operate the MP6000 including buttons, switches,
LED indicators, and scanning.
• Chapter 6, 123SCAN2 provides information about configuring the MP6000 using the 123Scan2
utility.
• Appendix A, MAINTENANCE, TROUBLESHOOTING, AND ERROR CODES provides error/warning codes,
troubleshooting, and maintenance information.
• Appendix B, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS provides technical information about the MP6000.
• Appendix C, HOST INTERFACE CHARACTER SETS provides ASCII character sets for some host
interfaces.
• Appendix D, PARAMETER DEFAULT TABLE provides a list of defaults for the parameters in this guide. For
all MP6000 programming bar codes, refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n
72E-172633-xx).
• Appendix E, COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS provides a table of MP6000 communication interfaces.
vi MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Notational Conventions
This document uses these conventions:
• “User” refers to anyone operating the device.
• “Device” refers to the MP6000.
• Italics are used to highlight specific items in the general text, and to identify chapters and sections in this
and related documents. It also identifies names of windows, menus, menu items, and fields within
windows.
• Bold identifies buttons, and switches to be tapped or clicked, and bar code names.
• Bullets (•) indicate:
• lists of alternatives or action items.
• lists of required steps that are not necessarily sequential.
• Numbered lists indicate a set of sequential steps, i.e., those that describe step-by-step procedures.
NOTE This symbol indicates something of special interest to the reader. Failure to read the note will not result in
physical harm to the bar code reader, equipment or data.
Related Publications
Following is a list of documents that provide additional information about configuring the MP6000:
• MP6000 BAR CODE PROGRAMMING GUIDE,
p/n 72E-172633-xx, provides bar codes for MP6000 configuration.
• MX101 PRODUCT REFERENCE GUIDE, p/n 72E-171320-xx, provides general instructions for setting
up, operating, maintaining, and troubleshooting the MX101 digital scanner.
• MP6000 MULTI-PLANE IMAGING SCANNER REGULATORY GUIDE, p/n 72-171321-xx, provides
domestic and international regulatory information.
• Advanced Data Formatting Programmer Guide, p/n 72E-69680-xx, provides information on ADF, a
means of customizing data before transmission to a host.
For the latest version of this guide and all guides, go to: http://www.zebra.com/support
IMPORTANT This symbol indicates something of importance to the reader. Failure to read the note may impair
the equipment or data.
CAUTION This symbol indicates that if this information is ignored, the possibility of data or material damage
may occur.
WARNING! This symbol indicates that if this information is ignored the possibility that serious
personal injury may occur.
About This Guide vii
Recommended Services Information
If you have a problem using the equipment, contact your facility's technical or systems support. If there is a
problem with the equipment, they will contact the Zebra Customer Support Center at:
http://www.zebra.com/support
When contacting Zebra support, please have the following information available:
• Serial number of the unit
• Model number or product name
• Software type and version number (if available).
Zebra responds to calls by e-mail, telephone or fax within the time limits set forth in service agreements.
If your problem cannot be solved by the Zebra Customer Support Center, you may need to return your
equipment for servicing and will be given specific directions, a Field Service Technician from Zebra, or your
authorized service provider may be sent to your location to perform the repair, depending on your level of
entitlement set forth in the service agreement. Zebra is not responsible for any damages incurred during
shipment if the approved shipping container is not used. Shipping the units improperly can possibly void the
warranty.
If you purchased your business product from a Zebra business partner, please contact that business partner
for support.
Zebra recommends the following Service options to keep the MP6000 operating at peak performance
throughout its lifecycle:
• Service from the Start with Advance Exchange Support (available for scanner-only configurations).
• Service from the Start with On Site System Support (available for scanner-only and scanner/scale
configurations).
• Zebra also offers service support through authorized resellers who qualify as authorized service
partners.
viii MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OVERVIEW AND
FEATURES
Introduction
This chapter includes the following topics:
• Product Overview on page 1-2
• Configurations on page 1-3
• Peripherals on page 1-8
• Features of the MP6000 on page 1-9.
1 - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Product Overview
The MP6000 is a data capture solution that uses a sophisticated optical arrangement to view six sides of an
object as it passes through the scanning area. Bar code data is transmitted to a Point-Of-Sale (POS) host via
USB, RS-232, or RS-485. Auxiliary device support includes USB and RS-232 hand-held scanners, Checkpoint
and Sensormatic Electronic Article Surveillance (EAS), scale and optional Scale Display (varies with the
model), USB staging flash drive (memory stick), as well as an optional Customer Side Scanner (2D imager)
that may be mounted into the tower.
The MP6000 is designed to be embedded in a cutout in the retail checkstand.
Features include:
• Six sided scanning
• Reads top-bottom, left-right, and cashier-customer side bar codes
• Omni-directional symbol orientation.
• Optional integrated scale (single/dual interval).
• Optional Checkpoint EAS antenna.
• Optional integrated Sensormatic EAS coil antennas.
• Optional Scale Display (single/dual head) for scale installations.
• Auxiliary scanner support (USB and RS-232).
• High swipe speed for increased throughput.
• User interface (LED indicators, touch controls, audio).
• Aggressive scanning performance on high density, truncated, and poorly printed bar codes.
• 2D scanning (PDF, Aztec etc.) in both vertical and horizontal windows, or all six-sided orientations.
• Mobile bar code scanning (cell phone) in both vertical and horizontal windows, or all six-sided
orientations.
• Optional integrated Customer Side Scanner (CSS) [1D/2D support].
• Scanner Management Service (SMS), and 123Scan² support enables remote configuration and
monitoring attached peripherals.
PRODUCT OVERVIEW AND FEATURES 1 - 3
Configurations
The MP6000 captures printed or mobile 1D or 2D bar codes. An optional customer-side scanner (CSS) can be
added for bar codes displayed on mobile phones, traditional loyalty cards, or item bar codes. Hand-held
scanner, integrated EAS, and scale support is also available.
This guide covers the configurations listed in Table 1-1.
NOTE 1. All configurations of the MP6000 include a sapphire glass horizontal platter. An optional sapphire
glass horizontal leak platter is also available for EU configurations.
2. New scale configurations are added continually. If you don’t see your country listed, call your
Zebra office.
Table 1-1 MP6000 Configurations
Configuration Description
MP6000-LN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with Checkpoint, worldwide.
MP6000-LP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with Checkpoint, with DL Parsing, US/CA.
MP6000-MN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with Checkpoint, worldwide.
MP6000-MP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with Checkpoint, with DL Parsing, US/CA.
MP6000-SN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, short, with Checkpoint, worldwide.
MP6000-SP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, short, with Checkpoint, with DL Parsing, US/CA.
MP6010-LN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with Checkpoint, with CSS, worldwide.
MP6010-LP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with Checkpoint, with DL Parsing, US/CA.
MP6010-MN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with Checkpoint, with CSS, worldwide.
MP6010-MP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with Checkpoint, with DL Parsing, US/CA.
MP6010-SN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, short, with Checkpoint, with CSS, worldwide.
MP6010-SP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, short, with Checkpoint, with DL Parsing, US/CA.
MP6200-LN000M010AU Multi-plane scanner, long, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for
Australia/NZ/SA.
MP6200-LN000M010CM Multi-plane scanner, long, single interval kg scale, no CSS, Checkpoint,
Canada-Mexico scale label.
MP6200-LN000M010EU Multi-plane scanner, long, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for
EU countries.
Notes:
1. EU scales are legally accepted in the following countries:
Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France,
Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Latvia,
Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden,
Switzerland, United Kingdom
2. OIML scales are legally accepted in the following countries: Bahamas, Barbados, Belize,
Bermuda, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Hong Kong, Jamaica,
Saint Lucia, Philippines, Thailand, Trinidad and Tobago, Vietnam
1 - 4 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
MP6200-LN000M010NN Multi-plane scanner, long, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for
OIML countries.
MP6200-LN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for
US/Puerto Rico/Guam/USVI/British VI.
MP6200-LN000M01ABE Multi-plane scanner, Long with single interval kg scale, with Checkpoint, scale
Gravity Zone A for Belgium.
MP6200-LN000M01BBE Multi-plane scanner, Long with single interval kg scale, with Checkpoint, scale
Gravity Zone B for Belgium.
MP6200-LN000M01CBE Multi-plane scanner, Long with single interval kg scale, with Checkpoint, scale
Gravity Zone C for Belgium.
MP6200-LP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with DL
parsing, scale for US.
MP6200-MN000M010AU Multi-plane scanner, medium, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale
for Australia/NZ/SA.
MP6200-MN000M010CM Multi-plane scanner, medium, single interval kg scale, no CSS, Checkpoint,
Canada-Mexico scale label.
MP6200-MN000M010EU Multi-plane scanner, medium, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale
for EU countries.
MP6200-MN000M010NN Multi-plane scanner, medium, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale
for OIML countries.
MP6200-MN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale
for US/Puerto Rico/Guam/USVI/British VI.
MP6200-MN000M01ABE Multi-plane scanner, Medium with single interval kg scale, with Checkpoint,
scale Gravity Zone A for Belgium.
MP6200-MN000M01BBE Multi-plane scanner, Medium with single interval kg scale, with Checkpoint,
scale Gravity Zone B for Belgium.
MP6200-MN000M01CBE Multi-plane scanner, Medium with single interval kg scale, with Checkpoint,
scale Gravity Zone C for Belgium.
MP6200-MP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with
DL parsing, scale for US.
MP6210-LN000M010AU Multi-plane scanner, long, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with
CSS, scale for Australia/NZ/SA.
Table 1-1 MP6000 Configurations (Continued)
Configuration Description
Notes:
1. EU scales are legally accepted in the following countries:
Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France,
Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Latvia,
Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden,
Switzerland, United Kingdom
2. OIML scales are legally accepted in the following countries: Bahamas, Barbados, Belize,
Bermuda, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Hong Kong, Jamaica,
Saint Lucia, Philippines, Thailand, Trinidad and Tobago, Vietnam
PRODUCT OVERVIEW AND FEATURES 1 - 5
MP6210-LN000M010CM Multi-plane scanner, long, single interval kg scale, with CSS, Checkpoint,
Canada-Mexico scale label.
MP6210-LN000M010EU Multi-plane scanner, long, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with
CSS, scale for EU countries.
MP6210-LN000M010NN Multi-plane scanner, long, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with
CSS, scale for OIML countries.
MP6210-LN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with
CSS, scale for US/Puerto Rico/Guam/USVI/British VI.
MP6210-LN000M01ABE Multi-plane scanner, Long with single interval kg scale, with CSS, with
Checkpoint, scale Gravity Zone A for Belgium.
MP6210-LN000M01BBE Multi-plane scanner, Long with single interval kg scale, with CSS, with
Checkpoint, scale Gravity B for Belgium.
MP6210-LN000M01CBE Multi-plane scanner, Long with single interval kg scale, with CSS, with
Checkpoint, scale Gravity Central C for Belgium.
MP6210-LP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with
CSS, with DL parsing, scale for US.
MP6210-MN000M010AU Multi-plane scanner, medium, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with
CSS, scale for Australia/NZ/SA.
MP6210-MN000M010CM Multi-plane scanner, medium, single interval kg scale, with CSS, Checkpoint,
Canada-Mexico scale label.
MP6210-MN000M010EU Multi-plane scanner, medium, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with
CSS, scale for EU countries.
MP6210-MN000M010NN Multi-plane scanner, medium, single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with CSS,
scale for OIML countries.
MP6210-MN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with
CSS, scale for US/Puerto Rico/Guam/USVI/British VI.
MP6210-MN000M01ABE Multi-plane scanner, Medium with single interval kg scale, with CSS, with
Checkpoint, scale Gravity Zone A for Belgium.
MP6210-MN000M01BBE Multi-plane scanner, Medium with single interval kg scale, with CSS, with
Checkpoint, scale Gravity Zone B for Belgium.
MP6210-MN000M01CBE Multi-plane scanner, Medium with single interval kg scale, with CSS, with
Checkpoint, scale Gravity Zone C for Belgium.
Table 1-1 MP6000 Configurations (Continued)
Configuration Description
Notes:
1. EU scales are legally accepted in the following countries:
Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France,
Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Latvia,
Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden,
Switzerland, United Kingdom
2. OIML scales are legally accepted in the following countries: Bahamas, Barbados, Belize,
Bermuda, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Hong Kong, Jamaica,
Saint Lucia, Philippines, Thailand, Trinidad and Tobago, Vietnam
1 - 6 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
MP6210-MP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with
CSS, with DL parsing, scale for US.
MP6500-LN000M010CM Multi-plane scanner, long, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for
Canada/Mexico.
MP6500-LN000M010EU Multi-plane scanner, long, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for
EU.
MP6500-LN000M010NN Multi-plane scanner, long, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for
NN.
MP6500-LN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for
US.
MP6500-LP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with dual interval scale, Drivers License Parsing,
with Checkpoint, scale for US.
MP6500-MN000M010CM Multi-plane scanner, medium, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale
for Canada/Mexico.
MP6500-MN000M010EU Multi-plane scanner, long, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for
EU.
MP6500-MN000M010NN Multi-plane scanner, medium, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale
for NN.
MP6500-MN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale
for US.
MP6500-MP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with dual interval scale, Drivers License Parsing,
with Checkpoint, scale for US.
MP6510-LN000M010CM Multi-plane scanner, long, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, with CSS,
scale for Canada/Mexico.
MP6510-LN000M010EU Multi-plane scanner, long, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, with CSS,
scale for EU.
MP6510-LN000M010NN Multi-plane scanner, long, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, with CSS,
scale for NN.
MP6510-LN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, with CSS,
scale for US.
MP6510-LP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with dual interval scale, Drivers License Parsing,
with Checkpoint, with CSS, scale for US.
Table 1-1 MP6000 Configurations (Continued)
Configuration Description
Notes:
1. EU scales are legally accepted in the following countries:
Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France,
Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Latvia,
Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden,
Switzerland, United Kingdom
2. OIML scales are legally accepted in the following countries: Bahamas, Barbados, Belize,
Bermuda, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Hong Kong, Jamaica,
Saint Lucia, Philippines, Thailand, Trinidad and Tobago, Vietnam
PRODUCT OVERVIEW AND FEATURES 1 - 7
MP6510-MN000M010CM Multi-plane scanner, medium, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, with
CSS, scale for Canada/Mexico.
MP6510-MN000M010EU Multi-plane scanner, medium, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, with
CSS, scale for EU.
MP6510-MN000M010NN Multi-plane scanner, medium, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, with
CSS, scale for NN.
MP6510-MN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, with
CSS, scale for US.
MP6510-MP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with dual interval scale, Drivers License Parsing,
with Checkpoint, with CSS, scale for US.
Table 1-1 MP6000 Configurations (Continued)
Configuration Description
Notes:
1. EU scales are legally accepted in the following countries:
Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France,
Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Latvia,
Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden,
Switzerland, United Kingdom
2. OIML scales are legally accepted in the following countries: Bahamas, Barbados, Belize,
Bermuda, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Hong Kong, Jamaica,
Saint Lucia, Philippines, Thailand, Trinidad and Tobago, Vietnam
1 - 8 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Peripherals
The MP6000 supports the peripheral devices listed below.
Supported Auxiliary Hand-held Scanner
The MP6000 provides auxiliary data ports (USB and RS-232) to which a hand-held scanner can be connected.
NOTE An auxiliary cordless scanner, such as the LI4278, LS4278, or DS6878, can be attached to the MP6000. If
a standard cradle is used with any of these scanners, a separate cradle power supply is required.
IMPORTANT The MP6000 scanner does not configure an auxiliary scanner. Auxiliary scanners must be
configured separately, independently of the MP6000 scanner.
EAS Devices
• Sensormatic AMB-9010 controller (available December 2014)
• Sensormatic AMB-9010-IPS controller
• Sensormatic ScanMax-Pro controller
• Checkpoint controller
• Checkpoint with interlock controller.
See Electronic Article Surveillance (EAS) on page 5-18 for detailed information.
Scale Devices
• OEM standard scale
• Single/dual head Scale Displays.
• Mettler-Toledo price computing scale for parts of Europe (available September 2014).
USB Flash Drives
• Typical USB flash drive with Type A connector. (See USB Staging Flash Drive on page 5-12.)
Customer Side Scanner (CSS)
• The CSS (MX101) is an optional integrated device that supports 1D and 2D bar code scanning. The CSS
unit replaces the MP6000 tower cover, and can be installed on either side of the MP6000. Refer to the
MX101 PRODUCT REFERENCE GUIDE, p/n 72E-171320-xx, for installation and configuration
information.
PRODUCT OVERVIEW AND FEATURES 1 - 9
Features of the MP6000
The following illustrations of the medium model show the features of the MP6000. See Table 1-2 on page 1-13
for brief descriptions of all features. See Controls and Indicators on page 5-2 for detailed descriptions of each
feature.
NOTE Refer to the MX101 Product Reference Guide (p/n 72E-171320-xx) for information about the optional
Customer Side Scanner (CSS). The CSS is shown in its default (left side) position, but it can be moved to
the other side at any time - no tools required.
Horizontal
Scan
Window
Volume/Tone
Control Button
LED Array Bar
Scale Zero
Button
EAS
Deactivation
Button
(Sensormatic
only)
Vertical Scan
Window
Platter
Optional CSS MP6000CSS Scan
Window
Scale
(optional)
7-segment
Display
Speaker
Figure 1-1 CSS and MP6000 Front View
1 - 10 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Figure 1-2 Left Side View
Figure 1-3 Right Side View/Connector Ports
Scale Cable Channel
EAS Cable Channel
(also see Figure 3-46 on page 3-36 for
Sensormatic coil routing)
Drainage/Ventilation Holes
Tower Bezel
Tower
Cover
RS-232
AUX 1
0.0
Scale
Display
RS-232
AUX 2
AUX
A-B 2
POS 12V
DCCKP
I-LOCK 1
Drainage/Ventilation Holes
1
Checkpoint Interlock Port
2 Auxiliary USB Ports
Strain Relief
Groove (for
cables)
CSS Cable
Channels
Optional Scale
(scale is not available in
MP6000 short models)
Staging USB Flash
Drive Cap/Port
PRODUCT OVERVIEW AND FEATURES 1 - 11
Figure 1-4 View Under Platter
Figure 1-5 Leveling Screws
4 Leveling Screws (2 screws on opposite side) 1
Leveling Screw Access Holes
(medium and short units only)
NOTE The tower bezel must be
removed, and the Tower
Cover slid backwards to
access the leveling screws.
1 Leveling screws are an
optional accessory.
To use leveling screws, buy
accessory kit
MX301-SR00004ZZWR for
standard-length screws, or
accessory kit
MX302-SR00004ZZWR for 1
in. (25 mm) extra length.
290
o
290
o
1 - 12 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Figure 1-6 Scale Displays (Some Scanner/Scale Configurations Only) - Single Head (MX201) and Dual Head
(MX202; additional head added during installation)
PRODUCT OVERVIEW AND FEATURES 1 - 13
Optional Leak Platter (European Configurations Only)
The optional leak platter is used to weigh very long or round items. The leek bars prevent the items from falling
off the scale.
Leek Bars (lift if flat)
Figure 1-7 MP6000 with Optional Leak Platter
Features Summary
Table 1-2 Features on the MP6000
Feature Description Page
Diagnostic LED/7-segment Display Internal display provides detailed status,
troubleshooting information, and scale legal
parameters during calibration.
5-3
LED Array Bar Provides visual feedback for system statuses
and alerts.
5-2
Scale Zero Button Scale status LED and touch button provides
scale status, and allows user to "zero" the scale.
5-4
Volume/Tone Control Button User selectable settings for audible system
indications. (Status LED and button.)
5-4
EAS Deactivation Button (Sensormatic only) Indicates the state of the Sensormatic EAS
device, and controls manual deactivation
(optional).
5-5
Scale (Optional/ Scanner Scale
Configurations Only)
Scales are available for the medium length and
long length configurations.
5-6
1 - 14 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Platter Stainless steel horizontal scanning surface;
imaging window for processing bar code data,
and placing items on the surface to determine
weight.
5-7
Calibration Switch Used in manual scale calibration (currently
unavailable).
n/a
CSS (Optional) Modular unit that fits into the MP6000 tower;
used for customer scanning.
5-6
Scale Display Single or dual display option provides the weight
of items on the scale.
5-6
Leveling Screws (medium and short models
only)
Screws for leveling the MP6000 when shelf
mounting is required. Leveling screws are an
optional accessory.
1-11
Connectors Connect the MP6000 to peripherals, and
POS/host.
Table 1-3
Internal USB Cap/Port The internal USB port is available under the
platter.
1-11
EAS Cable Channel Cable routing channel for EAS antennas. 1-10
Scale Cable Channel Cable routing channel for the scale cable. 1-10
Drainage/Ventilation Holes Outlet for spills. 1-10
CSS Cable Channels Channels for routing CSS cables. 1-10,
3-16
Port Description
RS-232 AUX 1 (J7) See Table 2-3 on page 2-13 for description.
0.0 (J6) Scale Display port.
RS-232 AUX 2 (J5) See Table 2-3 on page 2-13 for description.
CKP I-LOCK (J4) Checkpoint EAS Interlock.
AUX A-B (J3) Dual USB 2.0 full speed ports for auxiliary USB scanners, CSS, or mass
storage device.
NOTE An additional USB port is available in the front under the platter. All USB
ports can be used for the USB staging flash drive. See Table 2-14 on page
2-54 and USB Staging Flash Drive on page 5-12 for more information.
POS (J2) Point of Sale terminal port.
12V DC (J1) External power input. 12V / 3.33A (not required if powered from terminal).
NOTE If a power supply plug is inserted to the J1 connector, with no voltage to the
power supply, the scanner will not power up.
Table 1-3 Description of Connectors
Table 1-2 Features on the MP6000 (Continued)
Feature Description Page
PRODUCT OVERVIEW AND FEATURES 1 - 15
1 - 16 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
CHAPTER 2 HOSTINTERFACESANDCABLE
PINOUTS
Overview
This chapter describes the host interfaces supported by the MP6000, and how to connect the MP6000 to a
host. It also include host interface bar codes. See Figure 1-1 on page 1-9 for locations of the interface
connectors.
OPOS/JAVAPOS settings are outside the scope of this guide. For the Zebra SDK, go to:
www.zebra.com/scannersdkforwindows.
NOTE SDK supported functionality by communication protocol is listed in Appendix E, COMMUNICATION
PROTOCOLS.
2 - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Interfaces, Components, and Communication
The MP6000 supports the following.
POS Interfaces and Host Communication
IMPORTANT Avoid inserting a POS cable in the AUX 1 or AUX 2 port.
• USB 2.0 full speed using Zebra USB multi-host cables
• RS-232 connection using several communication protocols.
• RS-485 communication protocol.
NOTE SDK supported functionality by communication protocol is listed in Appendix E, COMMUNICATION
PROTOCOLS.
Auxiliary Ports and Peripherals
• Three USB 2.0 full speed auxiliary ports (see AUX A-B (Stacked USB) on page 2-54).
• Two RS-232 auxiliary ports (AUX 1/AUX 2; see Figure 1-3 on page 1-10).
The MP6000 can support the following combinations of peripherals:
• Hand-held scanners supported in USB mode, or RS-232 mode.
• CSS (CSS is USB only).
NOTE A total of one hand-held scanner plus one CSS is supported.
• Wireless auxiliary scanner support may be provided via a corded cradle as an auxiliary device.
NOTE An auxiliary cordless scanner, such as the LI4278, LS4278, or DS6878, can be attached to the
MP6000. If a standard cradle is used with the DS6878, a separate cradle power supply is required.
• Sensormatic controller via the RS-232 auxiliary port.
IMPORTANT Use only Zebra approved cables when connecting peripherals to the ports on the MP6000.
• Dual cable scanner/scale: Via RS-232 AUX 1, or RS-232 AUX 2 ports (see Figure 1-3 on page 1-10, and
Table 2-3 on page 2-13).
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 3
Programming Management Tools
• 123Scan2
(see Chapter 6, 123SCAN2)
• SMS
• Staging flash drive reprogramming (USB memory stick)
NOTE Only Zebra hand-held scanners can be managed via 123Scan2
(see Chapter 6, 123SCAN2), and SMS
through the MP6000 scanner.
Application Programming Interfaces
• Zebra scanner SDK APIs (CoreScanner APIs)
NOTE SDK supported functionality by communication protocol is listed in Appendix E, COMMUNICATION
PROTOCOLS.
• Zebra scanner OPOS/JPOS APIs.
For access to these programming interfaces, go to: www.zebra.com/scannersdkforwindows.
NOTE If the MP6000 is powered up with no interface cable present, it reverts to “no host mode.” This is useful for
demonstrations where no host is present.
2 - 4 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Connecting a USB Interface
The MP6000 connects directly to a USB host. An additional power supply may be required
(PWRS-14000-148R). Only a USB Power Plus host can power the MP6000 using a Zebra Power Plus cable,
without an external power supply.
AUX
A-B
POS 12V
DC
Figure 2-1 USB Connections
There are three possible USB connection methods for the MP6000:
• POS connection using USB Power Plus (12V); requires a CBA-U52-S16PAR cable between POS
equipment (e.g., IBM) and the MP6000 POS RJ-45 connector. The MP6000 is a USB device for this
connection; no power supply is required (the MP6000 draws power from USB cable).
• POS connection using USB Standard A (5V); requires a CBA-U51-S16ZAR cable between POS
equipment (standard device - PC) and MP6000 POS RJ-45 connector. The MP6000 is USB device but
requires an external power supply (MP6000 does NOT draw power from USB cable).
• AUX scanner connection using a Zebra USB hand-held scanner; requires a Zebra USB type A cable
between the Zebra USB hand-held scanner (RJ-45), and the MP6000 AUX A-B USB port. The MP6000
is the USB host, and the Zebra scanner is the USB device which draws power from 5V cable.
NOTE For a list of supported scanner functionality by communication protocol Appendix E, COMMUNICATION
PROTOCOLS.
NOTE Interface cables vary depending on configuration.
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 5
To set up the MP6000:
1. Connect the RJ-45 modular connector of the USB interface cable to the POS interface port on the
MP6000.
2. Plug the series A connector, or the Power Plus connector in the USB host. If Power Plus is used, the
MP6000 powers up with the POS.
3. If no Power Plus is used, connect a 12V power supply. Connecting the 12V power supply immediately
turns the unit on.
4. Select the USB device type by scanning the appropriate bar code (see USB Device Type on page 2-6).
5. To modify any parameter options:
a. Scan the appropriate bar codes in the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide, p/n 72E-172633-xx.
or
b. Use 123Scan2
.
or
c. Use the 123Scan2
2D configuration bar code.
or
d. Use a USB staging flash drive (see USB Staging Flash Drive on page 5-12).
2 - 6 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
USB Host Parameters
USB Device Type
To select a USB device type, scan one of the bar codes listed in Table 2-1.
NOTE 1.When changing USB device types, the MP6000 automatically resets and issues the standard startup
beep sequences.
2. Before selecting CDC COM Port Emulation, install the Zebra USB CDC driver on the host to ensure
the scanner does not stall during power up (due to a failure to enumerate USB). If the scanner stalls,
recover it by installing the CDC INF file, and reboot the MP6000.
NOTE This guide includes limited parameter bar codes. For ALL MP6000 programming bar codes, refer to the
MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx).
Parameter Page
Number
USB Device Type
IBM Table-top USB (default) 2-7
IBM Hand-held USB 2-8
IBM OPOS
(IBM Hand-held USB with Full Scan Disable)
2-9
HID Keyboard Emulation 2-10
CDC COM Port Emulation 2-11
Table 2-1 USB Host Parameters
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 7
USB Device Type (continued)
* IBM Table-top USB
2 - 8 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
USB Device Type (continued)
IBM Hand-held USB
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 9
USB Device Type (continued)
IBM OPOS
(IBM Hand-held USB with Full Scan Disable)
2 - 10 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
USB Device Type (continued)
HID Keyboard Emulation
When the HID Keyboard host is selected, and the MP6000 has auxiliary scanners connected, use ADF rules to
program the auxiliary scanners to add a 500 msec pause to the end of the data to prevent the interleaving of bar
code data from multiple scanners. This works with standard RS-232, and SSI over RS-232 (with the Send Raw
Decode Data setting).
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 11
USB Device Type (continued)
CDC COM Port Emulation
2 - 12 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Connecting an RS-232 Interface
MP6000 Scanner Only or MP6200/6500 Scale with Single Cable Protocol
Use the RS-232 interface to connect the MP6000 to POS devices, host computers, or other devices with an
available RS-232 port (e.g., com port).
NOTE The MP6000 uses +/-6V RS-232 signal levels to accommodate long cable lengths, and increased noise
immunity.
RS-232
AUX 1
RS-232
AUX 2
POS 12V
DC
Port Connection Options
POS Unpowered USB
(p/n CBA-U51-S16ZAR)
Powered USB
(p/n CBA-U52-S16PAR)
RS-232
(p/n CBA-R51-S16ZAR)
RS-485
(p/n CBA-M51-S16PAR)
Figure 2-2 RS-232 Connections.
NOTE For a list of supported scanner functionality by communication protocol Appendix E, COMMUNICATION
PROTOCOLS.
NOTE Interface cables vary depending on configuration.
Table 2-2 Host Connections
ConfigurationChoices
for the Devices Below
RS-232
Device Port
Configuration
Value
RS-232 auxiliary
scanner, and a
Sensormatic Controller 3
0 1 Sensormatic
Controller
RS-232
auxiliary
scanner 3
USB auxiliary
scanner 3
USB auxiliary
scanner 3
RS-232 auxiliary
scanner, and a Dual
Cable Scanner/Scale 3
1 Dual Cable
Scanner/Scale 2
RS-232
auxiliary
scanner 3
USB auxiliary
scanner 3
USB auxiliary
scanner 3
Dual Cable
Scanner/Scale, and a
Sensormatic Controller 3
2 Sensormatic
Controller
Dual Cable
Scanner/Scale
2
USB auxiliary
scanner 3
USB auxiliary
scanner 3
Third-Party-Scale &
Sensormatic-Controller
4 Third-Party-Scale Sensormatic
Controller
USB auxiliary
scanner3
USB auxiliary
scanner3
1
Default setting
2
The Dual Cable Scanner/Scale protocol is 'SASI'
3
In all configurations up to one or two additional USB auxiliary scanners can be connected, but the
total RS-232 auxiliary scanners plus USB auxiliary scanners cannot exceed two. An auxiliary scanner
is not counted until it is attached.
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 13
Price Computational Scale Interface Circuit Drawing
Price Computational Scale Interface available on AUX 1. (Also see Third Party Scale on page 2-37.)
Figure 2-3 Price Computational Scale Interface
Table 2-3 Auxiliary Connections
(see parameter
1246 page 2-32)
Connect Device to These Ports
AUX 1 AUX 2 USB2 USB3
J5
R302XCVR5 TXD 0
4-
J5
R298XCVR5 RXD 0
5-
J5
R303XCVR5 RTS
AUX RJ45
50 –12100–2975
1-1734580-4
0
6-
J5
R299XCVR5 CTS
RTZ 5V0
1206, BLM31P
ZERO 5V0
0
7-
J5 8-
J5 9-
J5 10-
J5
AUX_12V
AUX_5V
L4
1B
3-
J5 2-
J5 1 N/C
5V (500mA)
GROUND
FROM SCALE
TO SCALE
12V (150mA)
NOT USED
SHIELD
-
J5 11-
J5 12-
2 - 14 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Connect MP6000 to RS-232 Host
To connect the MP6000 to an RS-232 host:
1. Connect the modular connector of the RS-232 interface cable to the POS interface port on the MP6000.
2. Connect the other end of the RS-232 interface cable to the serial port on the host.
3. Connect a 12V power supply directly to the MP6000.
4. Select the RS-232 host type by scanning the appropriate bar code (see RS-232 Host Types on page 2-20).
If your host does not appear in the terminal specific tables, refer to the documentation for the host device to
set communication parameters to match the host.
5. To modify any other parameter options, scan the appropriate bar codes in the MP6000 Bar Code
Programming Guide, p/n 72E-172633-xx.
MP6000 with a Dual Cable Scanner/Scale
Use the RS-232 interface to connect the MP6000 to POS devices, host computers, or other devices with an
available RS-232 port (e.g., com port). Then use a second RS-232 cable (p/n CBA-R51-S16ZAR, and
CBA-R52-S16ZAR) to connect the MP6000 Dual Cable Scanner/Scale AUX port to a scale-only port on the
POS device.
The Dual Cable Scanner/Scale interface supports the industry standard SASI scale-only protocol, and
communicates with a POS using a 9600 baud rate, 7 data bits, and even parity.
To set up the MP6000 and Dual Cable Scanner/Scale:
1. Attach the RJ-45 modular connector of the RS-232 scanner interface cable to the POS port on the
MP6000. Connect the other end of the RS-232 scanner interface cable to the serial scanner port on the
host.
2. Attach the RJ-45 end of the RS-232 slave interface cable to AUX 2 (see Figure 1-3 on page 1-10) on the
MP6000. Connect the other end of the RS-232 interface cable to the scale-only port on the host.
3. Connect the power supply directly to the MP6000.
4. Select the RS-232 scanner host type by scanning the appropriate bar code (see RS-232 Host Types on
page 2-20). If your host does not appear in the terminal specific tables, refer to the documentation for the
host device to set communication parameters to match the host. To modify any other parameter options,
scan the appropriate bar codes in the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide, p/n 72E-172633-xx.
5. The protocol on this Dual Cable Scanner/Scale port is SASI.
6. Select the device port configuration by scanning the appropriate bar code (refer to the MP6000 Bar Code
Programming Guide for RS-232 device port configuration).
7. Cycle power on the MP6000.
NOTE This guide includes limited parameter bar codes. For ALL MP6000 programming bar codes, refer to the
MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx).
Parameter
Page
Number
RS-232 Host Type
Standard RS-232 (default) 2-21
ICL RS-232 2-22
Wincor-Nixdorf RS-232 Mode A 2-23
Wincor-Nixdorf RS-232 Mode B 2-24
Olivetti ORS4500 2-25
Omron 2-26
OPOS/JPOS 2-27
Fujitsu RS-232 2-28
CUTE 2-29
NCR Variant 2-30
Datalogic Variant 2-31
RS-232 Device Port Configuration
AUX 1 Sensormatic and AUX 2 RS-232 Scanner (default) 2-33
Third Party Scale
Disable Third Party Scale (default - Disable) 2-38
Third Party Scale LED Pin (default - Active High) 2-40
Third Party Scale Zero Pin (default - Active High) 2-42
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 15
RS-232 Parameters
Table 2-4 RS-232 Host Parameters
2 - 16 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
RS-232 Host Parameters
Various RS-232 hosts use their own parameter default settings. Selecting standard, ICL, Fujitsu,
Wincor-Nixdorf Mode A, Wincor-Nixdorf Mode B, OPOS/JPOS, Olivetti, Omron, Common Use Terminal
Equipment (CUTE-LP/LG bar code readers), NCR, or Datalogic sets the defaults listed in Table 2-5 and Table
2-6.
NOTE All items listed in Table 2-5 and Table 2-6 are for scanner only connections, except for NCR which can
support scanner and scale.
Parameter ICL Fujitsu
Wincor-Nixdorf
Mode A
Wincor-Nixdorf Mode
B/OPOS/JPOS
Baud Rate 9600 9600 9600 9600
Parity Even None Odd Odd
Stop Bit Select One One One One
ASCII Format 8-Bit 8-Bit 8-Bit 8-Bit
Hardware Handshaking RTS/CTS Option 3 None RTS/CTS Option 3 RTS/CTS Option 3
Software Handshaking None None None None
Serial Response Timeout 9.9 Sec. 2 Sec. None None
RTS Line State High Low Low Low = No data to send
Beep On <BEL> Disable Disable Disable Disable
Transmit Code ID Yes Yes Yes Yes
Data Transmission Format Data/Suffix Data/Suffix Data/Suffix Data/Suffix
Prefix None None None None
Suffix CR (1013) CR (1013) CR (1013) CR (1013)
Table 2-5 Terminal Specific RS-232
In the Nixdorf Mode B, if CTS is low, scanning is disabled. When CTS is high, scanning is enabled.
If you scan Nixdorf Mode B without connecting the digital scanner to the proper host, it may appear
unable to scan. If this happens, scan a different RS-232 host type within 5 seconds of cycling power to the
digital scanner.
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 17
RS-232 Host Parameters (continued)
Table 2-6 Terminal Specific RS-232
Parameter Olivetti Omron CUTE
NCR
(Single
Cable
Scale)
Datalogic
Baud Rate 9600 9600 9600 9600 9600
Parity Even None Even Odd Odd
Stop Bit Select One One One One One
ASCII Format 7-Bit 8-Bit 7-Bit 7-Bit 7-Bit
Hardware Handshaking None None None None None
Software Handshaking ACK/NAK None None None None
Serial Response Timeout 9.9 Sec. 9.9 Sec. 9.9 Sec. 9.9 Sec. 9.9 Sec.
RTS Line State Low High High High High
Beep On <BEL> Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable
Transmit Code ID Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Data Transmission Format Prefix/Data/Suffix Data/Suffix Prefix/Data/
Suffix
Prefix/
Suffix *
Data/Suffix
Prefix STX (1002) None STX (1002) STX * None
Suffix ETX (1003) CR (1013) CR (1013) ETX
(1003)
ETX * CR (1013)
The CUTE host disables all parameter scanning, including Set Defaults. If you inadvertently select CUTE,
scan Enable Parameter Bar Code Scanning (located in the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide) then
change the host selection.
2 - 18 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
RS-232 Host Parameters (continued)
Selecting ICL, Fujitsu, Wincor-Nixdorf Mode A, Wincor-Nixdorf Mode B, OPOS/JPOS, Olivetti, Omron,
Common Use Terminal Equipment (CUTE-LP/LG bar code readers), NCR, or Datalogic enables the
transmission of code ID characters listed in Table 2-7 and Table 2-8. These code ID characters are not
programmable and are separate from the Transmit Code ID feature. Do not enable the Transmit Code ID
feature for these terminals.
Code Type ICL Fujitsu
Wincor-Nixdorf
Mode A
Wincor-Nixdorf
Mode B/
OPOS/JPOS
UPC-A A A A A
UPC-E E E C C
EAN-8/JAN-8 FF FF B B
EAN-13/JAN-13 F F A A
Bookland EAN F F A A
Code 39 C <len> None M M
Code 39 Full ASCII None None M M
Trioptic None None None None
Code 32 None None None None
Codabar N <len> None N N
Code 128 L <len> None K K
GS1-128 L <len> None P P
Code 93 None None L L
I 2 of 5 I <len> None I I
D 2 of 5 H <len> None H H
MSI None None O O
IATA H<len> None H H
GS1 Databar Variants None None E E
PDF417 None None Q Q
MicroPDF417 None None S S
Data Matrix None None R R
QR Codes None None U U
Aztec/Aztec Rune None None V V
Table 2-7 Terminal Specific Code ID Characters
* 2D bar codes are not supported.
Code Type Olivetti Omron CUTE NCR Datalogic
UPC-A A A A A A
UPC-E C E None E E
EAN-8/JAN-8 B FF None FF FF
EAN-13/JAN-13 A F A F F
Bookland EAN A F None None None
Code 39 M <len> C <len> 3 B1 *
Code 39 Full ASCII None None 3 None None
Trioptic None None None None $T
Code 32 None None None None AE
Codabar N <len> N <len> None None %
Code 128 K <len> L <len> 5 B3 #
GS1-128 P <len> L <len> 5 None None
Code 93 L <len> None None None &
I 2 of 5 I <len> I <len> 1 B2 i
D 2 of 5 H <len> H <len> 2 None None
MSI O <len> None None None @
IATA H<len> H<len> 2 None IA
GS1 Databar Variants None None None ]e0 GS1 Databar - R4
GS1 Databar Limited - RL
GS1 Databar Expanded - RX
PDF417 None None 6 n/a* P
MicroPDF417 None None 6 n/a* mP
Data Matrix None None 4 n/a* Dm
QR Codes None None 7 n/a* QR
Aztec/Aztec Rune None None 8 n/a* Az
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 19
Table 2-8 Terminal Specific Code ID Characters
* 2D bar codes are not supported with NCR.
2 - 20 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
RS-232 Host Types
To select an RS-232 host interface, scan one of the following bar codes.
NOTES 1. Scanning Standard RS-232 activates the RS-232 driver, but does not change port settings (e.g., parity,
data bits, handshaking). Selecting another RS-232 host type bar code changes these settings.
2. The CUTE host disables all parameter scanning, including Set Defaults. If you inadvertently select
CUTE, scan Enable Parameter Bar Code Scanning (located in the MP6000 Bar Code Programming
Guide) then change the host selection.
Options:
• *Standard RS-232 (default)
• ICL RS-232
• Wincor-Nixdorf RS-232 Mode A
• Wincor-Nixdorf RS-232 Mode B
• Olivetti ORS4500
• Omron
• OPOS/JPOS
• Fujitsu RS-232
• CUTE
• NCR Variant (both scanner only and scanner/scale versions)
• Datalogic Variant.
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 21
RS-232 Host Types (continued)
*Standard RS-232
2 - 22 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
RS-232 Host Types (continued)
ICL RS-232
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 23
RS-232 Host Types (continued)
Wincor-Nixdorf RS-232 Mode A
2 - 24 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
RS-232 Host Types (continued)
Wincor-Nixdorf RS-232 Mode B
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 25
RS-232 Host Types (continued)
Olivetti ORS4500
2 - 26 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
RS-232 Host Types (continued)
Omron
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 27
RS-232 Host Types (continued)
OPOS/JPOS
2 - 28 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
RS-232 Host Types (continued)
Fujitsu RS-232
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 29
RS-232 Host Types (continued)
CUTE 2
2 - 30 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
RS-232 Host Types (continued)
RS-232 Host -NCR Variant
Scan the bar code below to enable the NCR variant of the RS-232 host.
IMPORTANT There are several parameter options available with the NCR variant for RS-232. Refer to the
MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide, p/n 72E-172633-xx to manage the following NCR
related parameters:
NCR Variant
• NCR Use Prefix
• NCR Prefix
• NCR Suffix
• NCR Use BCC
• NCR Interface.
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 31
RS-232 Host Types (continued)
RS-232 Host -Datalogic Variant
Scan the bar code below to enable the Datalogic variant of the RS-232 host.
Datalogic Variant
2 - 32 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
RS-232 Device Port Configuration
Parameter # 1246
This option allows the user to select which devices to attach to the MP6000, and to which port they are
attached. Scan the appropriate bar codes that follow to select the proper configuration. The available
configurations are:
• 0 = AUX 1 Sensormatic, and AUX 2 RS-232 Scanner (default)
• 1 = AUX 1 Dual Cable Scale, and AUX 2 RS-232 Scanner
• 2 = AUX 1 Sensormatic, and AUX 2 Dual Cable Scale
• 4 = AUX 1 Third Party Scale, AUX 2 Sensormatic.
For Zebra hand-held scanners, configure the auxiliary scanner for a standard RS-232 interface with a Baud
Rate of 9600, 8 Data Bits, 1 Stop Bit, and No Parity. Refer to the Auxiliary Scanner Parameters section in the
MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide, p/n 72E-172633-xx. for alternate settings.
Changes to this parameter do not take effect until the next power cycle (power cycling does not apply to
123Scan2). For that reason always remember to perform one of the functions below after scanning a device
port parameter.
• Cycle power to the scanner (disconnect, and re-connect scanner cable).
or
• Use the MP6000 Reset button (button combination to reboot the MP6000).
When selecting any of the device port configuration options, ensure the devices connected to the MP6000
correctly match the devices defined for the option. For example, if option 1 is scanned, only a dual cable scale
should be connected to the AUX 1 port, and an RS-232 scanner should be connected to the AUX 2 port.
Turning on the MP6000 with connected devices that do not match the option can result in communication
failures. To ensure successful operation the proper sequence for setting this option is as follows.
1. Power off the MP6000 (disconnect the power cable).
2. Disconnect all RS-232 devices (RS-232 scanner, Sensormatic, and/or dual cable scale).
3. Power on the MP6000(reconnect the power cable).
4. Scan the appropriate bar code option that matches the intended configuration.
5. Power off the MP6000.
6. Connect the appropriate devices.
7. Power on the MP6000.
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 33
RS-232 Device Port Configuration (continued)
*AUX 1 Sensormatic and AUX 2 RS-232 Scanner
(00h)
2 - 34 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
RS-232 Device Port Configuration (continued)
AUX 1 Dual Cable Scale and AUX 2 RS-232 Scanner
(01h)
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 35
RS-232 Device Port Configuration (continued)
AUX 1 Sensormatic and AUX 2 Dual Cable Scale
(02h)
2 - 36 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
RS-232 Device Port Configuration (continued)
AUX 1 Third Party Scale, AUX 2 Sensormatic
(04h)
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 37
Third Party Scale Parameters
Third Party Scale
Parameter # 1294
Enable or disable Third Party Scale functionality. When disabled Third Party Scale LED Pin (parameter #
1295) and Third Party Scale Zero Pin (parameter # 1296) are ignored/overridden. (Also see Price
Computational Scale Interface Circuit Drawing on page 2-13.)
Options:
• Enable Third Party Scale
• *Disable Third Party Scale.
Enable Third Party Scale
(1)
2 - 38 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Third Party Scale (continued)
* Disable Third Party Scale
(0)
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 39
Third Party Scale LED Pin
Parameter # 1295
This parameter defines the polarity of the LED/Tare input pin that illuminates the scale LED. This parameter
has no effect if Third Party Scale (parameter # 1294) is disabled.
Options:
• Active Low
• *Active High.
Active Low
(0)
2 - 40 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Third Party Scale LED Pin (continued)
*Active High
(1)
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 41
Third Party Scale Zero Pin
Parameter # 1296
This parameter defines the polarity of the zero output pin when the Scale Zero button is pressed. This
parameter has no effect if Third Party Scale (parameter # 1294) is disabled.
Options:
• Active Low
• *Active High.
Active Low
(0)
2 - 42 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Third Party Scale Zero Pin (continued)
*Active High
(1)
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 43
Connecting an IBM RS-485 Interface
Connect the MP6000 directly to the host interface.
POS 12V
DC
Figure 2-4 IBM RS-485 Connections
To set up the MP6000:
1. Attach the modular connector of the IBM RS-485 interface cable to the POS interface port on the MP6000.
2. Connect the other end of the IBM RS-485 interface cable to the appropriate port on the host (typically Port
9). The unit should power up immediately upon connection. If not, wait for unit to power up.
3. Select the port address by scanning the appropriate bar code (refer to MP6000 Bar Code Programming
Guide, p/n 72E-172633-xx.).
4. If a scale is present in the unit, scan the appropriate scale port address (IBM Scale Port Addresses on
page 2-49).
5. To modify any other parameter options, scan the appropriate bar codes in the MP6000 Bar Code
Programming Guide, p/n 72E-172633-xx.
6. To prevent the IBM POS from configuring the MP6000, refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide
for information about RS-485 and IBM USB configuration, beep, scale, and type directives.
NOTE For a list of supported scanner functionality by communication protocol Appendix E, COMMUNICATION
PROTOCOLS.
NOTE Older POS systems, and/or some retailers will require use of the external power supply
PWRS-14000-148R.
NOTE The only required configurations are the port addresses (IBM RS-485 port address, and a scale port
address if the model has a scale), and type directives (see Step 6). The IBM system typically
controls other MP6000 parameters.
2 - 44 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
IBM RS-485 Host Parameters
IMPORTANT This chapter includes port address parameters only. For additional user preferences (including IBM
Directives, refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx).
To select the IBM RS-485 port used, scan one of the bar codes listed in Table 2-9.
NOTE 1. Scanning one of these bar codes enables the RS-485 interface on the MP6000.
2. The port numbers in Table 2-9 are no longer physical ports on the IBM POS.
.
NOTE This guide includes limited parameter bar codes. For ALL MP6000 programming bar codes, refer to the
MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx).
Parameter
Page
Number
IBM Port Addresses
None Selected (default) 2-45
Hand-held Scanner Emulation (Port 9B) 2-46
Non-IBM Scanner Emulation (Port 5B) 2-47
Table-top Scanner Emulation (Port 17) 2-48
IBM Scale Port Addresses
None Selected (default) 2-49
Port 6A 2-50
Port 6B 2-51
Port 6E 2-52
Table 2-9 IBM RS-485 Port Parameters
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 45
IBM Port Addresses
*None Selected
2 - 46 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
IBM Port Addresses (continued)
Hand-held Scanner Emulation (Port 9B)
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 47
IBM Port Addresses (continued)
Non-IBM Scanner Emulation (Port 5B)
2 - 48 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
IBM Port Addresses (continued)
Tabletop Scanner Emulation (Port 17)
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 49
IBM Scale Port Addresses
The scale port address must be configured for the scale to operate on the IBM RS-485 bus. The default is
None Selected.
*None Selected
2 - 50 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
IBM Scale Port Addresses (continued)
Port 6A
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 51
IBM Scale Port Addresses (continued)
Port 6B
2 - 52 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
IBM Scale Port Addresses (continued)
Port 6E
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 53
Connector Pins
RS-232 AUX 1
Pin # Signal/Name Direction Description
1 N/C N/A No Connection
2 5V Out RS-232 scanner 5VDC Supply*
3 GND N/A Signal Ground
4 TXD Out Serial TXD (±5.4V)
5 RXD In Serial RXD (±5.4V)
6 RTS Out Serial RTS (±5.4V)
7 CTS In Serial CTS (±5.4V)
8
(GEN II
only)
Scale LED In Indicates price computational scale has returned to
zero - reflected in UI Scale Status LED (if enabled). I/O
signals are 5V TTL.
9
(GEN II
only)
Scale Zero Out Zeros price computational scale when the Zero UI
button is pressed (if enabled). I/O signals are 5V TTL.
10
(GEN II
only)
12V/150mA Out Power output for price computational scale.
Scale Display Port
Pin # Signal/Name Direction Description
1 DEBUG_TXD Out Debug serial TX
2 5V Out Auxiliary 5V output *
3 TXD Out Scale Display serial TX (3.3V TTL)
4 RXD In Scale Display serial RX (3.3V TTL)
5 GND N/A Signal ground
6 DEBUG_RXD In Debug serial RX
* The total combined current for the USB and RS-232 peripheral ports should be less than
750mA total auxiliary current. Each individual port should not exceed 500mA.
Table 2-10 RJ-45
Table 2-11 RJ-11, Scale Display
2 - 54 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
RS-232 AUX 2
Pin # Signal/Name Direction Description
1 N/C N/A No connection
2 5V Out RS-232 scanner 5V supply *
3 GND N/A Signal ground
4 TXD Out Serial TXD (±5.4V)
5 RXD In Serial RXD (±5.4V)
6 RTS Out Serial RTS (±5.4V)
7 CTS In Serial CTS (±5.4V)
8 N/C N/A No connection
9 N/C N/A No connection
10 12V/150mA Out Output for auxiliary device.
NOTE 150mA maximum available
between both AUX 1 and AUX 2.
* The total combined current for the USB and RS-232 peripheral ports should be less than
750mA total auxiliary current. Each individual port should not exceed 500mA.
Checkpoint Interlock
Pin # Signal/Name Direction Description
1 Interlock Out Checkpoint EAS Interlock (5V 4mA PNP collector out)
2 GND N/A Signal ground
AUX A-B (Stacked USB
Pin # Signal/Name Direction Description
1 5V Out USB 5V output *
2 D- Bidirectional USB D-
3 D+ Bidirectional USB D+
4 GND N/A Signal ground
* The total combined current for the USB and RS-232 peripheral ports should be less than 750mA
total auxiliary current. Each individual port should not exceed 500mA.
)
Table 2-12 RJ-45
Table 2-13 EAS Interlock Connector
Table 2-14 Stacked USB Port
HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 55
POS
Pin # Signal/Name Direction Description
1 DETECT Out USB cable detect output
2 5V In USB cable 5V detect input
3 GND N/A Signal ground
4 TXD/IBM-A Bidirectional Multiplexed serial TXD/IBM-A
5 RXD/D+ Bidirectional Multiplexed serial RXD/USB D+
6 RTS/IBM-B Bidirectional Multiplexed serial RTS/IBM-B
7 CTS/USB D- Bidirectional Multiplexed serial CTS/USB D
8 DOWNLOAD In POS download
9 N/C N/A
10 12V In Terminal 12VDC to MP6000
(Power From Terminal) *
* Terminal systems vary in power capabilities. Ensure your system power supply is capable
of the MP6000 configuration power requirements. For terminals unable to support P.O.T., a
12V DC barrel jack is available for external power.
12V DC
Pin # Signal/Name Direction Description
1 EXT 12V In Center pin: 12VDC (primary power)
2 GND N/A Barrel: signal ground
NOTE An additional USB port is available in the front under the platter. All USB ports can be used for
the USB staging flash drive. See Table 1-3 on page 1-14 and USB Staging Flash Drive on page
5-12 for additional information.
Table 2-15 RJ-45, Primary POS
Table 2-16 12V DC Jack, 2.5mm
2 - 56 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
CHAPTER 3 SITE PREPARATION AND
INSTALLATION
Overview
The MP6000 was designed to drop into an existing bioptic checkstand cutout with no modifications. The unit is
available in three industry standard sizes (for more detailed information, see Appendix B, TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS):
• Short - no scale available
Length: 13.9 in. +0/-.05 in. (353.0 mm)
Width: 11.5 in. +0/-.05 in. (292.0 mm)
• Medium - with or without scale
Length: 15.7 in. +0/-.05 in. (399.0 mm)
Width: 11.5 in. +0/-.05 in. (292.0 mm)
• Long - with or without scale
Length: 20.0 in. +0/-.05 in. (508.0 mm)
Width: 11.5 in. +0/-.05 in. (292.0 mm)
3 - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Site Preparation
Ventilation and Spacing Requirements
The scanner/scale housing was designed to provide adequate space for ventilation and drainage for spills.
Figure 3-1 shows the drainage holes, under the platter, for possible spills that may occur when
scanning/weighing items.
Checkstand ventilation may be required to ensure the MP6000 temperature limits are not exceeded. If forced
air ventilation is used, it must not pass through the MP6000 as this can produce an unstable weighing
environment. The ambient air temperature inside the checkstand, adjacent to the device, must not exceed
104°F (40°C).
MP6000 Top View
(Drainage/Ventilation Holes on Both Sides)
MP6000 Side View
(Drainage/Ventilation Holes on Both Sides)
Figure 3-1 Drainage/Ventilation Holes
Service Access Requirements
The MP6000 was engineered to allow performance of all routine service and maintenance (including scale
zeroing, and calibration) without removing the scanner from the counter.
Service must be performed by a Zebra Certified Repair Provider who has completed the Service Repair
Training course, and (if applicable) the Scale Calibration Training course. For MP6200 and MP6500
scanner/scales, depending on the region of installation, a certified Weights & Measures technician is required
to place the device in trade before using, and after certain repairs.
IMPORTANT This guide does not encompass all factors related to worker safety and check stand design. It does
offer a list of considerations which may be helpful in ensuring greater safety and productivity.
SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 3
Electrical Power Considerations
The MP6000 may be powered from two different sources:
• POS Equipment
• IBM register with powered Port 9B interface (using p/n CBA-M51-S16PAR accessory cable)
• NCR POS with powered RS-232 interface (using p/n CBA-R55-S16PAR accessory cable)
• Any register with powered USB interface - 12V only (using p/n CBA-U52-S16PAR accessory cable)
• AC/DC power cube (using p/n PWRS-140000-148R) with IEC style modular line cord.
4.3 in.(+/- 0.01)
110.0 mm (+/- 0.25)
2.4in.(+/-0.01)
62.0mm(+/-0.25)
1.2in.(+/-0.01)
62.0mm(+/-0.25)
Figure 3-2 Power Supply
If using the AC/DC accessory power supply, a 115V/230V outlet must be available in the checkstand near the
scanner.
Grounding
All POS equipment should be properly grounded, and only a three prong IEC style line cord should be used
with the AC/DC accessory power supply.
If you are unsure how to verify proper ground of equipment in the checkstand ask a qualified electrician to
review the equipment installation.
NOTE In an effort to eliminate a possible safety hazard all metal parts of a metal checkstand must be electrically
grounded.
3 - 4 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Checkstand Preparation
If the MP6000 is not replacing an old bioptic device, and you are installing for the first time into a new
checkstand, verify that the area allows for proper cabling, and an AC/DC power supply. Mounting may require
installation of support(s), leveling screws, and peripheral devices. See Counter Cutout on page 3-5 for more
details about the location and preparation of the opening.
Figure 3-3 Preparing the Checkstand
Liquid Spills and Moisture
Select a checkstand design which allows fluids to flow through, and directs liquids and moisture build up away
from any electronic equipment or storage areas. Should a liquid spill occur, ensure that moisture can flow
through the checkstand without pooling. The power supply should be away from any area where spills may
occur.
Vertical Clearance
For all configurations of the MP6000, the maximum height above the platter is 5.1 in.; the maximum depth
below the platter is 4.08 in.
Tools
No tools are required to install a MP6000 without a scale, or a Checkpoint antenna. The following tools are
required to mount the Scale Display:
• Ruler (or similar measuring device)
• Pencil (or similar measuring device)
• Drill
• 2.4 mm (3/32 in.) diameter drill bit (to make screw holes where display is to be mounted)
• 19 mm (3/4 in.) diameter drill bit (to make cable pass through hole where display is to be mounted)
• #2 Phillips screwdriver.
If the optional leveling screws are used on a small or medium MP6000, a Phillips or flat blade screwdriver is
needed.
IMPORTANT The long (20.0 in./50.2 cm) versions are not available with leveling screws. The checkstand should
provide for two leveling screws under the front and rear of the MP6000. The medium (15.7 in./39.9
cm) and short (13.9 in./35.3 cm) MP6000 models have available accessory kits for standard and
long leveling screws.
SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 5
Counter Cutout
There are three different MP6000 models: long, medium, and short. Prior to cutting the counter opening,
ensure you have the dimensions for the scanner/scale being installed (see Figure 3-30, Figure 3-34, and
Figure 3-38). The counter cutout size should reflect the model (also see page 3-31 for installation information).
Ergonomics
Ensure the installation is designed for maximum comfort, efficiency, safety, and ease of use. Allow items to be
directed within easy reach, and a scanning area requiring no lifting or special orientation of items.
3 - 6 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Installing Components
The MP6000 can be installed with or without the following options:
• Scale and Scale Display (depending on Weights and Measure regulatory jurisdictions, a Scale Display
may be required for units with a scale)
• Checkpoint EAS antenna
• Sensormatic EAS coil antennae and RS-232 cabling
• CSS
• AUX hand-held scanners.
Quick Reference Installation Steps
1. Remove the existing bioptic scanner, and accessories (page 3-7).
2. Unpack the MP6000, and accessories (page 3-7).
3. Assemble the dual head Scale Display, if applicable (page 3-9).
4. Install the Scale Display, if applicable (page 3-12).
5. Connect the cables (page 3-15).
6. Install CSS, if applicable (page 3-16).
7. Install the MP6000/scale in the checkstand (page 3-25).
8. Power up the MP6000 (page 3-34).
9. Lower and level the MP6000 in the checkstand (page 3-31).
10. Calibrate the scale, if applicable (see Chapter 4, SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE
ONLY).
11. Install Sensormatic coil, if applicable (page 3-34).
12. Install Checkpoint antenna, if applicable (page 3-37).
13. Install the MP6000 trim kit, if applicable (page 3-38).
NOTE This only applies when adding a second display head to a single Scale Display.
SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 7
Remove Existing Bioptic Scanner and Accessories
If you are replacing existing equipment, follow these step to remove the old unit:
1. Ensure the POS is logged off, and the drawer was cleared by the store personnel. This varies by location.
Some IT Departments may require the POS to be completely shut down.
2. Unplug the current bioptic scanner from its power supply.
3. Prior to removing cables, make a note of the current cable runs.
4. Remove all cables connected to the bioptic scanner. Do not cut cables if you are using, or selling the old
equipment.
5. If applicable, unplug the current hand-held device from its power supply, and disconnect it from the current
bioptic scanner/host.
a. If reusing the hand-held device, leave its cable runs intact.
b. If the hand-held device was attached to the bioptic scanner with an RS-232 cable, a new cable and a
new hand-held device configuration is required.
6. If a Sensormatic connection is present, there are two cables to be aware of:
a. The large cable to the coils/antennas - disconnect from the current bioptic but leave in place.
b. The RS-232 cable to the Sensormatic controller communications port - use its run to assist replacing it.
7. If a Scale Display is present:
a. Make a note of how the current display was mounted and determine if the current placement can
accommodate the new Scale Display. Adjustments to the layout, and cable run may be required.
b. Unplug the old Scale Display power.
c. Remove it from the checkstand.
d. Remove its cables.
e. Remove the Scale Display.
8. Remove the existing bioptic scanner.
Unpacking MP6000 Equipment
To unpack equipment:
1. Remove all components from their packaging, and check that all parts are present. Each box includes the
material listed in Table 3-1. Each of the items listed is contained in separate packaging within the box and
is recognizable as a discrete item. Power cables, host to scanner communications cables, leveling screws,
and trim filler kit are all sold separately in kits.
Table 3-1 MP6000 Box Contents
Description Part Number
MP6000 w/o Platter MP6xx0-xx000M010xx
Platter 22-159817-xxx
Checkpoint Antenna 10-162248-xx
Regulatory Guide 72-171321-xx
NOTE An optional Scale Display, p/n MX201-SR00004ZZWR, is available separately for scale models only.
3 - 8 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
2. For added protection during shipment, the MP6000 platter is covered with a tight fitting layer of plastic as
shown in Figure 3-4. This plastic layer must be removed before placing the unit into service. (In the case of
a scale model, just before scale calibration; and, in case of a non-scale model, as the final step of
installation)
Figure 3-4 Platter Protector
3. Keep the packing (it is the approved shipping container, and should be used if the MP6000 needs to be
returned for servicing), or dispose of the packing in an environmentally sensitive manner.
Pre-Installation Notes
• If a Scale Display is included, it is recommended to mount it in an appropriate location, preferably where
the old display was mounted. The cable should be routed through the checkstand.
• If the unit includes a scale, scale calibration is required.
• If the unit includes EAS Sensormatic:
• its coils require installation
• the large Sensormatic cable should be threaded from the controller box to the coils
• The Sensormatic RS-232 cable should be connected to the unit.
• If EAS Checkpoint is required, unravel the Checkpoint antenna and ensure a Checkpoint representative
connects the device to the controller.
• If EAS Checkpoint with interlock is used, connect the interlock cable to the MP6000.
• All accessories (hand-held scanner, CSS, etc.) require connections.
CAUTION Do not use a sharp object to remove the protector. Doing so can damage the platter.
SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 9
Assemble the Dual Head Scale Display
Required Tools
• Phillips head screw driver.
To convert a single display to a double display:
1. The second Scale Display head ships with a cable (already fitted), pole grip, two M3 x 12 self tapping
Phillips screws, and a set of four display overlays.
Figure 3-5 Second Scale Display
2. Remove the adhesive backing of the required overlay, and carefully secure it in place on the front face of
the new display.
3. Remove the four securing screws from the rear of the existing display before removing the front of the
existing display, complete with LCD and PCB.
Figure 3-6 Dismantling Existing Display
NOTE This only applies when adding a second display head to a single display.
Pole Grip
NOTE The new overlay must contain exactly the same information as the existing display.
3 - 10 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
4. Remove the circular cap from the existing display and either discard, or keep it as a spare part.
Figure 3-7 Removing Circular Cap
5. Connect the cable from the new display to the RJ-11 port marked “To Slave” on the PCB in the existing
(single head) display.
6. Place the short pole extension of the new display into the vacant slot in the rear cover of the existing
display.
Figure 3-8 Short Pole Extension
Figure 3-9 Rotation Limiting Tab
NOTE There is a rotation limiting tab on the top and bottom surfaces of the pole extension (see Figure
3-9). These need to be fitted one side or the other of the mating projection in the rear cover. If not,
there may be difficulty replacing the existing front cover.
SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 11
7. Secure in place using the pole grip and two M3 x 12 self tapping screws supplied. These are Phillips screw
heads.
Figure 3-10 Secure in Place
8. Replace the case back of the existing (original single-head) display using the four M3 x 18 self tapping
screws (removed earlier).
3 - 12 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Install the Scale Display
When installing the optional Scale Display, consider both the cashier and customer’s viewing angle. Both must
see the weight value displayed.
3.0 in
75.0 mm
2.3 in
58.0 mm
4.5 in/115.0 mm
0.6 in
15.0 mm
3.1in
77.5 mm
6.1 in
155.0 mm 10.7 in
272.0 mm
290
o
Figure 3-11 Single Scale Display - Dimensions; Display Rotates Independently (Approximately 290 o)
2.8 in
70.0 mm
15.5in
394.0mm
10.5in
267.0mm
3.0 in
75.0 mm
6.1 in
155.0 mm
2.3 in
3.1 in
77.5 mm
2.3 in
57.5 mm
290
o
SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 13
Figure 3-12 Dual Scale Display - Dimensions; Display Rotates Independently (Approximately 290 o
)
0.75 in.
(19 mm)
3.62 in. (92 mm)
4.53 in. (115 mm)
1.57 in.
(40 mm)
3 - 14 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Figure 3-13 Scale Display - Base Install Template
Getting Started
For an existing Scale Display from an old scanner:
• Unscrew the unit, disconnect its cable from scanner, then remove the unit and cables.
• In same location, (or in a new location as specified by the retailer and/or local weights and measures law)
replace with the Zebra Scale Display.
For a new installation:
• Identify the location to install the Scale Display. Identify the location to place the Scale Display based on
counter design and viewing angle. Place the unit where it cannot impede access to scanned items being
swept over the MP6000, payment terminals, printer validation and paper roll slots, access to replace
consumables (rolls) etc.
NOTE BOTH cashier and customer need to see the weight value displayed.
• Drill the required holes where the display is to be mounted (see the template, Figure 3-13).
a. The 19 mm (3/4 in.) diameter hole is optional, to be used as a through hole for the cable pass-through.
b. The other two holes are pilot holes for the mounting screws and should be made to a diameter of 2.4
mm (3/32 in.) and a depth of 25 mm (.98 in.). See the template for hole spacing.
NOTE When printing this template ensure the Page Scaling option is set to None, or a setting that allows
printing the actual size.
NOTE The cable can also be routed on top of the counter via the notch in the base of the display. See the
template for hole spacing.
SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 15
Installing
1. Unpack the new Scale Display from its packaging.
2. Place the proper Scale Display faceplate on the display.
a. Fit the correct label on the Scale Display window. Select an overlay to ensure the proper weight units
(kg or lb) that are required and parameters EXACTLY match the scale parameters printed on the scale
Weights and Measures label. Depending on the unit, and the country location, labels vary. You MUST
match the label to the type of MP6000 scale you are installing. (Labels, and instructions for their use,
are packaged with the Scale Display.)
• kg single interval
• lb single interval
• kg dual interval
• lb dual interval
• other models as released over time, e.g. Portuguese for Brazil, etc.
b. Remove adhesive backing and carefully secure on the front face of the display.
3. Route the cable through the 19 mm hole in the countertop, or route the cable out through the notch in the
base of the display.
4. Fasten the Scale Display to the countertop.
a. Place and align the display over the countertop screw holes.
b. Place two screws through each screw hole in the base of the display.
c. Drive both screws into the counter until tight.
d. Route the cable accordingly and connect the Scale Display cable to port 0.0 Scale Display on the
MP6000 BEFORE powering up the scanner/scale (see Figure 1-3 on page 1-10).
5. Power on the MP6000. On power up, the Scale Display presents the following test sequence:
a. Displays 00.000 for 1.5 seconds; then displays 99.999 for 1.5 seconds.
b. Displays xx.xx0 lb or xx.xxx kg (based on the units selected) in normal operating mode.
Cables and Connections
When routing the power and interface cables for the MP6000:
• Do not route interface cables in close proximity to electrical motors or other sources of electromagnetic
interference.
• Cables can drop directly from their connectors on the scanner, or, alternatively, can be routed along the
scanner's side to the back.
• Connect the power cable to the MP6000 before plugging the AC power cord into the AC outlet.
NOTE The notch is usually located towards the rear, where it is less visible.
3 - 16 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Install the Customer Side Scanner (MX101)
The MX101 is an optional modular unit that fits into a modified MP6000 tower and is used for customer
scanning. The unit can be installed on either the left or right side of the MP6000.
Remove all hardware from the packaging. The packaging contains the MX101 scan module and window;
MP6000 modified rear tower; USB cable; and MX101 identification label (Regulatory Guide; instructions to affix
the label on the MP6000; and installation instructions not shown).
Scan Module and Window
Tower
USB Cable
Identification
Label
Figure 3-14 Parts of the MX101
SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 17
Installing the MX101 on the Customer’s Right Side (Default) of the Tower Cover
To install the MX101 on the customer’s right side (default) of the MP6000:
1. Remove the MP6000 tower bezel by squeezing inward on both the left and right sides of the lower part of
the tower bezel, pushing its side snaps to disengage. Slide the tower bezel up and lift out.
Figure 3-15 Removing the MP6000 Tower Bezel
2. Remove the MP6000 rear tower cover by gently pulling outwards on the tabs on either side; then slide the
tower cover back to remove.
Figure 3-16 Removing the MP6000 Tower Cover
Squeeze
Inward
Tower Bezel
Tab(s)
(on each
side)
3 - 18 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
3. After removing the tower cover, ensure the speaker wire ferrite is in the correct position, behind the tabs as
shown in Figure 3-17. Failure to properly route the wire may cause the wire to pinch when the tower cover
is replaced.
Figure 3-17 Speaker Wire Ferrite Placement
4. Determine the side of the MP6000 to which the MX101 should be installed. The default is the customer’s
right side (the side of the MX101 tower cover already open for the scan module to be inserted).
5. Remove the scan window cover from the CSS tower by squeezing the snaps shown below. The snaps are
squeezed from inside the tower cover.
Figure 3-18 Removing the Scan Window Cover
NOTE See Installing the MX101 on the Customer’s Left Side of the Tower Cover on page 3-22 to install the scan
module on the customer’s left side of the tower cover.
Ferrite
tabs
Snaps
SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 19
6. Insert the scan module into place facing out of the opening of the CSS tower cover. Ensure the grommets
on the scan module align with the sockets in the tower cover, and push into place.
Figure 3-19 Inserting the Scan Module
7. Snap the scan window cover into place on the tower, over the CSS scan window.
Figure 3-20 Snapping the Scan Window Cover in Place
Scan Module
CSS Tower
Cover
Grommets (3)
Grommet
Sockets
(3) Module
Installed
NOTE Ensure you hear and feel three distinct snaps: one for each snap mechanism (lower, front, rear), to ensure
a snug fit in the rear tower.
3 - 20 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
8. Connect the USB cable to the top USB auxiliary port (recommended) on the MP6000. Route the cable into
the side cable slots as shown.
Figure 3-21 Connecting the USB Cable
Top USB Auxiliary Port
Side Cable Slots
SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 21
9. Route the cable, looping through the right side cable slots as shown in Figure 3-22. (Cable wire should be
tight.)
Figure 3-22 Routing the Cable
10. Connect the cable to the micro USB port at the bottom of the CSS scan module. Ensure the cable is
clipped into the scan module plastic cable clip directly below the USB port.
Figure 3-23 Connecting the Cable
Cable Slots
Service Loop
Cable Slots
NOTE The path through the cable slots is not intuitive. Send the cable towards the left of the tower (as shown)
even though the CSS module is on the right. (Take up all the slack outside the MP6000 chassis so the
CSS cable cannot be pinched by the checkstand.)
Micro USB Port
Service
Loop
Scan Module Cable Clip
3 - 22 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
11. Slide the CSS tower cover back into place. Ensure the cable service loop folds up into the blank space in
the CSS tower cover, on the opposite side from the scan module. Snaps should click together. When the
tower cover is replaced, the module locks into the grommet compression ribs on the MP6000 inner tower.
Figure 3-24 Replacing the Tower Cover
12. Replace MP6000 tower bezel. Snap down into place.
Figure 3-25 Replacing the MP6000 Tower Bezel
Installing the MX101 on the Customer’s Left Side of the Tower Cover
To install the MX101 on the left side of the MP6000:
SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 23
1. Push out the CSS blank side cover on the left side of the CSS tower cover, and replace the cover into the
opening on the right side of the tower cover.
Figure 3-26 Removing the Side Cover
2. Repeat steps 1, 2, and 4 from Installing the MX101 on the Customer’s Right Side (Default) of the Tower
Cover on page 3-17.
3. Insert the scan module into place facing out of the left side opening of the CSS tower cover. Ensure the
grommets on the scan module align with the sockets in the tower cover, and push into place.
4. Snap the scan window cover into place on the tower, over the scan window. (See page 3-19 for diagrams.)
5. Connect the USB cable to the top USB port (recommended) on the MP6000 and route the cable through
the side cable slots shown in step 8 on page 3-20.
3 - 24 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
6. Route the cable, looping through the left side cable slots as shown below.
Figure 3-27 Routing the Cable
7. Connect the cable to the micro USB port on the bottom of the scan module. Ensure the cable is clipped
into the scan module plastic directly below the USB port. (See step 10 on page 3-21 for illustration.)
8. Slide the CSS tower cover back into place. Ensure the cable service loop folds up into the blank space in
the CSS tower cover, on the opposite side of the scan module. Snaps should click together. When the
tower cover is replaced, the module locks into the grommet compression ribs on the MP6000.
9. Replace MP6000 tower bezel. Snap down into place.
Affixing the Identification Label
IMPORTANT Before you install the MX101, affix the identification label under the MP6000 platter, as shown in
Figure 3-29. Failure to affix the identification label to the MP6000 voids the MX101 warranty.
Peel the label from its backing.
xxxxxxxxxxx
Figure 3-28 Peel Off Backing
Cable Slots for Left Side
Installation
Scan Module Cable
Clip
NOTE The path through the cable slots is not intuitive. Send the cable towards the right of the tower (as shown)
even though the CSS module is on the left. (Take up all the slack outside the MP6000 chassis so the CSS
cable cannot be pinched by the checkstand.)
SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 25
Affix the label to the indentation under the MP6000 platter.
MP6000 (under platter)
xxxxxxxxxxx
Figure 3-29 Affix Label
Install the MP6000 /Scale
Ensure all components of the MP6000/scale (if applicable) and cables are ready to install (see Unpacking
MP6000 Equipment on page 3-7).
Checkstand Counter Cutouts and MP6000 Dimensions
There are three different sets of dimensions for counter cutouts, based on the MP6000 model being installed.
After cutting the edges should be clean and straight, with all burrs and splinters removed.
The MP6000 is 11.5 in. wide. If replacing a pre-existing scanner in a checkstand that is 12 in. wide, we
recommend a Trim Filler Kit to fill-in the gap in the checkstand (see Trim Kit Installation (If Required) on page
3-38).
The MP6000 is 4 in. deep. If replacing a pre-existing 5 in. deep short or medium scanner, you must use the 1
in. longer leveling screw kit (p/n MX302-SR00004ZZWR). This will bring the platter up to the countertop level.
1.75 in. +/- .25 in.
44.6 mm +/- 6.6 mm
Support Rails
1.75 in. +/- .25 in.
44.6 mm +/- 6.6 mm
3 - 26 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Cutout/Dimensions - MP6000 Short
Figure 3-30 MP6000 - Short Unit (No Scale) Counter Cutout
Figure 3-31 MP6000 - Short Unit (No Scale) Front View Dimensions
14.03 in. +/- 0.06 in.
356.2 mm +/- 1.5 mm
14.03 in. +/- 0.06 in.
356.2 mm +/- 1.5 mm
11.63 in. +/- 0.06 in.
295.3 mm +/- 1.5 mm
Max R 0.25 in.
6.35 mm
2x Cashier Side
Optional Leveling
Feet Locations
Max 0.25 in.
6.4 mm
Max 4.0 in.
101.6 mm
IMPORTANT Use the support rails as shown, and not a shelf. If liquid spills it pools on a shelf.
13.90 in.
353.1 mm
11.50 in.
292.2 mm
5.1 in.
128.5 mm
4.00 in.
101.6 mm
14.03 in. +/- 0.06 in.
356.2 mm +/- 1.5 mm
(Counter Opening)
Optional leveling screw kit
MX301-SR00004ZZWR
SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 27
Cutout/Dimensions - MP6000 Short (continued)
Figure 3-32 MP6000 - Short Unit (No Scale) Top View Dimensions
Figure 3-33 MP6000 - Short Unit (No Scale) Side View Dimensions
1.75 in. +/- 0.25 in.
44.5 mm +/- 6.6 mm
1.75 in. +/- 0.25 in.
44.5 mm +/- 6.6 mm
Support Rails
3 - 28 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Cutout/Dimensions - MP6000 Medium
Figure 3-34 MP6000 - Medium Unit Counter Cutout
Figure 3-35 MP6000 - Medium Unit Front View Dimensions
1.75 in. +/- .25 in.
44.6 mm +/- 6.6 mm
15.83 in. +/- 0.06 in.
402 mm +/- 1.5 mm
1.75 in. +/- .25 in.
44.6 mm +/- 6.6 mm
Max R0 .25 in.
6.35 mm
2X Cashier Side
11.63 in. +/- 0.06 in.
295.3 mm +/- 1.5 mm
Max 4.00 in.
101.6 mm
Optional Leveling
Feet Locations
Max 2.00 in.
50.8 mm
IMPORTANT Use the support rails as shown, and not a shelf. If liquid spills it pools on a shelf.
15.66 in.
397.8 mm
11.50 in.
292.2 mm
SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 29
Cutout/Dimensions - MP6000 Medium (continued)
Figure 3-36 MP6000 - Medium Unit Side View Dimensions
Figure 3-37 MP6000 - Medium Unit Top View Dimensions
5.1 in.
128.5 mm
Counter Opening
4.00 in.
101.6 mm
15.83 in. +/- 0.06 in.
402 mm +/- 1.5 mm
Optional leveling screw kit
MX301-SR00004ZZWR or
MX302-SR00004ZZWR
3 - 30 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Cutout/Dimensions - MP6000 Long
Figure 3-38 MP6000 - Long Unit Counter Cutout
Figure 3-39 MP6000 - Long Unit Side View Dimensions
11.63 in. +/- 0.06 in.
295.3 mm +/- 1.5 mm
Min 0.75 in. - Max 1.65 in.
Min 19.1 mm - Max 42.0 mm
Typical Checkstand
Leveling Screw Locations
Max 18.63 in.
473.1 mm
Min 0.75 in. - Max 1.22 in.
Min 19.1 mm - Max 31.0 mm
(Cashier Side)
20.13 in. +/- 0.06 in.
511.2 mm +/- 1.5 mm
0.38 in. +/- 0.03 in.
9.5 mm +/- 0.8 mm
20.13 in. +/- 0.06 in.
511.2 mm +/- 1.5 mm
(Counter Opening)
5.1 in.
128.5 mm
(Counter to Top of Unit)
4.00 in.
101.6 mm
Max 18.63 in.
473.1 mm
0.38 in. +/- 0.03 in.
9.5 mm +/- 0.8 mm
NOTE The countertop, after routing, must have sufficient strength to support the scanner and the loads placed
on top of it. If the countertop is not strong enough, add strengthening supports underneath the countertop
as required
SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 31
Cutout/Dimensions - MP6000 Long (continued)
Figure 3-40 MP6000 - Long Unit Top View Dimensions
To install the MP6000:
1. Ensure the following items were completed:
a. Existing scanner and accessories were removed, if applicable. See Remove Existing Bioptic Scanner
and Accessories on page 3-7.
b. Cables were connected and routed. See Cables and Connections on page 3-15.
c. The Scale Display was installed, if applicable. See Install the Scale Display on page 3-12.
d. CSS was installed, if applicable. See Install the Customer Side Scanner (MX101) on page 3-16.
e. Sensormatic coil, or Checkpoint EAS antenna was installed, if applicable. See Install Sensormatic
Coils on page 3-34, or Install Checkpoint Antenna on page 3-37.
2. Verify checkstand dimensions shown in Figure 3-30, Figure 3-34, and Figure 3-38, respectively.
3. Lower scanner in checkstand as follows.
a. Remove the platter to access the front handle of the device (see Installing/Removing the Long Scale
Platter on page 5-8).
b. To grasp the MP6000 to lower it into the checkstand, use the support handle on the back of the tower
cover together with the front part of the scale, or the handle in the front flange area (if installing the long
model). See Figure on page 3-32.
11.50 in.
292.2 mm
20.0 in.
506.9 mm
3 - 32 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Figure 3-41 Lowering the Short, Medium, Long MP6000 into the Counter
c. Replace the platter.
d. Ensure the device is seated properly - see (i) for Long and (ii) for Medium and Short
i. Long MP6000: The long MP6000 should not rock on the checkstand's adjustable supports
(screws), and the platter must be flush with the surrounding checkstand. If the MP6000 rocks,
remove it, and adjust the checkstand supports (screws). If the MP6000 still rocks, continue to
remove the device and adjust the supports until it sits solidly in the checkstand.
When the platter is flush, its leading edge should be slightly below the checkstand, and the trailing
edge should be slightly above the checkstand.
Short Unit
Medium Unit
Long Unit
Counter
Under Counter
Foot Rest
Under Counter
Foot Rest
SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 33
To ensure smooth scanning, ensure the platter is in place, take a steel can (e.g., a soup can), turn
it over so the harsher seam is facing down, and slide the can over the platter in the standard
scanning direction. The can must not catch on the checkstand, or the platter when swept across all
sections of the platter, in the correct direction.
For the long MP6000, secure the screws in place with lock nuts.
ii. Medium MP6000 and short (shelf mount) MP6000: If the platter is not flush, or the MP6000 rocks,
adjust the optional leveling screws to place the device at the correct height. This can be done from
the top of the MP6000, with the tower bezel removed and the tower cover slightly pushed back.
Figure 3-42 Adjusting Leveling Screws
When the platter is flush, its leading edge should be slightly below the checkstand, and the trailing
edge should be slightly above the checkstand.
Leveling Screw Holes
Under Platter
Leveling Screw
Holes Under Bezel
Medium UnitShort Unit
Leveling Screw Holes
Under Bezel
Leveling Screw Holes
Under Bezel
Leveling Screw
Holes Under Platter
Leveling Screw
Holes Under Platter
IMPORTANT Leveling screws are an optional accessory for medium size models (15.7 in./39.8 cm) and short size
models (13.9 in./35.3 cm) and can be ordered separately. Accessory kit MX301-SR00004ZZWR
contains four standard-length screws, and accessory kit MX302-SR00004ZZWR contains four
extra-length screws which will protrude 1"-inch (25 mm) below the bottom of the unit. See Figure 1-5
on page 1-11 for the installation location of these screws and for the locations of access holes for
turning the screws from above.
3 - 34 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
To ensure smooth scanning, replace the platter, take a steel can (like a soup can), turn it over so
the harsher seam is facing down, and slide the can over the platter in the standard scanning
direction. The can must not catch on the checkstand or the platter when swept across all sections
of the platter, in the correct direction.
4. Route all cables through the checkstand as shown in Figure 3-3.
5. Connect all cables to the MP6000 and POS, as needed (e.g., scale, Scale Display, Checkpoint antennas,
or Sensormatic coils, POS, CSS, etc.).
6. Power up the MP6000. Upon power up, the MP6000 verifies that all sub-systems, and auxiliary devices
are operational. If a fault condition exists, an error condition displays on the 7-segment display, and the
startup sequence halts. Power cycling is required after rectifying the problem. (See General Error and
Warning Codes on page A-5)
If a scale is present, warm-up time for the scale is 15 minutes (assuming room the temperature is
70° F/20° C).
Install Sensormatic Coils
The horizontal antenna is installed below the platter, on the middle housing, affixed to the housing with screws.
The vertical antenna is installed behind the vertical glass, also affixed to the scanner with screws. The coil tail
wires (with connectors) should be properly routed alongside the scanner to which the Sensormatic controller
box lead can connect.To install the Sensormatic coils:
1. Remove the MP6000 platter.Disconnect power to the MP6000.
2. Remove the MP6000 tower bezel by squeezing inward on both the left and right sides of the lower part of
the tower bezel, pushing its side snaps to disengage. Slide the tower bezel up and lift out. (See Figure 3-15
on page 3-17.)
Figure 3-43 Sensormatic Coil Screw Holes (Platter and Tower Bezel Removed)
3. Install the horizontal coil first:
IMPORTANT Most accessories (scale, Scale Display, Checkpoint interlock, Sensormatic coils, Sensormatic
RS-232 cable, CSS, and auxiliary RS-232 scanners) must be installed and connected to the
MP6000 prior to applying power to the MP6000.
Vertical Sensormatic
Coil Screw Bosses (#6)
Horizontal Sensormatic
Coil Screw Bosses (#6)
SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 35
a. Grasp the wide end of the coil, angling it towards the tower.
b. Insert the coil straight in and under the tower until it stops.
c. Once in, rotate the coil down around the horizontal window.
Figure 3-44 Installing the Horizontal Coil
4. Install the vertical coil:
a. Unplug the USB cap (see Staging USB Flash Drive Cap/Port on page 1-11) and move out of the way (it
may interfere with the coil during this installation).
b. Position the coil in front of, and centered around the vertical window.
c. Push it straight back until the top of the coil rests against the stops.
Figure 3-45 Installing the Vertical Coil
d. Replace the USB cap.
USB Cap
(remove prior to installing
vertical coil)
Installed
Horizontal Coil
3 - 36 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
e. Secure each coil with two screws (see Figure 3-43 on page 3-34).
5. Route the coil wires through the key hole on the side of the MP6000 for connection to the controller box.
Leave the wires free, under the MP6000, for a Sensormatic representative to make the connection to the
controller.
Figure 3-46 Routing the Coil Through the Key Hole
6. Replace the MP6000 tower bezel.
7. Replace the MP6000 platter.
8. Connect the Interlock cable (supplied by Sensormatic) to the J7, or J5 port.
Horizontal
Sensorrmatic
Cable Pinch
Point
NOTE The Interlock cable is one of the free cables noted in Step 5.
SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 37
Install Checkpoint Antenna
The Checkpoint EAS single axis wire loop antenna should be looped around the middle housing of the
MP6000, under the platter, and should route through the pinch points as shown in Figure 3-47. There is no
vertical antenna. (See Scale Cable Channel on page 1-10 for cable assembly routing.)
The antenna leads, with partly-stripped ends, should be routed as pictured, hanging several inches below the
MP6000 so that the Checkpoint controller lead wires can tie into the antenna.
A cable with two additional leads is available to support Interlock features. The Interlock cable assembly part
number is CB000002A01, orderable as CBA-A54-S01EAR (includes a connector, and a pigtail for Checkpoint).
Contact your local Checkpoint representative to install the EAS cable to the Checkpoint System. Refer to the
Checkpoint device documentation for details about its functionality.
Installed
Checkpoint
Antenna
Pinch
Points
Figure 3-47 Checkpoint Antenna Installation
WARNING! If the checkpoint antenna is not sitting completely below its routing features it can cause
issues with scale functionality.
3 - 38 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Trim Kit Installation (If Required)
The MX303-SR00004ZZWR trim kit can be used to modify the long MP6000/scale to fit into a counter cut-out
previously occupied by a 12 in. wide NCR scanner/scale. The trim can be mounted on either side of the
MP6000. It should be installed in the downstream side of the conveying goods. The trim adds 0.5 in. (1.2 cm)
to the width of the MP6000.
The kit includes one metal trim, and two Phillips head screws (M4 x 8mm).
To install the trim:
1. Insert the two screws provided in the rail.
2. Orient the adapter as shown in the illustration.
Figure 3-48 Orient the Adapter
3. Attach the side rail to the MP6000, and tighten using a Phillips head screwdriver.
Figure 3-49 Attach the Adapter
SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 39
MP6000 Mounting Frame (If Required)
Figure 3-50 Installing the Mounting Frame
1
2
3
3 - 40 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
CHAPTER 4 SCALECALIBRATION(MODELS
WITH A SCALE ONLY)
Overview
This chapter describes how to calibrate the scale in the MP6000, and how to program its features.
The parameter bar codes included in this chapter are listed in Table 4-1.
NOTE All scanner programming bar codes and additional scale parameter bar codes are located in
the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx).
Parameter
Parameter
Number
Parameter Name
(* = Default)
Page
Number
Legal Scale Units 995
Kilograms (default) 4-13
Pounds 4-14
Scale Display Configuration 986
Disable Scale Display (default) 4-16
Enable Scale Display 4-15
Legal Scale Dampening Filter 996
Higher Vibration Sensitivity 4-17
Low Vibration Sensitivity (default) 4-18
Very Low Vibration Sensitivity 4-19
Ultra Low Vibration Sensitivity 4-20
Table 4-1 Scale Parameters in this Chapter
4 - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Scale Calibration Procedure (Scanner/Scale Configurations Only)
Follow the steps below to calibrate the scale.
NOTES
1. The 30 second timer, or 90 second timer for Firmware versions before 3.4 (see Identifying
Firmware Version), resets after each successful stage of the calibration procedure (not applicable
at the Step 5 - Calibration Success or Failure stage).
2. If a Scale Display is unavailable, the internal 7-segment one character display can be used as a
user interface to prompt a user through the steps of the scale calibration procedure.
3. The scale can be calibrated without a Scale Display. However, if a Scale Display is used Enable
Scale Display Configuration (page 4-15) must be scanned to enable the display and its port. The
default Scale Display configuration is: Disabled.
4. The MP6000 scanner/scale must remain powered for a minimum of 15 minutes after a cold power
start prior to performing the calibration procedure.
Scale Configurations
IMPORTANT The MP6000 platter can be removed to see the model number of the scale. The model number is
printed on a label affixed to the right side of the bottom bar of the scale’s U frame. The last two digits
in the model number define the scale’s configuration (see Table 4-2).
Identifying Firmware Version
A new Calibration Entry Method is required for Firmware Version 3.4 and later. To determine the firmware
version on the scanner, depress and continue to hold the EAS button. The scanner firmware version number
displays on the internal 7-segment display.
The existing Calibration Entry Method should be used for firmware version prior to firmware version 3.4.
5. At any time during the calibration process: if the units of measure are modified (e.g., lb to kg), and
a 90 second timeout is completed, the Scale Display flashes CAL and the 7-segment display has a
U14 warning code (indicating Scale Out of Calibration).
Table 4-2 Scale Configurations
Description
Single interval 0.01 lb (0.005 kg), without calibration switch (model # ending in -06).
Dual interval 0.005 lb (0.002 kg) minimum verification interval, without calibration switch
(model # ending in -08).
SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) 4 - 3
Step 1 - Electronic Entry into Calibration Mode
Encompasses all scales sold without a mechanical calibration switch installed. When the integrated scale
does not have a calibration switch, electronic entry is required.
Firmware Versions Older Than v3.4
To perform an electronic calibration entry:
• Touch Scale Zero and Volume/Tone simultaneously for five consecutive seconds (see Features of the
MP6000 on page 1-9 for the location of these buttons on the front panel).
Firmware Versions Newer Than v3.4
To perform an electronic calibration entry:
• Press and hold the Scale Zero and Volume buttons continuously for five seconds. After five seconds a
short beep sounds. Release the Scale Zero and Volume buttons.
• Within two seconds after releasing the buttons, press the Scale Zero and Volume buttons again and
release. After release the system sounds five long beeps and enters scale calibration.
When Calibration Mode is entered successfully, the scanner emits five long beep sounds. The optional Scale
Display blinks CAL00 and CAL _ _ and the 7-segment display scrolls C00Lb, or C00g. Once the scale
Calibration Mode is successfully entered, continue the Calibration process with Step 2 - Program Legal
Parameters on page 4-3.
IMPORTANT If Calibration Mode was not entered successfully, the scale remains in its current state.
Step 2 - Program Legal Parameters
Sealable and legal parameters (Unit Selection and Dampening Filter Setting) can only be
programmed/changed when the MP6000 is placed into Calibration Mode. There is no requirement to change
these values (they can remain in the default or present state). However, if there is a need to change their
values they must be programmed when the scale is in a Calibration Mode. The Dampening Filter Setting can
be changed multiple times during a Calibration Mode without affecting the calibration outcome.
After completing these changes, the calibration process re-starts with Step 3 - Calibration at NO LOAD on
page 4-4. If you change the Unit Selection value before successfully reaching Step 5 - Calibration Success or
Failure on page 4-7 and the Calibration Mode exits, the scale will be non-operational. The scale will have to be
successfully calibrated before it becomes operational.
Legal Scale Units (Unit Selection) - Kilograms or Pounds
To change the legal parameter Unit Selection (when the scale is in a Calibration Mode):
1. Verify the units of weight measurement by checking the Scale Display icon (the icon displays either lb or kg
units), or the 7-segment display which scrolls either Lb or g units (g indicates kg units).
4 - 4 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
2. If the weight unit needs to be changed (e.g., from kg units to lb units or vice-versa), scan the appropriate
Legal Scale Units bar code (see Legal Scale Units on page 4-13). If you do not change the default, or
current weight unit, the scale calibrates with the default (kg) or previously programmed unit.
Important Notes
1. Automatic zero setting is enabled for metric scales (kg), and disabled for US scales (lb).
2. Automatic zero setting, if enabled, is performed if weight has remained below zero, and stable (i.e., no
motion on the platter) for at least 5 seconds. The scale is automatically set to zero when the 5 seconds
expires.
3. If the weight units change from lb to kg, this setting is enabled after a cold power start of the MP6000. A
scale reset (e.g., via the Scale Reset STISCLRST bar code) WILL NOT enable this setting. Likewise, if
weight units change from kg to lb, this setting is disabled. This setting is illegal for US (lb) scales.
Legal Scale Dampening Filter
Set the scale sensitivity to vibration by scanning the appropriate bar code (see page 4-18). To program this
parameter, the scale must be in Calibration Mode. Bar code command values are as follows:
• 0 = Higher (most sensitive to vibration)
• 1 = Low (factory default)
• 2 = Very Low
• 3 = Ultra Low
The lower the number, the more sensitive the scale is to vibration. The higher the number, the slower the scale
may operate.
Step 3 - Calibration at NO LOAD
IMPORTANT This step of the calibration procedure must be completed within 30 seconds, or 90 seconds for
Firmware Version before 3.4. (See Identifying Firmware Version.) If this time expires before
completing the step then the calibration procedure is exited.
When Calibration Mode enters properly, the Scale Display blinks between CAL00 and CAL _ _ and the
7-segment display scrolls C00Lb, or C00g. Scale calibration can begin.
1. Ensure the platter is installed and there is NO WEIGHTED LOAD on it.
2. Touch the Scale Zero button on the front panel.
3. If Calibration at NO WEIGHTED LOAD is successful after the Scale Zero button is pressed, the process
continues with Step 4 - Calibration at LOAD on page 4-5.
or
If Calibration at NO WEIGHTED LOAD is not successful after the Scale Zero button is pressed, the
process continues with Calibration Failure on page 4-7.
NOTE The unit selection legal parameter can be scanned at any time after entering a Calibration Mode.
After a successful scan, Calibration Mode restarts at Step 3 - Calibration at NO LOAD on page 4-4.
Additional scale parameter bar codes are located in the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n
72E-172633-xx).
SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) 4 - 5
Step 4 - Calibration at LOAD
IMPORTANT This step of the calibration procedure must be completed within 30 seconds, or 90 seconds for
Firmware Version before 3.4. (See Identifying Firmware Version.) If this time expires before
completing the step then the calibration procedure is exited.
• The Scale Display blinks either CAL25 or CAL11, depending on the units of measure programmed
(CAL25 = pounds; CAL11 = kilograms).
• The diagnostic 7 -segment display scrolls C25Lb or C11g.
To continue with calibration:
1. Depending on the units of measure programmed, place 25 lb or 11 kg on the scale. Ideally these weights
should be grouped in the center of the scale (Figure 4-1).
Figure 4-1 (A) Center of Scale Location, and (B) Center of Scale Location with Platter Installed
A B
Center of
Scale
4 - 6 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
a. Place 25 lb weights on the scanner as shown in Figure 4-2; three 5 lb weights centered on the center
of the scale, and two 5 lb weights centered on top.
Figure 4-2 Weight Calibration Configuration for Pounds
b. Place 11 kg weights on the scanner as shown in Figure 4-3; two 5 kg weights centered on the center of
the scale, and one 1 kg weight on top between the two 5 kg weights.
Figure 4-3 Weight Calibration Configuration for Kilograms
2. Press the Scale Zero button with the weights on the platter.
3. Calibration continues with Step 5 - Calibration Success or Failure on page 4-7. Calibration was either
successful or failed at this step.
Center of Scale
Center of Scale
SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) 4 - 7
Step 5 - Calibration Success or Failure
Calibration Success
The calibration process is successful if the Scale Display blinks between CAL P and CAL S, and the
7-segment display scrolls between CAL P and CAL S.
NOTE P = pass; S = Save and Reset the Scale.
There are two ways to finalize the calibration process:
1. After the Scale Display starts blinking between CAL P and CAL S, remove the weights from the scale.
2. Touch the Scale Zero button for the scale to reset. The MP6000 scanner/scale emits three short beeps to
indicate that the calibration was successful and all parameters are saved.
or
Scan the Scale Reset bar code (or issue an equivalent RSM command to the MP6000 scanner/scale). All
programming bar codes are available in the MP6000 Bar Code Programmers Guide, p/n 72E- 172633-xx.
NOTE Scale Reset can be scanned at anytime in the procedure to exit the calibration process with no
impact (as long as a Legal Parameter was not changed during calibration).
3. The scale is ready to measure weight.
Calibration Failure
It is possible to encounter a failure condition in which the calibration process is interrupted. In this case, use the
error message indicators to fix the problem and re-start the calibration process.
If calibration failed, the Scale Display blinks CAL F, and the error code u## scrolls on the 7-segment display
(see Table A-2 on page A-6 for error descriptions).
Possible Reasons for a Fail
• The scale returns to its prior state if Step 3 - Calibration at NO LOAD executes and the Scale Display
blinks HOLD for the entire 90 second time period, and then times out. This condition does not display a
calibration failure because the process was unable to find a zero weight threshold. This may occur if the
platter was not re-installed or seated correctly, or if the weight on the scale is outside a +/- 2% maximum
capacity range (+/- 0.6 lb or +/- 0.3 kg). It can also be a mechanical issue if the scale was not installed
correctly.
• The scale returns to its prior state if Step 4 - Calibration at LOAD executes but the scale was unable to
detect a load of 25 lb (or 11 kg, depending on the units of measure programmed). This may occur if the
correct weights were not placed on the platter before pressing the Scale Zero button. It can also be a
mechanical issue if the scale was not installed correctly.
In either case the scale can not accept the calibration, and returns to its prior state. There is no impact on the
sealed calibration counter or the scale legal parameter counter. However, if calibration fails, the scale is
non-operational until the problem is fixed and the scale is successfully calibrated. In this case, re-enter the
Calibration Mode (Step 1 - Electronic Entry into Calibration Mode on page 4-3). The scale does not have to be
reset and can be left on before re-entering Calibration Mode.
4 - 8 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Calibration Mode Exit Conditions
Calibration Mode exits under the following conditions:
• No response is received from an external operator for 30 seconds (Firmware Version 3.4 or later) or 90
seconds (Firmware Version pre-3.4). This timeout does not apply at Step 5 - Calibration Success or
Failure.
• The operator turns the MP6000 off.
• Step 4 - Calibration at LOAD completes successfully, or unsuccessfully (fails).
• A user scans Scale Reset (refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide, p/n 72E-172633-xx).
When Scale Reset is scanned, a test runs, showing a series of characters on the optional Scale Display.
When the test completes, the scale returns to its prior state before entering a scale Calibration Mode.
See Table 4-6 on page 4-21 (Cold reset of scale) for the character sequence displayed.
Verification Test
Table 4-3 describes the five tests needed to verify whether or not the scale was calibrated successfully.
Test Description
Increasing Load Test This test verifies accurate weight measurement with increasing weights placed
incrementally on the scale's platter, without returning weight to zero.
Over Capacity Test This test verifies that the correct indication appears on the Scale Display when
the maximum weight is exceeded.
Decreasing Load Test This test verifies accurate weight measurement with decreasing weights removed
incrementally from the scale's platter, without returning weight to zero.
Return to Zero Test This test verifies that the scale returns to zero when all weights are removed.
Shift Test This test verifies accurate weight measurement in all quadrants.
The verification tests outlined in Table 4-4 and Table 4-5 can be run in successive order. Use the appropriate
table based on US (lb), or metric scales (kg), using applicable tolerance for single or dual interval scale
models.
Table 4-3 Tests to Verify Scale Accuracy
Table 4-4 Verification Tests for US (lb) Scales
Verification Test for US
Scale Applied Load lb
Indication = Applied
Load Within
Applicable
Tolerances
All Tolerances
Are +/-
All Tolerances
Are +/-
Acceptance
Single Int
Acceptance
Dual Int
Increasing Load Test
0.00 0.00 0.0 lb 0.0 lb
0.10 0.10 .005 lb .0025 lb
5.00 5.00 .005 lb .005 lb
10.00 10.00 .01 lb .005 lb
20.00 20.00 .01 lb .01 lb
SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) 4 - 9
30.00 30.00 .015 lb .015 lb
Over Capacity Test
Over Capacity 30.20 EEEE N/A N/A
Decreasing Load Test
30.00 30.00 .015 lb .015 lb
20.00 20.00 .01 lb .01 lb
10.00 10.00 .01 lb .005 lb
5.00 5.00 .005 lb .005 lb
0.10 0.10 .005 lb .0025 lb
Return to Zero Test
0.00 0.00 0.0 lb 0.0 lb
Shift Test (see Figure 4-4)
10.00 Position 1 10.00 .01 lb .005 lb
10.00 Position 2 10.00 .01 lb .005 lb
10.00 Position 3 10.00 .01 lb .005 lb
10.00 Position 4 10.00 .01 lb .005 lb
Table 4-5 Verification Tests for Metric Scale
Verification Test for
Metric Scale Applied
Load kg
Indication = Applied
Load Within
Applicable
Tolerances
All Tolerances
Are +/-
All Tolerances
Are +/-
Acceptance
Single Int
Acceptance
Dual Int
Increasing Load Test
0.000 0.000 0.0 kg 0.0 kg
0.100 0.100 .0025 kg .001 kg
2.500 2.500 .0025 kg .002 kg
5.000 5.000 .005 kg .003 kg
10.000 10.000 .005 kg .005 kg
15.000 15.000 .0075 kg .0075 kg
Table 4-4 Verification Tests for US (lb) Scales (Continued)
Verification Test for US
Scale Applied Load lb
Indication = Applied
Load Within
Applicable
Tolerances
All Tolerances
Are +/-
All Tolerances
Are +/-
Acceptance
Single Int
Acceptance
Dual Int
4 - 10 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Over Capacity Test
Over Capacity 15.100 EEEE N/A N/A
Decreasing Load Test
15.000 15.000 .0075 kg .0075 kg
10.000 10.000 .005 kg .005 kg
5.000 5.000 .005 kg .003 kg
2.500 2.500 .0025 kg .002 kg
0.100 0.100 .0025 kg .001 kg
Return to Zero Test
0.000 0.000 0.0 kg 0.0 kg
Shift Test (see Figure 4-4)
5.00 Position 1 5.000 .005 kg .003 kg
5.00 Position 2 5.000 .005 kg .003 kg
5.00 Position 3 5.000 .005 kg .003 kg
5.00 Position. 4 5.000 .005 kg .003 kg
Table 4-5 Verification Tests for Metric Scale (Continued)
Verification Test for
Metric Scale Applied
Load kg
Indication = Applied
Load Within
Applicable
Tolerances
All Tolerances
Are +/-
All Tolerances
Are +/-
Acceptance
Single Int
Acceptance
Dual Int
SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) 4 - 11
The weight checked at each position on the scale, shown in Figure 4-4, represent halfway between the center
of the platter and corner. Use a stack configuration of weights if needed (i.e., (2) 5.00 lb weights, or (2) 2.500 kg
weights) depending on the units of measure programmed.
Scale Platter
Shaded Area
Represents the
Horizontal Window
Figure 4-4 Weight Positions on the Scale Platter
While performing a shift test, the indication of each position is within the applicable tolerance and the range of
results obtained should not exceed twice the applicable tolerance.
IMPORTANT After verification, record/report audit trail information to the local Weights and Measure authority
where required by law.
Audit Tallies
Audit Tallies (calibration counter = C, legal parameter counter = P) used for scale verification can be shown on
the Scale Display, or the 7-segment display.
1. Press and hold the Scale Zero button for three seconds to access the calibration tallies (not within
Calibration mode).
a. C### and P### tallies blink on the Scale Display and/or scroll on the 7-segment display.
i. C### represents the number of times the scale reached Calibration Success on page 4-7. (Only
successful calibrations are counted.)
ii. The P### represents the number of times any sealable parameter, or legal parameter was
changed with or without reaching Calibration Success on page 4-7.
4 - 12 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
2. When the Scale Zero button is released, the scale returns to normal operation, and the tallies are removed
from both displays.
3. After verification, seal the scale by recording/reporting Audit Trail information as required by local Weight &
Measures Regulations, or where required by law.
NOTE 1. This feature is inhibited when the unit is in a scale Calibration Mode.
NOTE 2. If units of weight measure was modified (i.e., kg to lb, or lb to kg) the parameter counter is
incremented by two in the audit tally. This is because the Automatic Zero Setting legal parameter
is being enabled when going from lb to kg, and disabled when going from kg to lb.
SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) 4 - 13
Scale Configuration Parameters
Legal Scale Units
Parameter # 995
Scan a weight unit below to set the legal weight units for the MP6000. Scan Kilograms for metric units; scan
Pounds for the US units.
IMPORTANT The scale must be in a calibration mode to change this parameter.
* Kilograms
(0)
NOTE Refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide, p/n 72E-172633-xx, for all programming bar codes
for the MP6000/scale.
4 - 14 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Legal Scale Units (continued)
Pounds
(1)
SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) 4 - 15
Scale Display Configuration
Parameter # 986
Scan Enable Scale Display Configuration below to enable the Scale Display port. The Scale Display port is
disabled by default.
Enable Scale Display Configuration
(1)
4 - 16 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Scale Display Configuration (continued)
* Disable Scale Display Configuration
(0)
SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) 4 - 17
Legal Scale Dampening Filter Setting
Parameter # 996
Scan a bar code below to set the vibration sensitivity of the scale. The lower the number value, the more
sensitive the scale is to vibration. The scale must be in a Calibration Mode to program this parameter.
Values:
• 0 = Higher (most sensitive to vibration)
• 1 = Low (factory default)
• 2 = Very Low
• 3 = Ultra Low
Higher Vibration Sensitivity
(0)
4 - 18 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Parameter # 996 (continued)
* Low Vibration Sensitivity
(1)
SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) 4 - 19
Parameter # 996 (continued)
Very Low Vibration Sensitivity
(2)
4 - 20 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Parameter # 996 (continued)
Ultra Low Vibration Sensitivity
(3)
SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) 4 - 21
User Interface Displays and Signals
Table 4-6 LEDs, and Beeper Sequences
Scale State
7-segment
Diagnostic Display
LED
(System)
Beeper
Sequence
Scale
Zero
Button
(LED)
Optional Scale Display
Scale disabled No change No change None OFF Blank
Scale normal -
stable with
weight
No change No change None; single
short beep after
weight request
from POS, if this
feature is
enabled.
SolidGreen
ON
Weight reading
Under zero No change No change None Flashing All “- - - - -” (dashes)
Over range
condition (weight
is greater than
30.09 lb, or
weight is greater
than 15.045 kg)
No change No change None OFF EEEEE
Weight unstable No change No change None OFF Numerical values blank but
measurement unit icons (lb
or kg) remain on.
Scale Zero
button press
If zero operation fails
it scrolls U12
Red
(Warning) if
zero
operation
fails on a
Scale Zero
button press;
otherwise, no
change
Click sound No change If successful weight reads
0 (zero) and <0> indicator
icon illuminates.
Scale out of
calibration
Scrolls fault code
U14
Red
(Warning)
None OFF Blinks CAL
4 - 22 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Successfully
entering scale
legal Calibration
Mode
Step 2 - Program
Legal Parameters
and Step 3 -
Calibration at NO
LOAD - Scrolls
C00Lb OR C00g
depending on units
programmed as
pounds (lb) or
kilograms (kg)
Step 4 - Calibration
at LOAD - Scrolls
C25Lb or C11g
depending on units
programmed as
pounds (lb) or
kilograms (kg)
Step 5 - Calibration
Success or Failure -
Repeat scrolls of
CALP then CALS
Any step - Calibration
Fails - Scrolls fault
code: u##
No change Five long beep
tones
Off Step 3 - Calibration at NO
LOAD
Blinks between CAL00 and
then CAL_ _ with correct
unit icon illuminated (lb or
kg).
Step 4 - Calibration at
LOAD
Blinks CAL25 with lb icon
illuminated, or blinks
CAL11 with kg icon
illuminated.
Step 5 - Calibration
Success or Failure
Blinks between CAL P
(PASS) and CAL S (save
legal parameter settings).
Any step - Calibration fails
blinks CAL F.
Between
calibration steps
No change No change No change Off Blinks HOLD while taking a
measurement.
No platter
installed at Step
3 - Calibration at
NO LOAD
No change No change Persistent short
beep tone at
1Hz
No change Blinks PLA
Steppingthrough
a calibration step
No change No change Single long
beep tone after
pressing the
Scale Zero
button
Off No change
Failure to place
the correct load
on the scale at
Step 4 -
Calibration at
LOAD
C25Lb or C11g
depending on units
programmed
No change Two long beep
tones
No change No change
Table 4-6 LEDs, and Beeper Sequences (Continued)
Scale State
7-segment
Diagnostic Display
LED
(System)
Beeper
Sequence
Scale
Zero
Button
(LED)
Optional Scale Display
SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) 4 - 23
Successfully
executing and
exiting a scale
legal calibration
Calibration procedure
semantics removed
from display.
No change Three short
beeps
Solid green
on if weight
stable after
reset of
scale
Scale is reset either by
pressing the Scale Zero
button, scanning the Scale
Reset parameter bar code,
or powering the unit OFF
then ON. The seven
segment test will run.
Cold reset of
scale
No change No change No change
except at Step 5
- Calibration
Success or
Failure - when
the Scale Zero
button is
pressed three
short beeps
tones sound
No change Seven segment test runs
and displays:
• 00.000 all icons
illuminated for three
seconds
• Blank for one second
• 99.999 all icons
illuminated for three
seconds
• Blank for one second
• Normal display
Audit Tally -
Press and hold
Scale Zero
button for
greater than
three seconds
when not in a
Calibration
Mode.
Repeated scroll:
C### then P###
No change None No change Blinks between C### and
P###.
In Bootloader
Mode
No change Off None Off None.
Scale Error Scrolls fault code:
u##
Red
(Warning)
None Off Blinks FAIL or blanks
display with unit icon
showing lb or kg
illuminated.
Display can also blink
CALF if the system was in
a scale legal Calibration
Mode.
Table 4-6 LEDs, and Beeper Sequences (Continued)
Scale State
7-segment
Diagnostic Display
LED
(System)
Beeper
Sequence
Scale
Zero
Button
(LED)
Optional Scale Display
4 - 24 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
CHAPTER 5 OPERATING THE SCANNER
Overview
This chapter describes how to operate the MP6000, including information about indicators (LEDs, beeper,
etc,), beeper/speaker, user buttons, weighing items, and the 7-segment character (diagnostic) display.
5 - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Controls and Indicators
See Table 5-1 on page 5-21 for all beeper and LED indications.
LED Array Bar
LED Array Bar
Figure 5-1 LED Array Bar
The LED array is located on the top of the device (Figure 5-1) and provides visual feedback for system
statuses and alerts. The LED has an array of five bi-color (green/red) LEDs and, depending on the condition,
the entire LED bar illuminates, or section of the bar illuminates.
The LED illuminates in the following situations:
• Successful bar code decodes.
• System warnings.
• Error conditions. The error illumination remains lit until all errors are resolved.
• System idle.
See Table 5-1 on page 5-21 for LED indicator descriptions.
OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 3
Diagnostic LED/7-segment Display
7-segment Display
Figure 5-2 7-segment Display
Figure 5-2 shows the internal 7-segment display which provides error and warning codes, scale legal parameters
and lead through help during scale calibration. It is visible inside the scanner’s vertical window.
The 7-segment display is a one character display. Letter(s) and number(s) messages scroll one character at a
time through the display. When a message is completed, the display pauses for two seconds. The message
repeats continuously.
NOTE When there are no issues, a dash displays to show the 7-segment display is operational.
• If the message is an error, or warning it repeats until the issue is resolved.
• If the message is related to scale calibration it repeats until calibration is completed.
• If the message is related to the CAL/PAR display it repeats until the inspector/tester releases the Scale
Zero button.
See Appendix A, MAINTENANCE, TROUBLESHOOTING, AND ERROR CODES for status and troubleshooting
messages.
5 - 4 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Front Panel Buttons
The three front panel user interface buttons are backlit for ease of use.
Scale Zero Button (Configurations with Scale Only)
Figure 5-3 Scale Zero Button
This button is a scale zero button and status LED that controls some scale operation and displays scale status.
Touch Scale Zero to set the scale to zero (within +/- 0.6 lb, or +/- 0.300 kg). The LED is green and can be on,
flashing, or off. LED brightness cannot be controlled. The allowable zeroing weight limit of 0.6 lb and 0.3 kg is
configurable. Refer to the Maximum Scale Zeroing Weight Limit parameter in the MP6000 Bar Code
Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx) for more information.
See Beeper and LED Indicators on page 5-21 for detailed indications.
Volume/Tone Control Button
Figure 5-4 Volume/Tone Button
This button allows user selectable settings for audible system indications. The user can control the audible
feedback in the following situations:
• Decoding.
• Completion of a request (e.g., the successful decode of a bar code, and Sensormatic beep).
• Error conditions.
• Processing a request that takes an extended amount of time (e.g., scanning a sequence of parameter
bar codes). This audible indication informs the user that the scanner is working, and not malfunctioning.
NOTE If the decode tone is set to off, the Volume/Tone button on the MP6000 is not operational. To enable the
Volume/Tone button, set a tone option other than Off tone. Refer to the beeper and tone settings in the
MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx).
To adjust volume and tone:
• Press and release the Volume/Tone button to sound the current scanner beep volume level.
• Press and release the Volume/Tone button twice within two seconds to change the scanner decode
volume.
• Press and hold Volume/Tone for three seconds to change to another tone.
Each volume or tone change produces an audible beep when the new setting is complete. Volume and tone
wrap from high to low.
See Beeper and LED Indicators on page 5-21 for detailed indications.
OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 5
Sensormatic Manual Activation and Sensormatic Status Button
Figure 5-5 EAS Button
This button indicates the state of the Sensormatic EAS device. The LED is yellow/amber and can be on,
flashing, or off. See Beeper and LED Indicators on page 5-21 for detailed indications.
Soft Reset Buttons
Figure 5-6 Soft Reset Buttons
A soft reset of the MP6000 can be initiated by pressing the Scale Zero and EAS buttons simultaneously for 10
seconds. A two second beep sounds, then a system reset is performed.
5 - 6 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
MP6000 Related Hardware
Scale Display (Scanner/Scale Configurations Only)
MP6000 models with a scale have an option for a single or dual Scale Display. The single display can be
positioned to provide continuous display of weight values, and digital zero balance indication for customer and
operator. The dual display offers more flexibility by allowing the two display heads to rotate independently.
Both single and dual displays show gross weight in pounds and/or kilograms (depending on location) in the
following format:
Scale (Scanner/Scale Configurations Only)
Scales are available for Medium and Long versions only. Two optional scales are available.
Single Interval Range Scales
A single interval range scale has the same resolution for the entire weight range (from zero to maximum
capacity). Single interval weight capacity:
0.00 - 30.00 lb at a resolution of 0.01 lb
0.000 - 15.000 kg at a resolution of 0.005 kg
Dual Interval Range Scales
A dual range scale changes resolution after a certain weight is reached. For example, 2g until 6kg, 5g above
6kg. Dual Interval weight capacity:
0.000 - 12.00 lb at a resolution of 0.005 lb; then 12.00 - 30.00 lb at a resolution of 0.01lb
0.000 - 6.000 kg at a resolution of 0.002 kg; then 6.000 - 15.000 kg at a resolution of 0.005 kg
Customer Side Scanner (CSS) - Optional
The CSS is a modular unit which is either embedded in the MP6000 tower, or added at any time to fit on the left
or right side of the MP6000. The CSS snaps on to the MP6000 and requires no tools to install or remove.
Connection to the MP6000 is via the internal USB cable.
The CSS enables shoppers to scan paper, plastic loyalty cards, or from a mobile device while a cashier scans
other items simultaneously.
For detailed information about programming the CSS, refer to the MX101 Product Reference Guide (p/n
72E-171320-xx).
OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 7
Platter
The platter covers the horizontal scan window, and scale (if applicable). It also accommodates product
placement. The sapphire platter glass is built for long term reliability and clarity, and is impervious to scratches
except from industrial diamonds.
Installing/Removing the Short and Medium Non-Scale Platters
To remove the platter push the front, left corner of the platter to lift it slightly. Use your fingers under the platter
to lift it up and out.
Figure 5-7 Removing Short Platter
To install the platter drop the tower end down into the unit and lay it flat.
Installing/Removing the Long Non-Scale and Medium Scale Platters
These platters have a lip at the cashier end which can be gripped for lifting.
To install the platter(s) drop the tower-end of the platter into the MP6000 first, and then lower the cashier end
down using the lip.
To remove the platter(s) use the lip on platter at the cashier end to lift and then remove the platter.
5 - 8 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Installing/Removing the Long Scale Platter
The long scale platter installs down into, and hooks onto the scale assembly.
To install the platter on a long MP6000 with a scale:
1. Line up the hooks on the platter with the notches in top scale frame.
2. Drop the platter straight down on scale top frame.
3. Slide the platter forward, engaging the hooks.
4. Drop the rear of the platter onto rear scale top frame pegs.
Figure 5-8 Installing the Long Platter (MP6000 With Scale)
1
2
3
4
Long Scale Platter
Scale Top Frame
OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 9
To remove the platter on a long MP6000 with a scale:
1. Lift the rear of the platter slightly.
2. Slide the platter backwards, disengaging hooks.
3. Lift platter straight up and off.
Figure 5-9 Removing the Long Platter (MP6000 With Scale)
Scan Windows
The MP6000 provides six sided scanning, including reading top down and cashier side bar codes. 2D scanning
(PDF, Aztec etc.), mobile bar code scanning (cell phone) and scanning difficult symbols (e.g., truncated, poor
contrast, and damaged bar codes) is accomplished in both vertical and horizontal windows in all six-sided
orientations. See Scanning on page 5-16 for more information.
The horizontal window on the platter is clear, scratch-proof sapphire built for long term reliability and clarity, and
is impervious to scratches.
The vertical window is chemically tempered, and can sustain normal product impact. In case of abusive impact
outside of normal usage, this window is laminated with anti splinter film to ensure the any glass shard remains
intact to the window assembly.
1
2
3
Long Scale Platter
Scale Top Frame
5 - 10 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Operating Modes
The MP6000 GEN I has two operating modes with corresponding power requirements:
• Idle Mode 5 W
• Active Mode Average Power
Consumption for GEN I under typical usage = 5.9W
The MP6000 GEN II has two operating modes with corresponding power requirements:
• Idle Mode 3.75 W
• Active Mode Average Power
Consumption for GEN II under typical usage = 4.6W
Programming the MP6000
The MP6000 can be programming using the following methods.
Programming Management tools
• 123Scan2
(see Chapter 6, 123SCAN2)
NOTE If an MP6000 scans a programming 2D bar code generated by 123Scan2
it only programs the MP6000. If
a CSS, and/or auxiliary scanner (e.g., the DS6878) are used with the MP6000, they must be programmed
separately to be configured.
• SMS
An SMS Package is a file, which when used with the SMS agent can manage a scanner remotely by
programming parameters and updating firmware. An SMS Package is similar to a zip file, and includes
three components:
• 123Scan2
configuration file containing parameters
• 123Scan2
plug-in containing scanner firmware
• Load Directive file with programming details like trigger information.
• Staging flash drive reprogramming (USB Staging Flash Drive on page 5-12).
Application Programming Interfaces
• Zebra Scanner SDK APIs (CoreScanner APIs)
NOTE SDK supported functionality by communication protocol is listed in Appendix E,
COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS.
• Zebra Scanner OPOS/JPOS APIs
• WMI Interfaces.
For access to the APIs go to: www.zebra.com/scannersdkforwindows.
OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 11
Programming Bar Codes
With the exception of host interface, and initial scale setup parameters refer to the MP6000 Bar Code
Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx) includes all the parameter bar codes necessary to configure the
device.
5 - 12 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
USB Staging Flash Drive
A staging USB flash drive can be used to:
a. Set up an MP6000 system from a 123Scan2
generated set of files
b. Perform MP6000 system cloning
and/or
c. Collect MP6000 statistics, usage, and diagnostics data.
A staging flash drive can be created by123Scan2 and/or from an MP6000.
• A 123Scan2
generated staging flash drive can perform device setups from 123Scan2
to multiple
MP6000s.
• An MP6000 generated staging flash drive can perform the following functions:
a. Device cloning from one MP6000 to multiple MP6000s.
b. Back up system settings from an MP6000 (the MP6000 parameter settings can be imported into
123Scan2).
c. Collect statistics, usage, and diagnostics data (the data can be viewed in 123Scan2).
MP6000 Menu Structure for the USB Staging Flash Drive
• Option 1 - Copy an MP6000* configuration to the USB flash drive.
• Copy parameter settings and firmware from the MP6000* to the USB flash drive for cloning to another
device, or viewing in 123Scan2
.
• When Option 1 is available the 7-segment display shows a 1, and one beep sounds.
• Option 2 - Load a USB flash drive configuration to the MP6000*.
• Load the parameter settings and firmware (if present) from the staging USB flash drive to this
MP6000*.
• When Option 2 is available the 7-segment display shows a 2, and two beeps sound.
• Option 3 - Copy statistics, usage, and diagnostics data to the USB flash drive.
• Copy data from the MP6000 onto the USB flash drive (the data can be viewed in 123Scan2
).
• When Option 3 is available the 7-segment display shows a 3, and three beeps sound.
• Exit without doing anything - Remove USB flash drive from the MP6000.
*Auxiliary device settings, like the Customer Side Scanner (MX101) and Zebra corded scanners, are
copied/loaded if applicable. Auxiliary cordless scanners are not supported.
See Loading Cloning Files on page 5-14 for the process steps.
NOTE The MP6000 system configuration settings and firmware are overwritten.
OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 13
Manually Staging/Configuring MP6000 Devices
Manually staging/configuring MP6000 devices using a USB flash drive is a three step process.
Step 1: Generate the staging files, and load to a USB flash drive.
Step 2: Deploy the USB flash drive to transport staging files to an MP6000.
Step 3: Load the files and configure the MP6000 by inserting the staging flash drive.
The MP6000 has three USB ports which can be used to load files (see Figure 5-10):
• Two external ports on the side of the device.
• One internal port accessible by removing platter. The internal port sits straight up, and includes a cap
cover which must be replaced when the drive is not in use. A missing, or incorrect placement of the cap
does not allow the platter to sit properly when replaced.
IMPORTANT See Approved USB Flash Drives for the Flash Drive Well on page 5-15 for the recommended
flash drive dimensions for use in the internal USB port.
Figure 5-10 USB Port Under the MP6000 Platter
Figure 5-11 USB Ports on the MP6000
Internal USB
Port Cap
Internal USB Port
USBUSB
Flash DrivesFlash Drives
External USB Port
5 - 14 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Loading Cloning Files
Cloning files can be loaded to the staging flash drive two ways:
• Insert the staging flash drive into one of the MP6000 USB ports (Figure 5-10), and select Option 1 - Load
Files (see Step 3).
• Use 123Scan2 to create and export files to the staging flash drive. (See 123Scan2 Staging Flash Drive
Configuration for more information.)
Follow the steps below to clone data.
1. Insert the staging flash drive in the USB port under the MP6000 platter.
2. When the staging flash drive inserts correctly, the MP6000 detects the drive, and sounds two beeps
(low/high).
3. The MP6000 identifies the data on the USB flash drive, and the 7-segment display shows a flash drive
menu sequence. The flash drive menu displays three number options for approximately five seconds each.
See MP6000 Menu Structure for the USB Staging Flash Drive on page 5-12 for menu options.
4. When the option you desire displays in the menu, you have five seconds to select the option by pressing
the EAS button (see EAS Deactivation Button (Sensormatic only) on page 1-9). One, two, or three beeps
sound, depending on the option selected.
5. You have 15 seconds to confirm the selection by pressing the EAS button again. (If the selection is not
confirmed, four fail beeps sound, and the 7-segment display re-scrolls the menu.)
6. After confirmation, the 7-segment display shows a scrolling bar (_
). This means the device is working.
When the process is complete (time varies) three success beeps (high/low/high), or four failure beeps
sound, and the scrolling bar stops. Removing the staging flash drive at this point sounds the success or
failure beeps again from the last operation performed.
NOTE The USB flash drive must be at least 2.5 in. (63.5 mm) long to be accessible for removal after insertion
into the internal MP6000 flash drive well. Alternatively, some USB flash drives include an opening in their
rear covers into which a paper clip can be looped to help achieve the minimal length dimension.
See Approved USB Flash Drives for the Flash Drive Well on page 5-15 for the recommended flash drive
dimensions for use in the internal USB port.
It is recommended to start with a clean flash drive.
NOTES 1. If EAS was installed and operational, the EAS button remains lit. If EAS was not installed,
and/or not operational, the EAS button on the front panel of the MP6000 lights when the
staging flash drive is inserted.
2. While the staging flash drive is inserted:
a) Do not remove power.
b) Do not remove, or connect any cables.
c) Do not press the Volume or Scale buttons.
These actions may interfere with the staging flash drive process.
NOTE The scrolling bar stops whether or not the cloning process succeeded or failed. If the
process failed, try again or contact the System Administrator.
If the staging flash drive is removed prior to completion, a fail occurs (four beeps
sound). Premature removal of the staging flash drive may result in a partial change in
the system.
OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 15
123Scan2
Staging Flash Drive Configuration
The Flash Drive Wizard option within the 123Scan2
utility steps a user through the process of generating a
USB staging flash drive with cloning files.
To access the Flash Drive Wizard from any 123Scan2
screen, click Tools > Staging Flash Drive (MP6000 only)
> Create Staging Flash Drive Files.
Approved USB Flash Drives for the Flash Drive Well
When using the MP6000 flash drive well, located under the MP6000 platter, the USB flash drive must meet the
specifications below to be accessible (easily inserted into, and removed from the well):
• Maximum thickness: .43 in. (11 mm)
• Maximum width: .82 in. (21 mm)
• Minimum length 2.5 in. (63.5 mm).
5 - 16 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Scanning
The MP6000 uses its horizontal and vertical scan windows simultaneously to provide a high swipe speed using
six sided scanning.
The MP6000 includes an automatic Infra-Red (IR) wakeup system that reduces power consumption. When
any object is presented in the field of view of the scan windows, the red illumination turns on, but automatically
turns off when the object is removed. When the object presented in the field of view includes a bar code, the
MP6000 scans the bar code, and, if the bar code is successfully decoded, the illumination LEDs immediately
turn off when the object is removed.
Position the bar code anywhere within the MP6000’s field of view.
Figure 5-12 Scanning with the MP6000
The scanner beeps to indicate a successful decode, and the green light of the LED array bar on top of the
vertical window momentarily fans out horizontally (see Table 5-1 on page 5-21).
OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 17
Weighing Items
For proper weighing, items should be placed fully on the shaded (gray) regions of the scanner.
Raised Rail
Figure 5-13 Gray Weighing Region
Long items may be weighed by laying them on the raised vegetable rail so that the end that overhangs the
weighing surface is suspended above the countertop.
To weigh items, follow the steps below.
1. Ensure all items are removed from the platter, and the platter is in place.
2. Verify the Scale Display shows 0.00 lb (0.000 kg).
3. If weighing does not occur, press CLEAR on the POS and try entering the weighed item's PLU number
again. If an error code displays, or an error beep sounds, remove the item from the platter, remove the
platter and check for debris underneath. If there is debris, remove it. Replace the platter, and press the
Scale Zero button to reset the scale. Wait for 0.00 lb (0.000 kg) to display on the Scale Display and weigh
the item again.
NOTE If the Scale Display does not show 0.00 lb (0.000 kg), clear all items off the platter and zero the scale by
touching the Scale Zero button.
After weighing an item, if tones are enabled, a sound emits indicating transmission of a stable, non–zero
weight.
NOTE If an error code displays in the 7-segment display, check Table A-1 on page A-5 for likely causes and
troubleshooting. If those suggestions do not help, take note of the error message and call your service
provider or help desk. See 7-segment Display on page 1-9 for the location of the 7-segment display.
5 - 18 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Electronic Article Surveillance (EAS)
The MP6000 has integrated Electronic Article Surveillance (EAS) options which allow support for Sensormatic
EAS controllers or Checkpoint EAS controllers. (See EAS Devices on page 1-8 for supported EAS controllers.)
The MP6000 and EAS system can operate independently of each other, or using communication cable to
synchronize deactivation with barcode scanning. The deactivation range is mapped suitable to the scanner
range, so both can be accomplished almost simultaneously
Supported EAS Controllers
• Sensormatic
• Sensormatic ScanMax-Pro
• Sensormatic AMB-9010 (available December 2014)
• Checkpoint
• Checkpoint Interlocked, requires interlock cable: CB000002A01
• Checkpoint Non-Interlocked.
EAS Operating Modes and Settings
EAS operating modes function when EAS is enabled at the site and are independent of whether or not EAS
equipment is connected. It is the installer's responsibility to match these settings with the installed equipment.
Enabling EAS without EAS equipment, or with the wrong equipment installed, displays an EAS error message.
See Beeper and LED Indicators on page 5-21 and Diagnostic LED 7-segment Display - Error and Warning
Codes on page A-2 for beeper, warning, and error messages. Also refer to the MP6000 Bar Code
Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx) for EAS bar codes.
The default mode for EAS is disabled. Disable EAS when this technology is not used, or if you are using
Checkpoint without interlock.
There are 10 EAS operating modes and various EAS preferences for the MP6000:
• Sensormatic Auto
• Sensormatic Always Enabled
• Sensormatic Bar Code Interlock
• Sensormatic Bar Code Auto Interlock
• Sensormatic Self Service
• Sensormatic Scan Enable Interlock
• Checkpoint Bar Code Interlock
• Checkpoint Scan Enable Interlock
• Checkpoint Non Bar Code Interlock
• EAS Disable.
NOTE Checkpoint and Sensormatic EAS systems require proper installation by representatives from those
companies who install, verify, and tune the system for proper EAS operation. This is typically done on-site
by those companies.
OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 19
For detailed information about these modes, and the parameter bar codes, refer to the MP6000 Bar Code
Programming Guide.
Checkpoint Controller
Checkpoint EAS soft tags can be detected and deactivated by a deactivation antenna mounted under the
platter (see Install Checkpoint Antenna on page 3-37). EAS labels should be brought near the antenna to be
deactivated.
Figure 5-14 Checkpoint EAS Tags
Sensormatic Controller
The Sensormatic controller includes a custom vertical and horizontal, high inductance antenna. The horizontal
antenna is installed below the platter, on the middle housing, and is affixed to the housing with screws. The
vertical antenna resides behind the vertical glass, and is also affixed to the scanner with screws. (See Install
Sensormatic Coils on page 3-34).
Sensormatic EAS should always be enabled. There is no synchronization with a bar code read in this mode.
Sensormatic EAS Hard Tags
Figure 5-15 Sensormatic EAS Hard Tags
The detection of hard tags alerts the user with audible Geiger counter beeps. Environments with a mix of hard
and soft tags sound a unique user alert (soft/hard tag beep).
5 - 20 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Sensormatic EAS Soft Tags (Labels)
Figure 5-16 Sensormatic EAS Soft Tags (Labels)
Deactivation of soft tags alerts the user with audible Geiger counter beeps. Deactivation of soft tags
synchronized with a bar code scan alerts the user with audible Geiger counter beeps. Soft tags can be
disabled, and they can also be reset using a Sensormatic tag re-setter.
OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 21
Beeper and LED Conditions
NOTE Refer to the MX101 Product Reference Guide (p/n 72E-171320-xx) for beeper and LED conditions for the
CSS device.
Table 5-1 Beeper and LED Indicators
Condition Beeper Indication
System LED
Indication
Button LED
Indication
Description
ADF Programming
Number expected High, Low Beeps Green No change Enter another digit. Add leading
zeros to the front if necessary.
Alpha character
expected
Low, Low Beeps Green No change Enter another alphabetic character
or scan the End of Message bar
code.
Criteria or action
expected
High, High Beeps Green Blinking No change ADF criteria or action is expected.
Enter another criterion or action, or
scan the Save Rule bar code.
ADF rule saved High, Low, High, Low
Beeps
Green (turns off
blinking)
No change Rule saved. Rule entry mode
exited.
Criteria or action
cleared
High, Low, Low Beeps Green No change All criteria or actions cleared for
current rule, continue entering rule.
Last rule deleted Low Beep Green No change Delete last saved rule. The current
rule is left intact.
All rules deleted Low, High, High Beeps Green No change All rules are deleted.
ADF out of
memory
Low, High, Low, High
Beeps
Red No change Out of rule memory. Erase some
existing rules, then try to save rule
again
Cancel rule entry Low, High, Low Beeps Green (turns off
blinking)
No change Cancel rule entry. Rule entry mode
exited because of an error or the
user asked to exit rule entry.
Rule error Low, High Beeps Red No change Entry error, wrong bar code
scanned, or criteria/action list is too
long for a rule. Re-enter criterion or
action.
Button Presses
Press and release
Scale Zero button
Click No change Scale Zero
button LED
blinks green
(momentary)
LED illuminates only if Scale Zero
button is enabled. Causes the
scale to zero.
5 - 22 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Press and hold
Scale Zero button
Click No change None If Scale Zero button is enabled,
causes the scale calibration audit
trail to display until button is
released.
Press and
hold/release
Scale Zero and
EAS buttons
Click Red after 10
seconds upon
reboot
No change After buttons are held for 10
seconds, a system reboot initiates.
NOTE: The following condition occurs with firmware versions older than 3.4 (see Identifying Firmware Version on page
4-2).
Press and hold
Scale Zero and
Volume/Tone
buttons
Five long beeps after 5
seconds
No change No change After five seconds, scale calibration
is entered.
NOTE: The following condition occurs with firmware version 3.4 and newer (see Identifying Firmware Version on page
4-2).
Press and hold
Scale Zero and
Volume/Tone
buttons for 5
seconds, then
release
Short beep after 5
seconds; within 2
seconds of release,
press the Scale Zero
and Volume/Tone
again and release; 5
long beeps sound
No change No change After final 5 long beeps sound,
scale calibration is entered.
Press and release
EAS button
Click No change EAS is enabled,
LED is amber
If EAS is enabled, button press
activates tag manual deactivation.
Code 39 Buffering
Code 39
character added
into buffer
High, Low Beeps No change No change New Code 39 data was entered
into the buffer.
Code 39 buffer full 3 Long High Beeps No change No change Code 39 buffer is full.
Code 39 buffer
cleared
High, Low, High Beeps No change No change The Code 39 buffer was erased.
Code 39 buffer
empty
Low, High, Low Beeps No change No change The Code 39 buffer was erased or
there was an attempt to clear or
transmit an empty buffer.
Code 39 buffer
transmitted
Low, High Beeps No change No change A successful transmission of
buffered data.
EAS/Security Tags
EAS system
disabled
None No change EAS LED is off EAS parameter disabled.
Table 5-1 Beeper and LED Indicators (Continued)
Condition Beeper Indication
System LED
Indication
Button LED
Indication
Description
OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 23
EAS system
functional (idle)
None No change EAS LED is on EAS is operating normally.
EAS tag detected
anytime
Configurable: None,
Geiger Counter clicks
No change EAS LED blinks
yellow at 4 Hz
An EAS tag is in the EAS tag
detected area, and being detected.
EAS manual
deactivation
activated
None No change EAS LED on When deactivation is active on the
system.
EAS Soft Tag
Deactivation
None, Beep 1, Beep 2 No change No change Beep indicates that a soft tag was
deactivated.
EAS Hard Tag
Detected
None, Beep 1, Beep 2 No change No change Beep indicates that a hard tag was
detected.
Firmware Download
Firmware
Download
Low, Medium, High
beep after complete
Red alternating
between on and
fast blink
No change Firmware download in progress.
Firmware Download has multiple
states. The LEDs during these
states are:
• During firmware data
download/transfer - no LED
control.
• After reboot firmware is
installed: LED blinks red, fast.
• After complete, normal power-up
beep.
Parameter Programming
Parameter entry
error
Low, High Beeps Red No change Input error: incorrect bar code,
programming sequence, or Cancel
scanned.
Parameter
number entry
expected
High, Low Beeps Green No change Number expected. Enter value
using numeric bar codes.
Parameter entry
accepted
High, Low, High, Low
Beeps
Green No change Successful program exit with
change in parameter setting.
Macro PDF
Macro PDF
buffered
2 Low Beeps No change No change MDPF sequence buffered
Macro PDF file ID
error
2 Long Low Beeps No change No change File ID error. A bar code not in the
current MPDF sequence was
scanned.
Table 5-1 Beeper and LED Indicators (Continued)
Condition Beeper Indication
System LED
Indication
Button LED
Indication
Description
5 - 24 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Macro PDF buffer
out of memory
3 Long Low Beeps No change No change Out of memory. There is not
enough buffer space to store the
current MPDF symbol.
Macro PDF bad
symbology
encountered
4 Long Low Beeps No change No change Bad symbology. Scanned a 1D or
2D bar code in a MPDF sequence,
a duplicate MPDF label, a label in
an incorrect order, or trying to
transmit an empty or illegal MPDF
field.
Macro PDF buffer
flushed
5 Long Low Beeps No change No change Flushing MPDF buffer.
Macro PDF
aborted
Fast Warble Beep No change No change Aborting MPDF sequence.
Macro PDF buffer
flushed with no
data
Low, High Beeps Red No change Flushing an already empty MPDF
buffer.
Scale: See Table 4-6 on page 4-21 for scale conditions and displays.
Standard Use
System power-up Low, Medium, High
Beeps
None No change Power up.
System reboot Loud two seconds
beep
No change for
10 seconds. Red
for last two
seconds.
No change After holding the EAS and Volume
buttons for 10 seconds, the
MP6000 reboots.
Bar code decoded Off, Low, Medium,
High, two-tone beep,
or TBD tone
(programmable)
Fan-out LED
sequence.
No change MP6000: LEDs arranged in a
linear fashion will turn on in
sequence; Center, then the two
immediate surrounding LEDs, then
the two outermost LEDs.
System is idle None Dim green
(center LED
only)
No change Ready for decode.
System is
disabled
None No change, red:
warning
No change Host application has sent
SCAN-DISABLE command.
Bar code data
transmission error
4 Low Beeps Red No change Transmission error.
Bar code data
conversion error
5 Low Beeps Red No change Conversion or Format error.
RS-232 host
parity error
Low, Low, Low, Extra
Low Beeps
Red No change RS-232 Receive error.
Table 5-1 Beeper and LED Indicators (Continued)
Condition Beeper Indication
System LED
Indication
Button LED
Indication
Description
OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 25
BELL (RS-232) High Beep None No change A <BEL> character is received
over RS-232.
Volume
Pressed and
release
Volume/Tone
button
Annunciates volume
level
No change Button LED
blinks for two
seconds (at 2
Hz)
Volume change: causes the current
volume level to be annunciated. If
pressed within two seconds of the
previous (or while volume LED is
blinking), it annunciates the volume
at the next level. Once the
maximum volume level is reached,
it wraps and begins at the lowest
volume level.
Press and hold
Volume/Tone
button for two
seconds
Annunciates decode
tone
No change Button LED
blinks for two
seconds
Decode tone changes
Subsequence decode tones are
heard every second if continuously
held. Decode tones cycle.
Decode tone
change
(Describes action
above)
Button click; decode
beep at next tone
(wrap)
No change No change After holding the Volume button for
two seconds, the next decode tone
sounds. For each additional
second the decode tone changes
again.
Table 5-1 Beeper and LED Indicators (Continued)
Condition Beeper Indication
System LED
Indication
Button LED
Indication
Description
5 - 26 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
CHAPTER 6 123SCAN2
Introduction
123Scan² is an easy-to-use, PC-based software tool that enables the quick and easy setup of Zebra scanners.
123Scan² uses a wizard tool to guide users through a streamlined set up process. Once parameters are set,
the values are saved to a configuration file that can be distributed via e-mail, electronically downloaded via a
USB cable, or used to generate a sheet of programming bar codes that can be scanned. 123Scan² can
generate multiple reports that can be easily re-branded using Microsoft Word or Access. Report options
include programmed parameters, asset tracking information and proof of scanner output.
Additionally, 123Scan² can display scanned bar code data including non-printable characters. It can also
upgrade scanner firmware, automatically check online to enable support for newly released products, generate
a single 2D bar code for one scan programming and stage large numbers of scanners simultaneously via USB
hub(s).
Communication with 123Scan2
To communicate with the 123Scan² program which runs on a host computer running a Windows XP SP2,
Windows 7, and Windows 8 operating system, use a USB cable to connect the MP6000 to the host computer
(see Connecting a USB Interface on page 2-4).
6 - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
123Scan2 Requirements
• Host computer with Windows
• Scanner
• USB cable.
For more information on123Scan², go to: http://www.zebra.com/123scan2
For a 1 minute tour of 123Scan², go to: http://www.zebra.com/ScannerHowToVideos
To download 123Scan² software and access the Help file integrated in the utility, go to:
www.zebra.com/scannersoftware
Scanner SDK, Other Software Tools, and Videos
Tackle all your scanner programming needs with our diversified set of software tools. Whether you need to
simply stage a device, or develop a fully featured application with image and data capture as well as asset
management, these tools help you every step of the way. To download any of the free tools listed below, go to:
www.zebra.com/scannersoftware.
• 123Scan2 Configuration Utility (described in this chapter)
• Scanner SDK for Windows
• How-to-Videos
• Virtual Com Port Driver
• OPOS Driver
• JPOS Driver
• TWAIN Driver
• Scanner User Documentation.
APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE,
TROUBLESHOOTING, AND
ERROR CODES
Overview
This chapter provides error/warning codes, troubleshooting, and maintenance information.
• Maintenance on page A-1
• Troubleshooting on page A-2
• Diagnostic LED 7-segment Display - Error and Warning Codes on page A-2
• General Error and Warning Codes on page A-5
• LED Display Notes on page A-2
• Scale Warning Codes on page A-6
Maintenance
Clean the housing and glass with a damp cloth and, if necessary, a non-ammonia based detergent. Do not
allow any abrasive material to touch the screen.
A - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Troubleshooting
Diagnostic LED 7-segment Display - Error and Warning Codes
IMPORTANT The information in Table A-1 and Table A-2 are for reference only. Contact your service provider for
any error or warning conditions.
The MP6000 includes a one character LED display inside the scanner vertical window. This display provides
status and troubleshooting information, as well as scale legal parameters during calibration (only
configurations with a scale).
Status, warning, and error information are communicated via letter(s) and number(s) scrolled one character at
a time in the LED display. When a message completes, the display pauses for two seconds, then repeats the
sequence continuously.
See Chapter 4, SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) for detailed calibration information,
including calibration errors and warnings.
LED Display Notes
• - (dash) indicates normal operating mode.
• Scale calibration information (see Table A-2 on page A-6) has precedence over general warning
messages but not over errors.
• Scrolling CAL (number of calibrations performed) and PAR (legal parameter) values display for scale
verification (electronic seal).
• Cxxx and Pxxx scroll when the Scale Zero button is held for three or more seconds.
• An error message displays when a fault condition exists. A power cycle is required. Verify that the
subsystems and auxiliary devices are operational.
• A warning message displays when a warning condition exists. The power sequence pauses until the
issue is resolved.
• For scale firmware version # 1.04F (for applicable countries):
• Scrolling CAL (number of calibrations performed) and PAR (legal parameter) values display for scale
verification (electronic seal), and where required by country legislation, scale approved firmware
version number.
• Cxxx and Pxxx scroll when the Scale Zero button is held for three or more seconds, followed by
x.xx F (determined by country legislation).
Status Indicator Light
The status indicator light on the MP6000 has three types of displays.
• Center green: Operating normally.
• Red warning: The outer two system LEDs are red; the display appears for .25 seconds every five
seconds.
• Red error: All system LEDs turn red and remain red, overriding any other visual system LED sequences,
until all errors are resolved.
MAINTENANCE, TROUBLESHOOTING, AND ERROR CODES A - 3
Troubleshooting Assistance
If an MP6000 displays any of the LED display codes preceded with an E the unit will not operate correctly
unless the error is resolved. For LED display codes preceded with a U the unit will continue to operate,
although with possible performance degradation. Under any circumstance it is recommended to review basic
hardware installation, and software configuration prior to contacting a Zebra approved Service Provider. It is
often possible to restore unit function by following the steps below.
1. Remove power from the MP6000, POS equipment, and any auxiliary devices (hand-held
scanners/cradles).
2. Inspect external cables including POS, auxiliary hand-held devices, and optional pole display (scale units
only) for proper seating in their respective connectors.
3. Inspect internal cables:
a. Scale Units Only - remove platter and confirm the scale communication cable is fully seated within the
connector in the scale unit - if necessary remove the unit from the counter-top.
Figure A-1 Scale Connector
4. Remove tower bezel (front housing) and tower cover (back cover): inspect the cable connectors on the UI
board (2), top LED board (1), and loudspeaker (1), ensuring they are completely seated within their
respective connectors. For units with optional Customer Side Scanner (CSS) ensure the USB cable within
the tower housing is routed down the side of the unit and fully inserted into the side USB port (see Install
the Customer Side Scanner (MX101) on page 3-16).
Figure A-2 Removing the MP6000 Tower Bezel and Tower Cover; Loudspeaker
Scale Communication Cable
Tab(s)
(on each
side)
Squeeze
Inward
Tower Bezel Loud Speaker
(Without Cover)
A - 4 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Figure A-3 UI Board and Top LED Board
5. Replace all covers.
6. Replace the platter on the unit.
7. Remove any objects from the platter, or near the unit and re-apply power to the MP6000 and attached
equipment (POS, hand-held scanner).
8. Wait for the unit to boot, and listen for start-up audio indicators.
9. If the LED display codes persist contact your Zebra qualified Service Provider.
LED PCB
(Underneath Cover)
UI PCB
(Underneath Cover)
MAINTENANCE, TROUBLESHOOTING, AND ERROR CODES A - 5
General Error and Warning Codes
Table A-1 LED Display Error and Warning Codes
LED Display
Code Error/Warning Indication
Errors (E)
E21 Illumination failed
E26 Image Capture Hardware (HW assist) failure
E28 Digital Audio Playback failure
Warnings (U)
U1 Diagnostic Test Flag (internal only)
U2 Illumination Current Limit warning
U3 Horizontal Left Current Limit warning
U4 Horizontal Center Current Limit warning
U5 Horizontal Right Current Limit warning
U6 Vertical Left Current Limit warning
U7 Vertical Center Current Limit warning
U8 Vertical Right Current Limit warning
U9 Image Sensor Warning (either)
U10 Vertical Image Sensor warning
U11 Horizontal Image Sensor warning
U16 Sensormatic EAS Offline warning
U17 Host Protocol warning
U18 Left Channel IR (object detection) failure
U19 Left auxiliary board warning
U20 Right auxiliary board warning
U25 Right Channel IR (object detection) failure
U27 User Interface (button interface) failure
U29 EAS Communication Error
U30 Center Channel IR (object detection) failure
U31 Indicates that the Sensormatic control box has an internal high voltage fault. The user
should turn off the Sensormatic control box (EAS tags will not be detected or deactivated).
U32 Left auxiliary board is incompatible with this version of the MP6000 hardware.
U33 Right auxiliary board is incompatible with this version of the MP6000 hardware.
A - 6 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Scale Warning Codes
The warning codes listed in Table A-2 display on the 7-segment display.
Table A-2 Scale Fault Codes
Warning
Code
Warning Type Description
U12 Scale Failed to Zero on Scale
Zero Button Press
The scale failed to find a zero weight reference when the Scale Zero
button was pressed. The scale will zero if the weight on the platter is
within +/- 2% of maximum weight measurement capacity, and stable
(i.e., no motion on platter). This is +/- 0.6 lb, or +/- 0.3 kg depending
on the units of measure programmed.
The allowable zeroing weight limit of 0.6 lb and 0.3 kg is configurable.
Refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n
72E-172633-xx) for the Maximum Scale Zeroing Weight Limit
parameter.
If operation fails, the user must clear it by pressing the Scale Zero
button.
U13 Scale Outside of Zero Drift
Threshold
The zero reference drifted beyond 80% of the initial zero setting range
of -5% to +15% (i.e., -0.9 lb to +3.9 lb or -0.4 kg to +1.9 kg) maximum
weight measurement capacity, relative to the zero weight reference
found at a no load legal scale calibration.
This is an advisory indicating that the scale will soon require a
re-calibration.
It can sometimes be cleared by scanning the Scale Reset parameter
bar code, or re-powering the scale, or leaving the scale on from a cold
power start for more than 10 minutes. If this persists, re-calibrate the
scale.
NOTE 1This fault code annunciates if a weight greater than 4.5 lb, or 2.25
kg, is left on the weighing surface while the scale comes up from a
reset or cold power start. If this occurs, clear it by removing the
weight.
NOTE 2The fault code annunciates if the scale resets, or upon a cold reset
of the MP6000 system, and the platter is not installed. It clears when
the platter is reinstalled.
U14 Scale is Out of Calibration The scale must be legally calibrated before it becomes operational.
There are three reasons:
• The scale can no longer find a zero weight reference: at power
up; after a weight is removed from the platter during normal
operation; or, when pressing the Scale Zero button.
NOTE The scale software does not remove the scale from calibration
under these conditions if it was already legally calibrated. This is a
very visible condition for a user to troubleshoot. The Scale Display
does not a show 0 (zero) reading from power-up, or after pressing
the Scale Zero button with no load on the platter.
• A new scale was installed in the MP6000.
• A new MP6000 shipped from a factory to an installation that
requires calibration at place of scale use.
MAINTENANCE, TROUBLESHOOTING, AND ERROR CODES A - 7
U15 Scale Offline This is an internal error in the MP6000 scanner/scale unit and in most
cases a Scale Communication Error U22 is reported before this error.
U22 Scale Communication Error This is a failed communication between the MP6000 scanner PCB
and the scale device. There are three issues that can cause this fault
condition:
• Circuitry on the MP6000 scanner PCB is failed.
• Internal cable between scanner PCB and the scale device is
faulty.
• Internal circuitry on the scale device is faulty.
U23 Scale Display Communication
Error
This is a failed communication between the MP6000 PCB and the
Scale Display. There are three issues that can cause this fault
condition:
• The Scale Display configuration parameter is enabled and no
Scale Display is connected to the MP6000 scanner/scale. Refer
to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n
72E-172633-xx) for scale parameters.
• Display circuitry on the MP6000 PCB failed.
• The Scale Display cable between the MP6000 PCB and the
Scale Display is faulty, or the internal circuitry of the Scale Display
is faulty. The Scale Display and cable are a single Line
Replaceable Assembly (FRU*).
NOTE *In most applications, p/n MX201-SR00004ZZWW can be ordered
as a replacement.
U24 Scale Motion Fault This condition occurs when the scale detects constant motion on the
weighing surface for an extended duration of time. This is a latched
fault, meaning the MP6000 needs to be powered off, the problem
fixed, and the MP6000 powered back on. There are one of three
reasons for this fault condition.
a. The scale was improperly installed, or is mechanically bent or
damaged where it cannot achieve a stable weight condition.
b. The scale or the platter is pressed up against a fixed object and
its free motion is inhibited.
c. Debris is lodged under one or more of the over travel stop
screws.
NOTE If this occurs, the recommendation in most cases, is to remove and
re-seat the scale. The scale should be replaced if the condition
persists.
Table A-2 Scale Fault Codes (Continued)
Warning
Code
Warning Type Description
A - 8 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
APPENDIX B TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Technical Specifications
Table B-1 MP6000 Technical Specifications
Item Description
Physical Characteristics
Dimensions
Platter Option
Short (no scale available) Length: 13.9 in. +0/-.05 in. (353.0 mm)
Width: 11.5 in. +0/-.05 in. (292.0 mm)
Depth: 4.0 ±0.08 in. (101.6 ±2 mm)
Height: Above platter: 5.1 in. max
Medium scanner and scanner/scale Length: 15.7 in. +0/-.05 in. (399.0 mm)
Width: 11.5 in. +0/-.05 in. (292.0 mm)
Depth: 4.0 ±0.08 in. (101.6 ±2 mm)
Height: Above platter: 5.1 in. max
Long scanner and scanner/scale Length: 20.0 in. +0/-.05 in. (508.0 mm)
Width: 11.5 in. +0/-.05 in. (292.0 mm)
Depth: 4.0 ±0.08 in. (101.6 ±2 mm)
Height: Above platter: 5.1 in. max
Weight
NOTE Weight includes platter, but not cables
or power supply.
Short: 12.7 lb / 5.8 kg
Medium (no scale): 13.0 lb / 6.0 kg
Medium (with scale): 16.2 lb / 7.5 kg
Long (no scale): 15.2 lb / 6.9 kg
Long (with scale): 18.3 lb / 8.3 kg
B - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Power • 12VDC from POS interface cable (USB PowerPlus, RS-232 or
RS-485)
• PWRS-14000-148R power supply: 90-264 VRMS (110-240 nominal),
47-63Hz (50-60 nominal).
NOTE If a power supply plug is inserted to the J1 connector, with no voltage to
the power supply, the scanner will not power up.
The MP6000 GEN I has two operating modes with corresponding power
requirements:
• Idle Mode 5 W
• Active Mode Average Power
Consumption for GEN I under typical usage = 5.9W
The MP6000 GEN II has two operating modes with corresponding power
requirements:
• Idle Mode 3.75 W
• Active Mode Average Power
Consumption for GEN II under typical usage = 4.6W
Data Ports • One shared POS port for USB / RS-232 / IBM RS-485
• Three USB peripheral ports
• Two powered RS-232 peripheral ports
• Checkpoint interlock port
• Scale Display port
• Internal scale port
Scale • 30 lb. in 0.01 lb. increments/15 kg in 5 g increments
• Maximum static weight: 300 lb./136 kg
• Scale can be added after scanner installation (most countries)
• Single-cable and dual-cable protocols
• Options:
• Dual-interval Zebra scale
• 0-12 lb. in 0.005 lb increments and 12-30 lb in 0.01 lb
increments
• 0-6 kg in 2 g increments and 6-15 kg in 5 g increments
• Single-head and dual head Scale Displays
• Dual heads rotate fully independently for widest viewing angles
on the market
Horizontal Platter • Sapphire glass
• Integrated produce bar
Table B-1 MP6000 Technical Specifications
Item Description
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS B - 3
User Interface • Soft-touch capacitive pads (no buttons to break or wear out)
• Wide, centrally located two-color decode/information bar (clear for
cashiers and self checkout users)
• Beeper: adjustable volume and tones
• Three programmable buttons
Imaging Technology
Type Multiple CMOS Array Imager
Illumination 640nm, controlled by item detection system
Sides Read/Scan Zone All six (6) sides; 720° coverage
1D/2D Symbologies Refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx)
for supported symbologies.
Performance Characteristics
User Environment
Operating Temperature 32° F to 104° F / 0° to 40° C
Storage Temperature -40° F to 158° F / -40° C to 70° C
Humidity 20% to 95% (non-condensing)
Ambient Light (for scanning) Artificial Light: 0 - 450 Foot-candles (4,842 LUX)
Sunlight: 0 - 8,000 Foot-candles (86,080 LUX)
Environmental Sealing IP5X
Software
Management Remotely via SMS; locally via laptop using 123Scan2
; via USB flash drive
(self-configuring); remote statistics collection.
For more information on123Scan², go to:
http://www.zebra.com/123scan2.
Application Development Tools Zebra Scanner SDK APIs (CoreScanner APIs)
Zebra Scanner OPOS/JPOS APIs
WMI interfaces
Peripherals and Accessories
Optional CSS The CSS enables shoppers to scan paper, plastic loyalty cards, or from a
mobile device simultaneously while a cashier scans other items.
Scale Display Enables indication of zero status and gross weight indication for both
customer and operator.
Scale (Optional) Both single-interval and dual-interval options are available
EAS Compatible with existing Checkpoint and Sensormatic EAS systems
Hand-held Scanner Zebra USB only
Table B-1 MP6000 Technical Specifications
Item Description
B - 4 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Leveling Screws To use leveling screws, buy accessory kit MX301-SR00004ZZWR for
standard-length screws, or accessory kit MX302-SR00004ZZWR for 1 in.
(25 mm) extra length.
Checkpoint Interlock Cable Assembly Kit p/n CBA-A54-S01EAR
Width Extender (trim piece) Only for MP6000 long versions; p/n MX303-SR00004ZZWR
Table B-1 MP6000 Technical Specifications
Item Description
APPENDIX C HOST INTERFACE
CHARACTER SETS
Introduction
You can assign the values in Table C-1 as prefixes or suffixes for ASCII character data transmission.
C - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
RS-232 Character Sets
Table C-1 Character Sets
Prefix/Suffix Value
Full ASCII Code 39
Encode Character RS-232 ASCII Character
1000 %U NUL
1001 $A SOH
1002 $B STX
1003 $C ETX
1004 $D EOT
1005 $E ENQ
1006 $F ACK
1007 $G BELL
1008 $H BCKSPC
1009 $I HORIZ TAB
1010 $J LF/NW LN
1011 $K VT
1012 $L FF
1013 $M CR/ENTER
1014 $N SO
1015 $O SI
1016 $P DLE
1017 $Q DC1/XON
1018 $R DC2
1019 $S DC3/XOFF
1020 $T DC4
1021 $U NAK
1022 $V SYN
1023 $W ETB
1024 $X CAN
1025 $Y EM
1026 $Z SUB
1027 %A ESC
1028 %B FS
HOST INTERFACE CHARACTER SETS C - 3
1029 %C GS
1030 %D RS
1031 %E US
1032 Space Space
1033 /A !
1034 /B
1035 /C #
1036 /D $
1037 /E %
1038 /F &
1039 /G
1040 /H (
1041 /I )
1042 /J *
1043 /K +
1044 /L ,
1045 - -
1046 . .
1047 /O /
1048 0 0
1049 1 1
1050 2 2
1051 3 3
1052 4 4
1053 5 5
1054 6 6
1055 7 7
1056 8 8
1057 9 9
1058 /Z :
1059 %F ;
Table C-1 Character Sets (Continued)
Prefix/Suffix Value
Full ASCII Code 39
Encode Character
RS-232 ASCII Character
C - 4 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
1060 %G <
1061 %H =
1062 %I >
1063 %J ?
1064 %V @
1065 A A
1066 B B
1067 C C
1068 D D
1069 E E
1070 F F
1071 G G
1072 H H
1073 I I
1074 J J
1075 K K
1076 L L
1077 M M
1078 N N
1079 O O
1080 P P
1081 Q Q
1082 R R
1083 S S
1084 T T
1085 U U
1086 V V
1087 W W
1088 X X
1089 Y Y
1090 Z Z
Table C-1 Character Sets (Continued)
Prefix/Suffix Value
Full ASCII Code 39
Encode Character
RS-232 ASCII Character
HOST INTERFACE CHARACTER SETS C - 5
1091 %K [
1092 %L 
1093 %M ]
1094 %N ^
1095 %O _
1096 %W
1097 +A a
1098 +B b
1099 +C c
1100 +D d
1101 +E e
1102 +F f
1103 +G g
1104 +H h
1105 +I i
1106 +J j
1107 +K k
1108 +L l
1109 +M m
1110 +N n
1111 +O o
1112 +P p
1113 +Q q
1114 +R r
1115 +S s
1116 +T t
1117 +U u
1118 +V v
1119 +W w
1120 +X x
1121 +Y y
Table C-1 Character Sets (Continued)
Prefix/Suffix Value
Full ASCII Code 39
Encode Character
RS-232 ASCII Character
C - 6 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
1122 +Z z
1123 %P {
1124 %Q |
1125 %R }
1126 %S ~
1127 (RS-232) Undefined
7013 (RS-232 ENTER
Table C-1 Character Sets (Continued)
Prefix/Suffix Value
Full ASCII Code 39
Encode Character
RS-232 ASCII Character
APPENDIX D PARAMETER DEFAULT TABLE
NOTE This guide includes limited parameter bar codes. For ALL MP6000 programming bar codes, refer to the
MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx).
Table D-1 Parameter Defaults
Parameter Page
Number
USB Device Type
IBM Table-top USB 2-7
RS-232 Host Type
Standard RS-232 2-21
RS-232 Device Port Configuration
AUX 1 Sensormatic and AUX 2 RS-232 Scanner 2-33
Third Party Scale
Disable Third Party Scale 2-38
Third Party Scale LED Pin - Active High 2-40
Third Party Scale Zero Pin - Active High 2-42
IBM Port Addresses
None Selected 2-45
IBM Scale Port Addresses
None Selected 2-49
Legal Scale Units
Kilograms 4-13
Scale Display Configuration
D - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Disable Scale Display 4-16
Legal Scale Dampening Filter
Low Vibration Sensitivity 4-18
Table D-1 Parameter Defaults (Continued)
Parameter
Page
Number
APPENDIX E COMMUNICATION
PROTOCOLS
Table E-1 MP6000 Scanner - Functionality vs. Communication (Cable) Interface
Functionality
Communication Interfaces
Data
Transmission
Remote
Management
Image and Video
Transmission
USB
HID Keyboard Emulation Supported Not Available Not Available
Simple COM Port Emulation Not Available Not Available Not Available
CDC COM Port Emulation Supported Not Available Not Available
SSI over CDC COM Port Emulation Not Available Not Available Not Available
IBM Table-top USB Supported Supported Not Available
IBM Hand-held USB Supported Supported Not Available
USB OPOS Hand-held Supported Supported Not Available
Symbol Native API (SNAPI) without
Imaging Interface
Not Available Supported Not Available
Symbol Native API (SNAPI) with Imaging
Interface
Not Available Supported Not Available
RS-232
Standard RS-232 Supported Not Available Not Available
ICL RS-232 Supported Not Available Not Available
Fujitsu RS-232 Supported Not Available Not Available
Wincor-Nixdorf RS-232 Mode A Supported Not Available Not Available
Wincor-Nixdorf RS-232 Mode B Supported Not Available Not Available
E - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
Olivetti ORS4500 Supported Not Available Not Available
Omron Supported Not Available Not Available
CUTE Supported Not Available Not Available
OPOS/JPOS Supported Not Available Not Available
NCR Supported Not Available Not Available
Datalogic Supported Not Available Not Available
SSI Not Available Supported Not Available
IBM 4690
Hand-held Scanner Emulation (Port 9B) Supported Not Available Not Available
Table-top Scanner Emulation (Port 17) Supported Supported Not Available
Non-IBM Scanner Emulation (Port 5B) Supported Supported Not Available
Table E-1 MP6000 Scanner - Functionality vs. Communication (Cable) Interface
INDEX
Numerics
0.0 connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
12V DC connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
7-segment display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13, 3-34, 4-2,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3, 4-4, 4-7,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8, 4-11, 5-3,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14, A-2, A-6
A
active operating mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10, B-2
ASCII values
RS-232 character sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
aux 1 connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
aux 2 connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
aux a-b connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
auxiliary board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
auxiliary current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
auxiliary scanner
about . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
CSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2, A-3
device port config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
device settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10, 1-14, 2-2
RS-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13, 2-32, 3-34
types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10, 2-13
B
bar codes
IBM
device type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
IBM RS-485
port address none 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
port address none 5B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
port address none 9B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
IBM RS-488
port address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
legal scale dampening filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
RS-232
device type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
RS-232 device port configuration . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
scale display configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
scale legal parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13, 4-14
scale port address
none selected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
port 6A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
port 6B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
port 6E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52
third party scale parameters . . . . . . 2-37, 2-39, 2-41
USB
device type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
buttons
EAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13, 5-5
scale zero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13, 5-4
soft reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
volume/tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13, 5-4
C
calibration switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
chapter descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .v
character sets
RS-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-1
Checkpoint EAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14, 3-8, 3-31,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34, 3-37, 5-18, 5-19
Checkpoint interlock connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
cold start, power on requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
components, installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
INDEX - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
connecting
IBM RS-485 interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
RS-232 interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
connector ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
connectors
0.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
12V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
aux 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
aux 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
aux a-b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Checkpoint interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
location on device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
POS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
RS-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
counter cutout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26, 3-28, 3-30
CSS
connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14, 5-6, B-3
installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
css
beeper/LED conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
CSS scan window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
CSS window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
current, auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
Customer Side scanner. See CSS
cutout, counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26, 3-28, 3-30
D
default parameters
user preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
dimensions
counter cutouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26, 3-28, 3-30
front views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26, 3-28
side views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27, 3-29, 3-30
top views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27, 3-29, 3-31
display, scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12, 1-14, 2-53,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12, 4-15, 5-6
documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .vi
E
EAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14, 3-7, 3-8,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31, 3-34, 3-37,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18, 5-19
controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
operating modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
EAS button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13, 5-5
electrical power
AC/DC power cubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
POS equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Electronic Article Surveillance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
error/warning codes
display notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-2
general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-5
indicator LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-2
scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-6
troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-3
F
features
7-segment display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13, 3-34, 4-2,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3, 4-4, 4-7,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8, 4-11, 5-3,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14, A-2, A-6
calibration switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
CSS scan window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
EAS button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13
horizontal scan window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
LED array/bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13
leveling screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11, 1-14
platter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9, 1-14, 5-7
scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13
scale display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2, 1-12, 1-14,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53, 3-12, 4-15, 5-6
scale zero button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13
speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
vertical scan window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
volume/tone button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13
ferrite placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
flash drive port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
H
horizontal scan window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
host types
IBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
RS-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
I
IBM RS-485
connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
input/output ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
install
Checkpoint EAS antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Index - 3
CSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
mounting frame for the MP6000 . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
scale display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
scanner/scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Sensormatic coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
trim kit for the MP6000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
L
LED array/bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13, 5-2
LED display notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
leveling screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11, 1-14
M
maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
mounting frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
MX101 installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16, 5-6
MX101. See CSS
N
notational conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .vi
O
operating mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10, B-2
operating modes
idle operating mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10, B-2
P
parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
peripherals devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
platter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-14
install/remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
pole display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2, 1-14
ports, connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
POS connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
preparing the site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
price computational scale interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
product configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Q
quick reference for installing components . . . . . . . . . 3-6
quick reference, installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
R
related publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .vi
RS-232
aux 1 connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
aux 2 connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
S
scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13
cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
legal scale dampening filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
scale display configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
scale legal parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13, 4-14
scale port address
none selected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
port 6A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
port 6B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
port 6E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52
scale display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2, 1-12, 1-14,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53, 3-12, 4-15, 5-6
scale display, installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
scale zero button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13, 5-4
scale, third party . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37, 2-39, 2-41
scan window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Sensormatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7, 3-8, 3-31,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34, 5-18, 5-19
service information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii, 3-2
setup
connecting a USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
connecting an RS-232 interface . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
connecting to an IBM RS-485 host . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
connecting USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
site preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
soft reset button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
speaker wire ferrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
staging USB flash drive cap/port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
T
third party scale parameters . . . . . . . . . 2-37, 2-39, 2-41
tone button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13
trim kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
troubleshooting
7-segment display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
error/warning codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
errors/warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
LED display notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
scale warning codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6
status indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
INDEX - 4 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
U
unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
USB
connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
USB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
user preferences parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
V
ventilation and spacing requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
vertical scan window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
volume/tone button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13, 5-4
Z
Zebra support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Thank you for your input—We value your comments.
Tell Us What You Think...
We’d like to know what you think about this Manual. Please take a moment to fill out this questionnaire and fax this form
to: (631) 627-7184, or mail to:
Zebra Technologies Corporation
Lincolnshire, IL U.S.A.
Attention: Technical Publications Manager
Data Capture Solutions
IMPORTANT: If you need product support, please call the appropriate customer support number provided. Unfortunately,
we cannot provide customer support at the fax number above.
Manual Title:___________________________________________
(please include revision level)
How familiar were you with this product before using this manual?
Did this manual meet your needs? If not, please explain.
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
What topics need to be added to the index, if applicable?
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
What topics do you feel need to be better discussed? Please be specific.
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
What can we do to further improve our manuals?
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
Very familiar Slightly familiar Not at all familiar
지브라스캐너 Zebra MP6000 2D 고정식 바코드스캐너 매뉴얼
지브라스캐너 Zebra MP6000 2D 고정식 바코드스캐너 매뉴얼
72E-172632-08 Revision A - May 2015
Zebra Technologies Corporation
Lincolnshire, IL U.S.A.
http://www.zebra.com
Zebra and the stylized Zebra head are trademarks of ZIH Corp., registered in many jurisdictions
worldwide. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
© 2015 ZIH Corp and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

More Related Content

PDF
Aruba AP 270 Series Installation Guide
PDF
Aruba VIA 2.0 (Mac) User Guide
PDF
Aruba AP 22X Installation Guide
PDF
Airwave 7.7.9 Release Notes
PDF
C4 L6000 Eth Operation Manual
PDF
지브라PDA Zebra MC17시리즈 1D 산업용PDA 퍼스널쇼퍼 바코드PDA 매뉴얼
PDF
Hcna intermediate lab
PDF
M b slides diagnostics 3-schmidgall_v7, 2010
Aruba AP 270 Series Installation Guide
Aruba VIA 2.0 (Mac) User Guide
Aruba AP 22X Installation Guide
Airwave 7.7.9 Release Notes
C4 L6000 Eth Operation Manual
지브라PDA Zebra MC17시리즈 1D 산업용PDA 퍼스널쇼퍼 바코드PDA 매뉴얼
Hcna intermediate lab
M b slides diagnostics 3-schmidgall_v7, 2010

What's hot (20)

PDF
PDF
Manual CPE QUICK INSTALL GUIDE
PDF
iCON Hardware
PDF
96x1 poeers2550t
PDF
Motorola solutions ap621 access point installation guide (part no. 72 e 15545...
PDF
Certifications Exam Coupons & Promo Code
PDF
MVE brochure US
PDF
Aruba Instant 6.4.0.2-4.1 Command Line Interface Reference Guide
PDF
Siemens s7 300-400-simatic net - ncm for industrial ethernet
PDF
Pmp 450 planning_guide
PDF
Pmp 450 release_12_0_notes
PDF
Aruba AP 100 Series Installation Guide
PDF
Pmp 450 installation_guide
PDF
Pmp 450 configuration_user_guide
PPT
5 140326040112-phpapp01
PDF
Raghavendra Rao A
PDF
Ap650 spec sheet
PDF
Edge switch es-24_qsg
PPTX
Proscend Ethernet Extender
PDF
Motorola solutions ap622 access point installation guide (part no. 72 e 15780...
Manual CPE QUICK INSTALL GUIDE
iCON Hardware
96x1 poeers2550t
Motorola solutions ap621 access point installation guide (part no. 72 e 15545...
Certifications Exam Coupons & Promo Code
MVE brochure US
Aruba Instant 6.4.0.2-4.1 Command Line Interface Reference Guide
Siemens s7 300-400-simatic net - ncm for industrial ethernet
Pmp 450 planning_guide
Pmp 450 release_12_0_notes
Aruba AP 100 Series Installation Guide
Pmp 450 installation_guide
Pmp 450 configuration_user_guide
5 140326040112-phpapp01
Raghavendra Rao A
Ap650 spec sheet
Edge switch es-24_qsg
Proscend Ethernet Extender
Motorola solutions ap622 access point installation guide (part no. 72 e 15780...
Ad

Similar to 지브라스캐너 Zebra MP6000 2D 고정식 바코드스캐너 매뉴얼 (20)

PDF
mp6000-spec-sheet-en
PDF
Spt 1746 software-reference
PDF
지브라PDA Zebra MC9200 2D 산업용PDA 바코드PDA 매뉴얼
PDF
Profiler2_getting started
PDF
S400 s600usersguide
PDF
지브라스캐너 Zebra LI3678 1D 무선바코드스캐너 산업용스캐너 울트라러기드스캐너 매뉴얼
PDF
지브라PDA Zebra MC67 2D 산업용PDA 바코드PDA 매뉴얼
PDF
Ls9208 prg
DOC
Wifi Install Mp620
PDF
MCM User Guide
PDF
지브라PDA Zebra MC45 2D 산업용PDA 바코드PDA 매뉴얼
PDF
Tma inst service_manual
PDF
Manual lenguaje zebra
PDF
Manual sensor temperature and humidity z-wave plus - philio
PDF
Anritsu site master_s331_a_user_guide
PDF
910 247 f-lr-1
PDF
지브라PDA Zebra MC18 2D 산업용PDA 퍼스널쇼퍼 바코드PDA 매뉴얼
PDF
Zplmanual(1)
PDF
지브라프린터 Zebra ZQ510 감열 2.8인치 모바일프린터 매뉴얼
PDF
Mpu 6050 data-sheet
mp6000-spec-sheet-en
Spt 1746 software-reference
지브라PDA Zebra MC9200 2D 산업용PDA 바코드PDA 매뉴얼
Profiler2_getting started
S400 s600usersguide
지브라스캐너 Zebra LI3678 1D 무선바코드스캐너 산업용스캐너 울트라러기드스캐너 매뉴얼
지브라PDA Zebra MC67 2D 산업용PDA 바코드PDA 매뉴얼
Ls9208 prg
Wifi Install Mp620
MCM User Guide
지브라PDA Zebra MC45 2D 산업용PDA 바코드PDA 매뉴얼
Tma inst service_manual
Manual lenguaje zebra
Manual sensor temperature and humidity z-wave plus - philio
Anritsu site master_s331_a_user_guide
910 247 f-lr-1
지브라PDA Zebra MC18 2D 산업용PDA 퍼스널쇼퍼 바코드PDA 매뉴얼
Zplmanual(1)
지브라프린터 Zebra ZQ510 감열 2.8인치 모바일프린터 매뉴얼
Mpu 6050 data-sheet
Ad

More from HION IT (20)

PDF
지브라프린터 Zebra ZXP 시리즈 8 재전사 카드프린터 매뉴얼
PDF
지브라프린터 Zebra ZXP 시리즈 7 열전사 단면인쇄 양면인쇄(옵션) 카드프린터 매뉴얼
PDF
지브라프린터 ZEBRA ZXP Series 9 재전사 카드프린터 매뉴얼
PDF
지브라프린터 Zebra ZT410RFID ZT420RFID 열전사감열 산업용 RFID프린터 매뉴얼
PDF
지브라프린터 Zebra ZT410 ZT420 열전사감열 산업용 바코드프린터 매뉴얼
PDF
지브라프린터 Zebra ZT220 ZT230 열전사감열 산업용 바코드프린터 매뉴얼
PDF
지브라프린터 Zebra ZE500시리즈 열전사감열 RFID프린터엔진 오토라벨러엔진 바코드프린터엔진 매뉴얼
PDF
지브라프린터 Zebra ZD500 열전사감열 데스크탑 바코드프린터 매뉴얼
PDF
지브라프린터 Zebra QLn320헬스케어 감열 3인치 모바일프린터 매뉴얼
PDF
지브라PDA Zebra TC70 2D 산업용PDA 안드로이드 바코드PDA 매뉴얼
PDF
지브라PDA Zebra TC55 2D 산업용PDA 안드로이드 바코드PDA 매뉴얼
PDF
지브라PDA Zebra MC9500-K 2D 산업용PDA 바코드PDA 매뉴얼
PDF
지브라PDA Zebra MC55A0-HC 2D 헬스케어PDA 의료용모바일컴퓨터 산업용PDA 바코드PDA 매뉴얼
PDF
인터맥프린터 Intermec PX4i PX6i 열전사감열 RFID 산업용 바코드프린터 매뉴얼
PDF
인터맥프린터 Intermec PM4i 열전사감열 RFID 바코드프린터 산업용프린터 매뉴얼
PDF
인터맥프린터 Intermec PF2i PF4i 열전사감열 바코드프린터 산업용프린터 매뉴얼
PDF
인터맥프린터 INTERMEC PD43 PD43c 2D 열전사 산업용 바코드프린터 매뉴얼
PDF
아보패널PC ARBOR Gladius G1056 2D 10.4인치 산업용 패널PC 매뉴얼
PDF
아보패널PC ARBOR ASLAN-W810C-2930G2 10.1인치 산업용PC 매뉴얼
PDF
아보태블릿PC ARBOR M1042 2D 10.4인치 윈도우즈 헬스케어 태블릿PC 매뉴얼
지브라프린터 Zebra ZXP 시리즈 8 재전사 카드프린터 매뉴얼
지브라프린터 Zebra ZXP 시리즈 7 열전사 단면인쇄 양면인쇄(옵션) 카드프린터 매뉴얼
지브라프린터 ZEBRA ZXP Series 9 재전사 카드프린터 매뉴얼
지브라프린터 Zebra ZT410RFID ZT420RFID 열전사감열 산업용 RFID프린터 매뉴얼
지브라프린터 Zebra ZT410 ZT420 열전사감열 산업용 바코드프린터 매뉴얼
지브라프린터 Zebra ZT220 ZT230 열전사감열 산업용 바코드프린터 매뉴얼
지브라프린터 Zebra ZE500시리즈 열전사감열 RFID프린터엔진 오토라벨러엔진 바코드프린터엔진 매뉴얼
지브라프린터 Zebra ZD500 열전사감열 데스크탑 바코드프린터 매뉴얼
지브라프린터 Zebra QLn320헬스케어 감열 3인치 모바일프린터 매뉴얼
지브라PDA Zebra TC70 2D 산업용PDA 안드로이드 바코드PDA 매뉴얼
지브라PDA Zebra TC55 2D 산업용PDA 안드로이드 바코드PDA 매뉴얼
지브라PDA Zebra MC9500-K 2D 산업용PDA 바코드PDA 매뉴얼
지브라PDA Zebra MC55A0-HC 2D 헬스케어PDA 의료용모바일컴퓨터 산업용PDA 바코드PDA 매뉴얼
인터맥프린터 Intermec PX4i PX6i 열전사감열 RFID 산업용 바코드프린터 매뉴얼
인터맥프린터 Intermec PM4i 열전사감열 RFID 바코드프린터 산업용프린터 매뉴얼
인터맥프린터 Intermec PF2i PF4i 열전사감열 바코드프린터 산업용프린터 매뉴얼
인터맥프린터 INTERMEC PD43 PD43c 2D 열전사 산업용 바코드프린터 매뉴얼
아보패널PC ARBOR Gladius G1056 2D 10.4인치 산업용 패널PC 매뉴얼
아보패널PC ARBOR ASLAN-W810C-2930G2 10.1인치 산업용PC 매뉴얼
아보태블릿PC ARBOR M1042 2D 10.4인치 윈도우즈 헬스케어 태블릿PC 매뉴얼

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
STKI Israel Market Study 2025 version august
PPT
Module 1.ppt Iot fundamentals and Architecture
PDF
Enhancing emotion recognition model for a student engagement use case through...
PPTX
cloud_computing_Infrastucture_as_cloud_p
PDF
Hybrid model detection and classification of lung cancer
PDF
A contest of sentiment analysis: k-nearest neighbor versus neural network
PPTX
MicrosoftCybserSecurityReferenceArchitecture-April-2025.pptx
PDF
Architecture types and enterprise applications.pdf
PDF
Profit Center Accounting in SAP S/4HANA, S4F28 Col11
PPTX
Modernising the Digital Integration Hub
PPTX
Group 1 Presentation -Planning and Decision Making .pptx
PDF
Web App vs Mobile App What Should You Build First.pdf
PDF
2021 HotChips TSMC Packaging Technologies for Chiplets and 3D_0819 publish_pu...
PDF
Assigned Numbers - 2025 - Bluetooth® Document
PDF
Transform Your ITIL® 4 & ITSM Strategy with AI in 2025.pdf
PDF
1 - Historical Antecedents, Social Consideration.pdf
PPTX
O2C Customer Invoices to Receipt V15A.pptx
PPTX
1. Introduction to Computer Programming.pptx
PPTX
observCloud-Native Containerability and monitoring.pptx
PPTX
Programs and apps: productivity, graphics, security and other tools
STKI Israel Market Study 2025 version august
Module 1.ppt Iot fundamentals and Architecture
Enhancing emotion recognition model for a student engagement use case through...
cloud_computing_Infrastucture_as_cloud_p
Hybrid model detection and classification of lung cancer
A contest of sentiment analysis: k-nearest neighbor versus neural network
MicrosoftCybserSecurityReferenceArchitecture-April-2025.pptx
Architecture types and enterprise applications.pdf
Profit Center Accounting in SAP S/4HANA, S4F28 Col11
Modernising the Digital Integration Hub
Group 1 Presentation -Planning and Decision Making .pptx
Web App vs Mobile App What Should You Build First.pdf
2021 HotChips TSMC Packaging Technologies for Chiplets and 3D_0819 publish_pu...
Assigned Numbers - 2025 - Bluetooth® Document
Transform Your ITIL® 4 & ITSM Strategy with AI in 2025.pdf
1 - Historical Antecedents, Social Consideration.pdf
O2C Customer Invoices to Receipt V15A.pptx
1. Introduction to Computer Programming.pptx
observCloud-Native Containerability and monitoring.pptx
Programs and apps: productivity, graphics, security and other tools

지브라스캐너 Zebra MP6000 2D 고정식 바코드스캐너 매뉴얼

  • 4. ii MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE No part of this publication may be reproduced or used in any form, or by any electrical or mechanical means, without permission in writing from Zebra. This includes electronic or mechanical means, such as photocopying, recording, or information storage and retrieval systems. The material in this manual is subject to change without notice. The software is provided strictly on an “as is” basis. All software, including firmware, furnished to the user is on a licensed basis. Zebra grants to the user a non-transferable and non-exclusive license to use each software or firmware program delivered hereunder (licensed program). Except as noted below, such license may not be assigned, sub-licensed, or otherwise transferred by the user without prior written consent of Zebra. No right to copy a licensed program in whole or in part is granted, except as permitted under copyright law. The user shall not modify, merge, or incorporate any form or portion of a licensed program with other program material, create a derivative work from a licensed program, or use a licensed program in a network without written permission from Zebra. The user agrees to maintain Zebra’s copyright notice on the licensed programs delivered hereunder, and to include the same on any authorized copies it makes, in whole or in part. The user agrees not to decompile, disassemble, decode, or reverse engineer any licensed program delivered to the user or any portion thereof. Zebra reserves the right to make changes to any software or product to improve reliability, function, or design. Zebra does not assume any product liability arising out of, or in connection with, the application or use of any product, circuit, or application described herein. No license is granted, either expressly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise under any Zebra Technologies Corporation, intellectual property rights. An implied license only exists for equipment, circuits, and subsystems contained in Zebra products. Zebra Technologies Corporation Lincolnshire, IL U.S.A. http://www.zebra.com Warranty Subject to the terms of Zebra’s hardware warranty statement, the MP6000 is warranted against defects in workmanship and materials for a period of 1 (one) year from the date of shipment. For the complete Zebra hardware product warranty statement, go to: http://www.zebra.com/warranty
  • 5. iii Revision History Table A includes revisions to the guide. Table A Revisions Change Date Description -01 Rev A 6/2013 Initial Release. -02 Rev A 6/2013 Added: - Figure 3-43, Sensormatic Coil Routing Updated: - Figure 1-2, Left Side View - Figure 3-44, Checkpoint Antenna Installation - Figure A-2 callouts - Checkpoint antenna routing color -03 Rev A 12/2014 Added: - NCR single cable scanner/scale, NCR scanner, Datalogic scanner only, and new RS-232 bar codes. - Support for third party hand-held scanners using USB auxiliary ports. - RS-232 host connection to AUX 2 port (leaves USB host port available for future use). - Programmable scale initial zero setting range. - IBM scale 3-byte status support. - Volume button disable feature. - Dual cable scale (SASI only). - Wincor A/B, and RS-232 host interfaces (see Table 2-4 on page 2-15). - USB HID keyboard interface. - Drivers License Parsing (some models). Updated: - Host interface ports, and cables. -04 Rev A 5/2014 Added: - Third Party Scale bar codes. - Price Computational Scale Interface circuit drawing. - Mounting frame. Updated: - Added information to step 2 on page 4-7. -05 Rev A 7/2014 Updated: - Table A-1; E18, E25, E27 and E30 errors changed to warnings. - From Active Mode 5.0 average, <12W peak to Active Mode 4.65 average, <12W peak.
  • 6. iv MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE -06 Rev A 11/2014 Updated: - Price Computational Scale Interface. - Connecting the USB Cable. - Checkpoint Antenna Installation. - Page 1-3, Table 1-1: added Bahamas and Ecuador to OIML group. - Figure 3-41; Adjusting Leveling Screws. - Figure 3-46; Checkpoint Antenna Installation. - Page 4-3: Updated Step 1 - Electronic Entry into Calibration Mode to include new firmware version calibration. - Page 5-6: Customer Side Scanner (CSS) - Optional section; second paragraph rephrased. Added: - Page 1-3: Leek platter diagram, and description. - Page 2-20: NCR Variant (both scanner only and scanner/scale versions). - Page 3-18: Speaker Wire Ferrite Placement (step and figure). - Figures 3-43 and 3-44; installing Sensormatic coils. - Replace drawing with Figure 3-40; Lowering the Short, Medium, Long MP6000 into the Counter. - Diagrams for installing Sensormatic Coils. - Page 4-8: Added the "Important" note regarding newer firmware in the section Calibration Mode Exit Conditions. - Page 4-11: "Important" note about audit tallies. - Page 5-27, Table 5-1: Added a new row for "Press and hold Scale Zero and Volume/Tone buttons" with two notes. - Page A-2: Under section "LED Display Notes" added "For scale firmware version # 1.04F (for applicable countries)" information. - Appendix E, Com Protocols. - Zebra Branding. - Added Identifying Firmware Version section, and various notes about new firmware times. -07 Rev A 3/2015 - Zebra Rebranding -08 Rev A 5/2015 Updated: - Scale Zero Button section. - Warning code U12 with zeroing weight limit information. - Note on page 1-8...changed presentation cradle to standard cradle. - Power consumption information in Tech Specs. - 123Scan2 text. - Symbol Native API (SNAPI) with Imaging Interface info in table E-1. Added: - Warning about checkpoint antenna placement. - IP Rating (Environmental Sealing) to Tech Specs. - Warning to the Checkpoint Installation on page 3-27 to note that if the checkpoint antenna is not sitting completely below its routing features it can cause issues with scale functionality. Table A Revisions (Continued) Change Date Description
  • 7. Warranty ......................................................................................................................................... ii Revision History.............................................................................................................................. iii About This Guide Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... v Chapter Descriptions ...................................................................................................................... v Notational Conventions................................................................................................................... vi Related Publications ....................................................................................................................... vi Recommended Services Information.............................................................................................. vii Chapter 1: PRODUCT OVERVIEW AND FEATURES Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 1-1 Product Overview ........................................................................................................................... 1-2 Configurations ................................................................................................................................ 1-3 Peripherals ..................................................................................................................................... 1-8 Supported Auxiliary Hand-held Scanner .................................................................................. 1-8 EAS Devices ............................................................................................................................ 1-8 Scale Devices .......................................................................................................................... 1-8 USB Flash Drives ..................................................................................................................... 1-8 Customer Side Scanner (CSS) ................................................................................................ 1-8 Features of the MP6000 ................................................................................................................ 1-9 Optional Leak Platter (European Configurations Only) ............................................................ 1-13 Features Summary .................................................................................................................. 1-13 Chapter 2: HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS Overview ........................................................................................................................................ 2-1 Interfaces, Components, and Communication ............................................................................... 2-2 POS Interfaces and Host Communication ............................................................................... 2-2 Auxiliary Ports and Peripherals ................................................................................................ 2-2 Programming Management Tools ............................................................................................ 2-3 Application Programming Interfaces ........................................................................................ 2-3 TABLE OF CONTENTS
  • 8. vi MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Connecting a USB Interface .......................................................................................................... 2-4 USB Host Parameters ................................................................................................................... 2-6 USB Device Type ..................................................................................................................... 2-6 Connecting an RS-232 Interface ................................................................................................... 2-12 MP6000 Scanner Only or MP6200/6500 Scale with Single Cable Protocol ............................ 2-12 Price Computational Scale Interface Circuit Drawing .............................................................. 2-13 Connect MP6000 to RS-232 Host ............................................................................................ 2-14 MP6000 with a Dual Cable Scanner/Scale .............................................................................. 2-14 RS-232 Parameters ....................................................................................................................... 2-15 RS-232 Host Parameters ............................................................................................................... 2-16 RS-232 Host Types .................................................................................................................. 2-20 RS-232 Host -NCR Variant ................................................................................................ 2-30 RS-232 Host -Datalogic Variant ......................................................................................... 2-31 RS-232 Device Port Configuration ........................................................................................... 2-32 Third Party Scale Parameters .................................................................................................. 2-37 Third Party Scale ............................................................................................................... 2-37 Third Party Scale LED Pin ................................................................................................. 2-39 Third Party Scale Zero Pin ................................................................................................. 2-41 Connecting an IBM RS-485 Interface ............................................................................................ 2-43 IBM RS-485 Host Parameters ....................................................................................................... 2-44 IBM Scale Port Addresses ....................................................................................................... 2-49 Connector Pins .............................................................................................................................. 2-53 RS-232 AUX 1 ................................................................................................................... 2-53 Scale Display Port .............................................................................................................. 2-53 RS-232 AUX 2 ................................................................................................................... 2-54 Checkpoint Interlock .......................................................................................................... 2-54 AUX A-B (Stacked USB) .................................................................................................... 2-54 POS ................................................................................................................................... 2-55 12V DC ............................................................................................................................. 2-55 Chapter 3: SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION Overview ........................................................................................................................................ 3-1 Site Preparation ............................................................................................................................. 3-2 Ventilation and Spacing Requirements .................................................................................... 3-2 Service Access Requirements ................................................................................................. 3-2 Electrical Power Considerations .............................................................................................. 3-3 Grounding .......................................................................................................................... 3-3 Checkstand Preparation .......................................................................................................... 3-4 Liquid Spills and Moisture .................................................................................................. 3-4 Vertical Clearance .............................................................................................................. 3-4 Tools .................................................................................................................................. 3-4 Counter Cutout ................................................................................................................... 3-5 Ergonomics ........................................................................................................................ 3-5 Installing Components ................................................................................................................... 3-6 Quick Reference Installation Steps .......................................................................................... 3-6 Remove Existing Bioptic Scanner and Accessories ................................................................ 3-7 Unpacking MP6000 Equipment ............................................................................................... 3-7 Pre-Installation Notes ......................................................................................................... 3-8 Assemble the Dual Head Scale Display .................................................................................. 3-9 Required Tools ................................................................................................................... 3-9
  • 9. Table of Contents vii Install the Scale Display ........................................................................................................... 3-12 Getting Started ................................................................................................................... 3-14 Installing ............................................................................................................................. 3-15 Cables and Connections .......................................................................................................... 3-15 Install the Customer Side Scanner (MX101) ............................................................................ 3-16 Installing the MX101 on the Customer’s Right Side (Default) of the Tower Cover ............ 3-17 Installing the MX101 on the Customer’s Left Side of the Tower Cover .............................. 3-22 Affixing the Identification Label .......................................................................................... 3-24 Install the MP6000 /Scale ........................................................................................................ 3-25 Checkstand Counter Cutouts and MP6000 Dimensions .................................................... 3-25 Cutout/Dimensions - MP6000 Short ................................................................................... 3-26 Cutout/Dimensions - MP6000 Short (continued) ................................................................ 3-27 Cutout/Dimensions - MP6000 Medium .............................................................................. 3-28 Cutout/Dimensions - MP6000 Long ................................................................................... 3-30 Install Sensormatic Coils .......................................................................................................... 3-34 Install Checkpoint Antenna ...................................................................................................... 3-37 Trim Kit Installation (If Required) ............................................................................................. 3-38 MP6000 Mounting Frame (If Required) ................................................................................... 3-39 Chapter 4: SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) Overview ........................................................................................................................................ 4-1 Scale Calibration Procedure (Scanner/Scale Configurations Only) ............................................... 4-2 Scale Configurations ................................................................................................................ 4-2 Identifying Firmware Version ................................................................................................... 4-2 Step 1 - Electronic Entry into Calibration Mode ....................................................................... 4-3 Firmware Versions Older Than v3.4 .................................................................................. 4-3 Firmware Versions Newer Than v3.4 ................................................................................. 4-3 Step 2 - Program Legal Parameters ........................................................................................ 4-3 Legal Scale Units (Unit Selection) - Kilograms or Pounds ................................................. 4-3 Important Notes .................................................................................................................. 4-4 Legal Scale Dampening Filter ............................................................................................ 4-4 Step 3 - Calibration at NO LOAD ............................................................................................. 4-4 Step 4 - Calibration at LOAD ................................................................................................... 4-5 Step 5 - Calibration Success or Failure ................................................................................... 4-7 Calibration Success ........................................................................................................... 4-7 Calibration Failure .............................................................................................................. 4-7 Possible Reasons for a Fail ............................................................................................... 4-7 Calibration Mode Exit Conditions ............................................................................................. 4-8 Verification Test ....................................................................................................................... 4-8 Audit Tallies ............................................................................................................................. 4-11 Scale Configuration Parameters .................................................................................................... 4-13 Legal Scale Units ..................................................................................................................... 4-13 Scale Display Configuration ..................................................................................................... 4-15 Legal Scale Dampening Filter Setting ...................................................................................... 4-17 User Interface Displays and Signals .............................................................................................. 4-21
  • 10. viii MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Chapter 5: OPERATING THE SCANNER Overview ........................................................................................................................................ 5-1 Controls and Indicators .................................................................................................................. 5-2 LED Array Bar .......................................................................................................................... 5-2 Diagnostic LED/7-segment Display ......................................................................................... 5-3 Front Panel Buttons ................................................................................................................. 5-4 The three front panel user interface buttons are backlit for ease of use. ........................... 5-4 Scale Zero Button (Configurations with Scale Only) .......................................................... 5-4 Volume/Tone Control Button .............................................................................................. 5-4 Sensormatic Manual Activation and Sensormatic Status Button ....................................... 5-5 Soft Reset Buttons ............................................................................................................. 5-5 MP6000 Related Hardware ........................................................................................................... 5-6 Scale Display (Scanner/Scale Configurations Only) ................................................................ 5-6 Scale (Scanner/Scale Configurations Only) ............................................................................. 5-6 Single Interval Range Scales ............................................................................................. 5-6 Dual Interval Range Scales ............................................................................................... 5-6 Customer Side Scanner (CSS) - Optional ............................................................................... 5-6 Platter ....................................................................................................................................... 5-7 Installing/Removing the Short and Medium Non-Scale Platters ........................................ 5-7 Installing/Removing the Long Non-Scale and Medium Scale Platters ............................... 5-7 Installing/Removing the Long Scale Platter ....................................................................... 5-8 Scan Windows ......................................................................................................................... 5-9 Operating Modes ........................................................................................................................... 5-10 Programming the MP6000 ............................................................................................................. 5-10 Programming Management tools ............................................................................................. 5-10 Application Programming Interfaces ........................................................................................ 5-10 Programming Bar Codes ......................................................................................................... 5-11 USB Staging Flash Drive ............................................................................................................... 5-12 MP6000 Menu Structure for the USB Staging Flash Drive ...................................................... 5-12 Manually Staging/Configuring MP6000 Devices ...................................................................... 5-13 Loading Cloning Files ........................................................................................................ 5-14 123Scan2 Staging Flash Drive Configuration .......................................................................... 5-15 Approved USB Flash Drives for the Flash Drive Well .............................................................. 5-15 Scanning ........................................................................................................................................ 5-16 Weighing Items .............................................................................................................................. 5-17 Electronic Article Surveillance (EAS) ............................................................................................. 5-18 Supported EAS Controllers ...................................................................................................... 5-18 EAS Operating Modes and Settings ........................................................................................ 5-18 Checkpoint Controller .............................................................................................................. 5-19 Sensormatic Controller ............................................................................................................ 5-19 Sensormatic EAS Hard Tags ................................................................................................... 5-19 Sensormatic EAS Soft Tags (Labels) ...................................................................................... 5-20 Beeper and LED Conditions .......................................................................................................... 5-21 Chapter 6: 123SCAN2 Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 6-1 Communication with 123Scan2 ..................................................................................................... 6-1 123Scan2 Requirements ............................................................................................................... 6-2 Scanner SDK, Other Software Tools, and Videos ......................................................................... 6-2
  • 11. Table of Contents ix Appendix A: MAINTENANCE, TROUBLESHOOTING, AND ERROR CODES Overview ........................................................................................................................................ A-1 Maintenance .................................................................................................................................. A-1 Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................................. A-2 Diagnostic LED 7-segment Display - Error and Warning Codes ............................................. A-2 LED Display Notes ................................................................................................................... A-2 Status Indicator Light ............................................................................................................... A-2 Troubleshooting Assistance ..................................................................................................... A-3 General Error and Warning Codes .......................................................................................... A-5 Scale Warning Codes .............................................................................................................. A-6 Appendix B: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Technical Specifications ................................................................................................................ B-1 Appendix C: HOST INTERFACE CHARACTER SETS Introduction .................................................................................................................................... C-1 RS-232 Character Sets .................................................................................................................. C-2 Appendix D: PARAMETER DEFAULT TABLE Appendix E: COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS Index
  • 13. ABOUT THIS GUIDE Introduction The MP6000 Integrator Guide provides information on installing, operating, and programming the MP6000. Chapter Descriptions Following are brief descriptions of each chapter in this guide. • Chapter 1, PRODUCT OVERVIEW AND FEATURES provides an overview of the MP6000 including configurations, peripherals, and features. • Chapter 2, HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS describes the host interfaces supported by the MP6000, how to connect the MP6000 to a host, setup, and cable pin-outs. It also includes host interface bar codes. • Chapter 3, SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION describes how to install the MP6000 into a counter top. • Chapter 4, SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) describes how to change weight measurement, calibrate the scale, verify calibration, and recognize errors. • Chapter 5, OPERATING THE SCANNER describes how to operate the MP6000 including buttons, switches, LED indicators, and scanning. • Chapter 6, 123SCAN2 provides information about configuring the MP6000 using the 123Scan2 utility. • Appendix A, MAINTENANCE, TROUBLESHOOTING, AND ERROR CODES provides error/warning codes, troubleshooting, and maintenance information. • Appendix B, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS provides technical information about the MP6000. • Appendix C, HOST INTERFACE CHARACTER SETS provides ASCII character sets for some host interfaces. • Appendix D, PARAMETER DEFAULT TABLE provides a list of defaults for the parameters in this guide. For all MP6000 programming bar codes, refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx). • Appendix E, COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS provides a table of MP6000 communication interfaces.
  • 14. vi MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Notational Conventions This document uses these conventions: • “User” refers to anyone operating the device. • “Device” refers to the MP6000. • Italics are used to highlight specific items in the general text, and to identify chapters and sections in this and related documents. It also identifies names of windows, menus, menu items, and fields within windows. • Bold identifies buttons, and switches to be tapped or clicked, and bar code names. • Bullets (•) indicate: • lists of alternatives or action items. • lists of required steps that are not necessarily sequential. • Numbered lists indicate a set of sequential steps, i.e., those that describe step-by-step procedures. NOTE This symbol indicates something of special interest to the reader. Failure to read the note will not result in physical harm to the bar code reader, equipment or data. Related Publications Following is a list of documents that provide additional information about configuring the MP6000: • MP6000 BAR CODE PROGRAMMING GUIDE, p/n 72E-172633-xx, provides bar codes for MP6000 configuration. • MX101 PRODUCT REFERENCE GUIDE, p/n 72E-171320-xx, provides general instructions for setting up, operating, maintaining, and troubleshooting the MX101 digital scanner. • MP6000 MULTI-PLANE IMAGING SCANNER REGULATORY GUIDE, p/n 72-171321-xx, provides domestic and international regulatory information. • Advanced Data Formatting Programmer Guide, p/n 72E-69680-xx, provides information on ADF, a means of customizing data before transmission to a host. For the latest version of this guide and all guides, go to: http://www.zebra.com/support IMPORTANT This symbol indicates something of importance to the reader. Failure to read the note may impair the equipment or data. CAUTION This symbol indicates that if this information is ignored, the possibility of data or material damage may occur. WARNING! This symbol indicates that if this information is ignored the possibility that serious personal injury may occur.
  • 15. About This Guide vii Recommended Services Information If you have a problem using the equipment, contact your facility's technical or systems support. If there is a problem with the equipment, they will contact the Zebra Customer Support Center at: http://www.zebra.com/support When contacting Zebra support, please have the following information available: • Serial number of the unit • Model number or product name • Software type and version number (if available). Zebra responds to calls by e-mail, telephone or fax within the time limits set forth in service agreements. If your problem cannot be solved by the Zebra Customer Support Center, you may need to return your equipment for servicing and will be given specific directions, a Field Service Technician from Zebra, or your authorized service provider may be sent to your location to perform the repair, depending on your level of entitlement set forth in the service agreement. Zebra is not responsible for any damages incurred during shipment if the approved shipping container is not used. Shipping the units improperly can possibly void the warranty. If you purchased your business product from a Zebra business partner, please contact that business partner for support. Zebra recommends the following Service options to keep the MP6000 operating at peak performance throughout its lifecycle: • Service from the Start with Advance Exchange Support (available for scanner-only configurations). • Service from the Start with On Site System Support (available for scanner-only and scanner/scale configurations). • Zebra also offers service support through authorized resellers who qualify as authorized service partners.
  • 17. CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT OVERVIEW AND FEATURES Introduction This chapter includes the following topics: • Product Overview on page 1-2 • Configurations on page 1-3 • Peripherals on page 1-8 • Features of the MP6000 on page 1-9.
  • 18. 1 - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Product Overview The MP6000 is a data capture solution that uses a sophisticated optical arrangement to view six sides of an object as it passes through the scanning area. Bar code data is transmitted to a Point-Of-Sale (POS) host via USB, RS-232, or RS-485. Auxiliary device support includes USB and RS-232 hand-held scanners, Checkpoint and Sensormatic Electronic Article Surveillance (EAS), scale and optional Scale Display (varies with the model), USB staging flash drive (memory stick), as well as an optional Customer Side Scanner (2D imager) that may be mounted into the tower. The MP6000 is designed to be embedded in a cutout in the retail checkstand. Features include: • Six sided scanning • Reads top-bottom, left-right, and cashier-customer side bar codes • Omni-directional symbol orientation. • Optional integrated scale (single/dual interval). • Optional Checkpoint EAS antenna. • Optional integrated Sensormatic EAS coil antennas. • Optional Scale Display (single/dual head) for scale installations. • Auxiliary scanner support (USB and RS-232). • High swipe speed for increased throughput. • User interface (LED indicators, touch controls, audio). • Aggressive scanning performance on high density, truncated, and poorly printed bar codes. • 2D scanning (PDF, Aztec etc.) in both vertical and horizontal windows, or all six-sided orientations. • Mobile bar code scanning (cell phone) in both vertical and horizontal windows, or all six-sided orientations. • Optional integrated Customer Side Scanner (CSS) [1D/2D support]. • Scanner Management Service (SMS), and 123Scan² support enables remote configuration and monitoring attached peripherals.
  • 19. PRODUCT OVERVIEW AND FEATURES 1 - 3 Configurations The MP6000 captures printed or mobile 1D or 2D bar codes. An optional customer-side scanner (CSS) can be added for bar codes displayed on mobile phones, traditional loyalty cards, or item bar codes. Hand-held scanner, integrated EAS, and scale support is also available. This guide covers the configurations listed in Table 1-1. NOTE 1. All configurations of the MP6000 include a sapphire glass horizontal platter. An optional sapphire glass horizontal leak platter is also available for EU configurations. 2. New scale configurations are added continually. If you don’t see your country listed, call your Zebra office. Table 1-1 MP6000 Configurations Configuration Description MP6000-LN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with Checkpoint, worldwide. MP6000-LP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with Checkpoint, with DL Parsing, US/CA. MP6000-MN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with Checkpoint, worldwide. MP6000-MP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with Checkpoint, with DL Parsing, US/CA. MP6000-SN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, short, with Checkpoint, worldwide. MP6000-SP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, short, with Checkpoint, with DL Parsing, US/CA. MP6010-LN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with Checkpoint, with CSS, worldwide. MP6010-LP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with Checkpoint, with DL Parsing, US/CA. MP6010-MN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with Checkpoint, with CSS, worldwide. MP6010-MP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with Checkpoint, with DL Parsing, US/CA. MP6010-SN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, short, with Checkpoint, with CSS, worldwide. MP6010-SP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, short, with Checkpoint, with DL Parsing, US/CA. MP6200-LN000M010AU Multi-plane scanner, long, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for Australia/NZ/SA. MP6200-LN000M010CM Multi-plane scanner, long, single interval kg scale, no CSS, Checkpoint, Canada-Mexico scale label. MP6200-LN000M010EU Multi-plane scanner, long, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for EU countries. Notes: 1. EU scales are legally accepted in the following countries: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Latvia, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom 2. OIML scales are legally accepted in the following countries: Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Hong Kong, Jamaica, Saint Lucia, Philippines, Thailand, Trinidad and Tobago, Vietnam
  • 20. 1 - 4 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE MP6200-LN000M010NN Multi-plane scanner, long, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for OIML countries. MP6200-LN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for US/Puerto Rico/Guam/USVI/British VI. MP6200-LN000M01ABE Multi-plane scanner, Long with single interval kg scale, with Checkpoint, scale Gravity Zone A for Belgium. MP6200-LN000M01BBE Multi-plane scanner, Long with single interval kg scale, with Checkpoint, scale Gravity Zone B for Belgium. MP6200-LN000M01CBE Multi-plane scanner, Long with single interval kg scale, with Checkpoint, scale Gravity Zone C for Belgium. MP6200-LP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with DL parsing, scale for US. MP6200-MN000M010AU Multi-plane scanner, medium, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for Australia/NZ/SA. MP6200-MN000M010CM Multi-plane scanner, medium, single interval kg scale, no CSS, Checkpoint, Canada-Mexico scale label. MP6200-MN000M010EU Multi-plane scanner, medium, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for EU countries. MP6200-MN000M010NN Multi-plane scanner, medium, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for OIML countries. MP6200-MN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for US/Puerto Rico/Guam/USVI/British VI. MP6200-MN000M01ABE Multi-plane scanner, Medium with single interval kg scale, with Checkpoint, scale Gravity Zone A for Belgium. MP6200-MN000M01BBE Multi-plane scanner, Medium with single interval kg scale, with Checkpoint, scale Gravity Zone B for Belgium. MP6200-MN000M01CBE Multi-plane scanner, Medium with single interval kg scale, with Checkpoint, scale Gravity Zone C for Belgium. MP6200-MP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with DL parsing, scale for US. MP6210-LN000M010AU Multi-plane scanner, long, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with CSS, scale for Australia/NZ/SA. Table 1-1 MP6000 Configurations (Continued) Configuration Description Notes: 1. EU scales are legally accepted in the following countries: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Latvia, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom 2. OIML scales are legally accepted in the following countries: Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Hong Kong, Jamaica, Saint Lucia, Philippines, Thailand, Trinidad and Tobago, Vietnam
  • 21. PRODUCT OVERVIEW AND FEATURES 1 - 5 MP6210-LN000M010CM Multi-plane scanner, long, single interval kg scale, with CSS, Checkpoint, Canada-Mexico scale label. MP6210-LN000M010EU Multi-plane scanner, long, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with CSS, scale for EU countries. MP6210-LN000M010NN Multi-plane scanner, long, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with CSS, scale for OIML countries. MP6210-LN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with CSS, scale for US/Puerto Rico/Guam/USVI/British VI. MP6210-LN000M01ABE Multi-plane scanner, Long with single interval kg scale, with CSS, with Checkpoint, scale Gravity Zone A for Belgium. MP6210-LN000M01BBE Multi-plane scanner, Long with single interval kg scale, with CSS, with Checkpoint, scale Gravity B for Belgium. MP6210-LN000M01CBE Multi-plane scanner, Long with single interval kg scale, with CSS, with Checkpoint, scale Gravity Central C for Belgium. MP6210-LP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with CSS, with DL parsing, scale for US. MP6210-MN000M010AU Multi-plane scanner, medium, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with CSS, scale for Australia/NZ/SA. MP6210-MN000M010CM Multi-plane scanner, medium, single interval kg scale, with CSS, Checkpoint, Canada-Mexico scale label. MP6210-MN000M010EU Multi-plane scanner, medium, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with CSS, scale for EU countries. MP6210-MN000M010NN Multi-plane scanner, medium, single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with CSS, scale for OIML countries. MP6210-MN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with CSS, scale for US/Puerto Rico/Guam/USVI/British VI. MP6210-MN000M01ABE Multi-plane scanner, Medium with single interval kg scale, with CSS, with Checkpoint, scale Gravity Zone A for Belgium. MP6210-MN000M01BBE Multi-plane scanner, Medium with single interval kg scale, with CSS, with Checkpoint, scale Gravity Zone B for Belgium. MP6210-MN000M01CBE Multi-plane scanner, Medium with single interval kg scale, with CSS, with Checkpoint, scale Gravity Zone C for Belgium. Table 1-1 MP6000 Configurations (Continued) Configuration Description Notes: 1. EU scales are legally accepted in the following countries: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Latvia, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom 2. OIML scales are legally accepted in the following countries: Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Hong Kong, Jamaica, Saint Lucia, Philippines, Thailand, Trinidad and Tobago, Vietnam
  • 22. 1 - 6 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE MP6210-MP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with single interval scale, with Checkpoint, with CSS, with DL parsing, scale for US. MP6500-LN000M010CM Multi-plane scanner, long, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for Canada/Mexico. MP6500-LN000M010EU Multi-plane scanner, long, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for EU. MP6500-LN000M010NN Multi-plane scanner, long, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for NN. MP6500-LN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for US. MP6500-LP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with dual interval scale, Drivers License Parsing, with Checkpoint, scale for US. MP6500-MN000M010CM Multi-plane scanner, medium, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for Canada/Mexico. MP6500-MN000M010EU Multi-plane scanner, long, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for EU. MP6500-MN000M010NN Multi-plane scanner, medium, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for NN. MP6500-MN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, scale for US. MP6500-MP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with dual interval scale, Drivers License Parsing, with Checkpoint, scale for US. MP6510-LN000M010CM Multi-plane scanner, long, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, with CSS, scale for Canada/Mexico. MP6510-LN000M010EU Multi-plane scanner, long, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, with CSS, scale for EU. MP6510-LN000M010NN Multi-plane scanner, long, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, with CSS, scale for NN. MP6510-LN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, with CSS, scale for US. MP6510-LP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, long, with dual interval scale, Drivers License Parsing, with Checkpoint, with CSS, scale for US. Table 1-1 MP6000 Configurations (Continued) Configuration Description Notes: 1. EU scales are legally accepted in the following countries: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Latvia, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom 2. OIML scales are legally accepted in the following countries: Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Hong Kong, Jamaica, Saint Lucia, Philippines, Thailand, Trinidad and Tobago, Vietnam
  • 23. PRODUCT OVERVIEW AND FEATURES 1 - 7 MP6510-MN000M010CM Multi-plane scanner, medium, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, with CSS, scale for Canada/Mexico. MP6510-MN000M010EU Multi-plane scanner, medium, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, with CSS, scale for EU. MP6510-MN000M010NN Multi-plane scanner, medium, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, with CSS, scale for NN. MP6510-MN000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with dual interval scale, with Checkpoint, with CSS, scale for US. MP6510-MP000M010US Multi-plane scanner, medium, with dual interval scale, Drivers License Parsing, with Checkpoint, with CSS, scale for US. Table 1-1 MP6000 Configurations (Continued) Configuration Description Notes: 1. EU scales are legally accepted in the following countries: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Latvia, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom 2. OIML scales are legally accepted in the following countries: Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Hong Kong, Jamaica, Saint Lucia, Philippines, Thailand, Trinidad and Tobago, Vietnam
  • 24. 1 - 8 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Peripherals The MP6000 supports the peripheral devices listed below. Supported Auxiliary Hand-held Scanner The MP6000 provides auxiliary data ports (USB and RS-232) to which a hand-held scanner can be connected. NOTE An auxiliary cordless scanner, such as the LI4278, LS4278, or DS6878, can be attached to the MP6000. If a standard cradle is used with any of these scanners, a separate cradle power supply is required. IMPORTANT The MP6000 scanner does not configure an auxiliary scanner. Auxiliary scanners must be configured separately, independently of the MP6000 scanner. EAS Devices • Sensormatic AMB-9010 controller (available December 2014) • Sensormatic AMB-9010-IPS controller • Sensormatic ScanMax-Pro controller • Checkpoint controller • Checkpoint with interlock controller. See Electronic Article Surveillance (EAS) on page 5-18 for detailed information. Scale Devices • OEM standard scale • Single/dual head Scale Displays. • Mettler-Toledo price computing scale for parts of Europe (available September 2014). USB Flash Drives • Typical USB flash drive with Type A connector. (See USB Staging Flash Drive on page 5-12.) Customer Side Scanner (CSS) • The CSS (MX101) is an optional integrated device that supports 1D and 2D bar code scanning. The CSS unit replaces the MP6000 tower cover, and can be installed on either side of the MP6000. Refer to the MX101 PRODUCT REFERENCE GUIDE, p/n 72E-171320-xx, for installation and configuration information.
  • 25. PRODUCT OVERVIEW AND FEATURES 1 - 9 Features of the MP6000 The following illustrations of the medium model show the features of the MP6000. See Table 1-2 on page 1-13 for brief descriptions of all features. See Controls and Indicators on page 5-2 for detailed descriptions of each feature. NOTE Refer to the MX101 Product Reference Guide (p/n 72E-171320-xx) for information about the optional Customer Side Scanner (CSS). The CSS is shown in its default (left side) position, but it can be moved to the other side at any time - no tools required. Horizontal Scan Window Volume/Tone Control Button LED Array Bar Scale Zero Button EAS Deactivation Button (Sensormatic only) Vertical Scan Window Platter Optional CSS MP6000CSS Scan Window Scale (optional) 7-segment Display Speaker Figure 1-1 CSS and MP6000 Front View
  • 26. 1 - 10 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Figure 1-2 Left Side View Figure 1-3 Right Side View/Connector Ports Scale Cable Channel EAS Cable Channel (also see Figure 3-46 on page 3-36 for Sensormatic coil routing) Drainage/Ventilation Holes Tower Bezel Tower Cover RS-232 AUX 1 0.0 Scale Display RS-232 AUX 2 AUX A-B 2 POS 12V DCCKP I-LOCK 1 Drainage/Ventilation Holes 1 Checkpoint Interlock Port 2 Auxiliary USB Ports Strain Relief Groove (for cables) CSS Cable Channels
  • 27. Optional Scale (scale is not available in MP6000 short models) Staging USB Flash Drive Cap/Port PRODUCT OVERVIEW AND FEATURES 1 - 11 Figure 1-4 View Under Platter Figure 1-5 Leveling Screws 4 Leveling Screws (2 screws on opposite side) 1 Leveling Screw Access Holes (medium and short units only) NOTE The tower bezel must be removed, and the Tower Cover slid backwards to access the leveling screws. 1 Leveling screws are an optional accessory. To use leveling screws, buy accessory kit MX301-SR00004ZZWR for standard-length screws, or accessory kit MX302-SR00004ZZWR for 1 in. (25 mm) extra length.
  • 28. 290 o 290 o 1 - 12 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Figure 1-6 Scale Displays (Some Scanner/Scale Configurations Only) - Single Head (MX201) and Dual Head (MX202; additional head added during installation)
  • 29. PRODUCT OVERVIEW AND FEATURES 1 - 13 Optional Leak Platter (European Configurations Only) The optional leak platter is used to weigh very long or round items. The leek bars prevent the items from falling off the scale. Leek Bars (lift if flat) Figure 1-7 MP6000 with Optional Leak Platter Features Summary Table 1-2 Features on the MP6000 Feature Description Page Diagnostic LED/7-segment Display Internal display provides detailed status, troubleshooting information, and scale legal parameters during calibration. 5-3 LED Array Bar Provides visual feedback for system statuses and alerts. 5-2 Scale Zero Button Scale status LED and touch button provides scale status, and allows user to "zero" the scale. 5-4 Volume/Tone Control Button User selectable settings for audible system indications. (Status LED and button.) 5-4 EAS Deactivation Button (Sensormatic only) Indicates the state of the Sensormatic EAS device, and controls manual deactivation (optional). 5-5 Scale (Optional/ Scanner Scale Configurations Only) Scales are available for the medium length and long length configurations. 5-6
  • 30. 1 - 14 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Platter Stainless steel horizontal scanning surface; imaging window for processing bar code data, and placing items on the surface to determine weight. 5-7 Calibration Switch Used in manual scale calibration (currently unavailable). n/a CSS (Optional) Modular unit that fits into the MP6000 tower; used for customer scanning. 5-6 Scale Display Single or dual display option provides the weight of items on the scale. 5-6 Leveling Screws (medium and short models only) Screws for leveling the MP6000 when shelf mounting is required. Leveling screws are an optional accessory. 1-11 Connectors Connect the MP6000 to peripherals, and POS/host. Table 1-3 Internal USB Cap/Port The internal USB port is available under the platter. 1-11 EAS Cable Channel Cable routing channel for EAS antennas. 1-10 Scale Cable Channel Cable routing channel for the scale cable. 1-10 Drainage/Ventilation Holes Outlet for spills. 1-10 CSS Cable Channels Channels for routing CSS cables. 1-10, 3-16 Port Description RS-232 AUX 1 (J7) See Table 2-3 on page 2-13 for description. 0.0 (J6) Scale Display port. RS-232 AUX 2 (J5) See Table 2-3 on page 2-13 for description. CKP I-LOCK (J4) Checkpoint EAS Interlock. AUX A-B (J3) Dual USB 2.0 full speed ports for auxiliary USB scanners, CSS, or mass storage device. NOTE An additional USB port is available in the front under the platter. All USB ports can be used for the USB staging flash drive. See Table 2-14 on page 2-54 and USB Staging Flash Drive on page 5-12 for more information. POS (J2) Point of Sale terminal port. 12V DC (J1) External power input. 12V / 3.33A (not required if powered from terminal). NOTE If a power supply plug is inserted to the J1 connector, with no voltage to the power supply, the scanner will not power up. Table 1-3 Description of Connectors Table 1-2 Features on the MP6000 (Continued) Feature Description Page
  • 31. PRODUCT OVERVIEW AND FEATURES 1 - 15
  • 32. 1 - 16 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
  • 33. CHAPTER 2 HOSTINTERFACESANDCABLE PINOUTS Overview This chapter describes the host interfaces supported by the MP6000, and how to connect the MP6000 to a host. It also include host interface bar codes. See Figure 1-1 on page 1-9 for locations of the interface connectors. OPOS/JAVAPOS settings are outside the scope of this guide. For the Zebra SDK, go to: www.zebra.com/scannersdkforwindows. NOTE SDK supported functionality by communication protocol is listed in Appendix E, COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS.
  • 34. 2 - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Interfaces, Components, and Communication The MP6000 supports the following. POS Interfaces and Host Communication IMPORTANT Avoid inserting a POS cable in the AUX 1 or AUX 2 port. • USB 2.0 full speed using Zebra USB multi-host cables • RS-232 connection using several communication protocols. • RS-485 communication protocol. NOTE SDK supported functionality by communication protocol is listed in Appendix E, COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS. Auxiliary Ports and Peripherals • Three USB 2.0 full speed auxiliary ports (see AUX A-B (Stacked USB) on page 2-54). • Two RS-232 auxiliary ports (AUX 1/AUX 2; see Figure 1-3 on page 1-10). The MP6000 can support the following combinations of peripherals: • Hand-held scanners supported in USB mode, or RS-232 mode. • CSS (CSS is USB only). NOTE A total of one hand-held scanner plus one CSS is supported. • Wireless auxiliary scanner support may be provided via a corded cradle as an auxiliary device. NOTE An auxiliary cordless scanner, such as the LI4278, LS4278, or DS6878, can be attached to the MP6000. If a standard cradle is used with the DS6878, a separate cradle power supply is required. • Sensormatic controller via the RS-232 auxiliary port. IMPORTANT Use only Zebra approved cables when connecting peripherals to the ports on the MP6000. • Dual cable scanner/scale: Via RS-232 AUX 1, or RS-232 AUX 2 ports (see Figure 1-3 on page 1-10, and Table 2-3 on page 2-13).
  • 35. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 3 Programming Management Tools • 123Scan2 (see Chapter 6, 123SCAN2) • SMS • Staging flash drive reprogramming (USB memory stick) NOTE Only Zebra hand-held scanners can be managed via 123Scan2 (see Chapter 6, 123SCAN2), and SMS through the MP6000 scanner. Application Programming Interfaces • Zebra scanner SDK APIs (CoreScanner APIs) NOTE SDK supported functionality by communication protocol is listed in Appendix E, COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS. • Zebra scanner OPOS/JPOS APIs. For access to these programming interfaces, go to: www.zebra.com/scannersdkforwindows. NOTE If the MP6000 is powered up with no interface cable present, it reverts to “no host mode.” This is useful for demonstrations where no host is present.
  • 36. 2 - 4 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Connecting a USB Interface The MP6000 connects directly to a USB host. An additional power supply may be required (PWRS-14000-148R). Only a USB Power Plus host can power the MP6000 using a Zebra Power Plus cable, without an external power supply. AUX A-B POS 12V DC Figure 2-1 USB Connections There are three possible USB connection methods for the MP6000: • POS connection using USB Power Plus (12V); requires a CBA-U52-S16PAR cable between POS equipment (e.g., IBM) and the MP6000 POS RJ-45 connector. The MP6000 is a USB device for this connection; no power supply is required (the MP6000 draws power from USB cable). • POS connection using USB Standard A (5V); requires a CBA-U51-S16ZAR cable between POS equipment (standard device - PC) and MP6000 POS RJ-45 connector. The MP6000 is USB device but requires an external power supply (MP6000 does NOT draw power from USB cable). • AUX scanner connection using a Zebra USB hand-held scanner; requires a Zebra USB type A cable between the Zebra USB hand-held scanner (RJ-45), and the MP6000 AUX A-B USB port. The MP6000 is the USB host, and the Zebra scanner is the USB device which draws power from 5V cable. NOTE For a list of supported scanner functionality by communication protocol Appendix E, COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS. NOTE Interface cables vary depending on configuration.
  • 37. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 5 To set up the MP6000: 1. Connect the RJ-45 modular connector of the USB interface cable to the POS interface port on the MP6000. 2. Plug the series A connector, or the Power Plus connector in the USB host. If Power Plus is used, the MP6000 powers up with the POS. 3. If no Power Plus is used, connect a 12V power supply. Connecting the 12V power supply immediately turns the unit on. 4. Select the USB device type by scanning the appropriate bar code (see USB Device Type on page 2-6). 5. To modify any parameter options: a. Scan the appropriate bar codes in the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide, p/n 72E-172633-xx. or b. Use 123Scan2 . or c. Use the 123Scan2 2D configuration bar code. or d. Use a USB staging flash drive (see USB Staging Flash Drive on page 5-12).
  • 38. 2 - 6 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE USB Host Parameters USB Device Type To select a USB device type, scan one of the bar codes listed in Table 2-1. NOTE 1.When changing USB device types, the MP6000 automatically resets and issues the standard startup beep sequences. 2. Before selecting CDC COM Port Emulation, install the Zebra USB CDC driver on the host to ensure the scanner does not stall during power up (due to a failure to enumerate USB). If the scanner stalls, recover it by installing the CDC INF file, and reboot the MP6000. NOTE This guide includes limited parameter bar codes. For ALL MP6000 programming bar codes, refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx). Parameter Page Number USB Device Type IBM Table-top USB (default) 2-7 IBM Hand-held USB 2-8 IBM OPOS (IBM Hand-held USB with Full Scan Disable) 2-9 HID Keyboard Emulation 2-10 CDC COM Port Emulation 2-11 Table 2-1 USB Host Parameters
  • 39. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 7 USB Device Type (continued) * IBM Table-top USB
  • 40. 2 - 8 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE USB Device Type (continued) IBM Hand-held USB
  • 41. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 9 USB Device Type (continued) IBM OPOS (IBM Hand-held USB with Full Scan Disable)
  • 42. 2 - 10 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE USB Device Type (continued) HID Keyboard Emulation When the HID Keyboard host is selected, and the MP6000 has auxiliary scanners connected, use ADF rules to program the auxiliary scanners to add a 500 msec pause to the end of the data to prevent the interleaving of bar code data from multiple scanners. This works with standard RS-232, and SSI over RS-232 (with the Send Raw Decode Data setting).
  • 43. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 11 USB Device Type (continued) CDC COM Port Emulation
  • 44. 2 - 12 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Connecting an RS-232 Interface MP6000 Scanner Only or MP6200/6500 Scale with Single Cable Protocol Use the RS-232 interface to connect the MP6000 to POS devices, host computers, or other devices with an available RS-232 port (e.g., com port). NOTE The MP6000 uses +/-6V RS-232 signal levels to accommodate long cable lengths, and increased noise immunity. RS-232 AUX 1 RS-232 AUX 2 POS 12V DC Port Connection Options POS Unpowered USB (p/n CBA-U51-S16ZAR) Powered USB (p/n CBA-U52-S16PAR) RS-232 (p/n CBA-R51-S16ZAR) RS-485 (p/n CBA-M51-S16PAR) Figure 2-2 RS-232 Connections. NOTE For a list of supported scanner functionality by communication protocol Appendix E, COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS. NOTE Interface cables vary depending on configuration. Table 2-2 Host Connections
  • 45. ConfigurationChoices for the Devices Below RS-232 Device Port Configuration Value RS-232 auxiliary scanner, and a Sensormatic Controller 3 0 1 Sensormatic Controller RS-232 auxiliary scanner 3 USB auxiliary scanner 3 USB auxiliary scanner 3 RS-232 auxiliary scanner, and a Dual Cable Scanner/Scale 3 1 Dual Cable Scanner/Scale 2 RS-232 auxiliary scanner 3 USB auxiliary scanner 3 USB auxiliary scanner 3 Dual Cable Scanner/Scale, and a Sensormatic Controller 3 2 Sensormatic Controller Dual Cable Scanner/Scale 2 USB auxiliary scanner 3 USB auxiliary scanner 3 Third-Party-Scale & Sensormatic-Controller 4 Third-Party-Scale Sensormatic Controller USB auxiliary scanner3 USB auxiliary scanner3 1 Default setting 2 The Dual Cable Scanner/Scale protocol is 'SASI' 3 In all configurations up to one or two additional USB auxiliary scanners can be connected, but the total RS-232 auxiliary scanners plus USB auxiliary scanners cannot exceed two. An auxiliary scanner is not counted until it is attached. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 13 Price Computational Scale Interface Circuit Drawing Price Computational Scale Interface available on AUX 1. (Also see Third Party Scale on page 2-37.) Figure 2-3 Price Computational Scale Interface Table 2-3 Auxiliary Connections (see parameter 1246 page 2-32) Connect Device to These Ports AUX 1 AUX 2 USB2 USB3 J5 R302XCVR5 TXD 0 4- J5 R298XCVR5 RXD 0 5- J5 R303XCVR5 RTS AUX RJ45 50 –12100–2975 1-1734580-4 0 6- J5 R299XCVR5 CTS RTZ 5V0 1206, BLM31P ZERO 5V0 0 7- J5 8- J5 9- J5 10- J5 AUX_12V AUX_5V L4 1B 3- J5 2- J5 1 N/C 5V (500mA) GROUND FROM SCALE TO SCALE 12V (150mA) NOT USED SHIELD - J5 11- J5 12-
  • 46. 2 - 14 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Connect MP6000 to RS-232 Host To connect the MP6000 to an RS-232 host: 1. Connect the modular connector of the RS-232 interface cable to the POS interface port on the MP6000. 2. Connect the other end of the RS-232 interface cable to the serial port on the host. 3. Connect a 12V power supply directly to the MP6000. 4. Select the RS-232 host type by scanning the appropriate bar code (see RS-232 Host Types on page 2-20). If your host does not appear in the terminal specific tables, refer to the documentation for the host device to set communication parameters to match the host. 5. To modify any other parameter options, scan the appropriate bar codes in the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide, p/n 72E-172633-xx. MP6000 with a Dual Cable Scanner/Scale Use the RS-232 interface to connect the MP6000 to POS devices, host computers, or other devices with an available RS-232 port (e.g., com port). Then use a second RS-232 cable (p/n CBA-R51-S16ZAR, and CBA-R52-S16ZAR) to connect the MP6000 Dual Cable Scanner/Scale AUX port to a scale-only port on the POS device. The Dual Cable Scanner/Scale interface supports the industry standard SASI scale-only protocol, and communicates with a POS using a 9600 baud rate, 7 data bits, and even parity. To set up the MP6000 and Dual Cable Scanner/Scale: 1. Attach the RJ-45 modular connector of the RS-232 scanner interface cable to the POS port on the MP6000. Connect the other end of the RS-232 scanner interface cable to the serial scanner port on the host. 2. Attach the RJ-45 end of the RS-232 slave interface cable to AUX 2 (see Figure 1-3 on page 1-10) on the MP6000. Connect the other end of the RS-232 interface cable to the scale-only port on the host. 3. Connect the power supply directly to the MP6000. 4. Select the RS-232 scanner host type by scanning the appropriate bar code (see RS-232 Host Types on page 2-20). If your host does not appear in the terminal specific tables, refer to the documentation for the host device to set communication parameters to match the host. To modify any other parameter options, scan the appropriate bar codes in the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide, p/n 72E-172633-xx. 5. The protocol on this Dual Cable Scanner/Scale port is SASI. 6. Select the device port configuration by scanning the appropriate bar code (refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide for RS-232 device port configuration). 7. Cycle power on the MP6000.
  • 47. NOTE This guide includes limited parameter bar codes. For ALL MP6000 programming bar codes, refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx). Parameter Page Number RS-232 Host Type Standard RS-232 (default) 2-21 ICL RS-232 2-22 Wincor-Nixdorf RS-232 Mode A 2-23 Wincor-Nixdorf RS-232 Mode B 2-24 Olivetti ORS4500 2-25 Omron 2-26 OPOS/JPOS 2-27 Fujitsu RS-232 2-28 CUTE 2-29 NCR Variant 2-30 Datalogic Variant 2-31 RS-232 Device Port Configuration AUX 1 Sensormatic and AUX 2 RS-232 Scanner (default) 2-33 Third Party Scale Disable Third Party Scale (default - Disable) 2-38 Third Party Scale LED Pin (default - Active High) 2-40 Third Party Scale Zero Pin (default - Active High) 2-42 HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 15 RS-232 Parameters Table 2-4 RS-232 Host Parameters
  • 48. 2 - 16 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE RS-232 Host Parameters Various RS-232 hosts use their own parameter default settings. Selecting standard, ICL, Fujitsu, Wincor-Nixdorf Mode A, Wincor-Nixdorf Mode B, OPOS/JPOS, Olivetti, Omron, Common Use Terminal Equipment (CUTE-LP/LG bar code readers), NCR, or Datalogic sets the defaults listed in Table 2-5 and Table 2-6. NOTE All items listed in Table 2-5 and Table 2-6 are for scanner only connections, except for NCR which can support scanner and scale. Parameter ICL Fujitsu Wincor-Nixdorf Mode A Wincor-Nixdorf Mode B/OPOS/JPOS Baud Rate 9600 9600 9600 9600 Parity Even None Odd Odd Stop Bit Select One One One One ASCII Format 8-Bit 8-Bit 8-Bit 8-Bit Hardware Handshaking RTS/CTS Option 3 None RTS/CTS Option 3 RTS/CTS Option 3 Software Handshaking None None None None Serial Response Timeout 9.9 Sec. 2 Sec. None None RTS Line State High Low Low Low = No data to send Beep On <BEL> Disable Disable Disable Disable Transmit Code ID Yes Yes Yes Yes Data Transmission Format Data/Suffix Data/Suffix Data/Suffix Data/Suffix Prefix None None None None Suffix CR (1013) CR (1013) CR (1013) CR (1013) Table 2-5 Terminal Specific RS-232 In the Nixdorf Mode B, if CTS is low, scanning is disabled. When CTS is high, scanning is enabled. If you scan Nixdorf Mode B without connecting the digital scanner to the proper host, it may appear unable to scan. If this happens, scan a different RS-232 host type within 5 seconds of cycling power to the digital scanner.
  • 49. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 17 RS-232 Host Parameters (continued) Table 2-6 Terminal Specific RS-232 Parameter Olivetti Omron CUTE NCR (Single Cable Scale) Datalogic Baud Rate 9600 9600 9600 9600 9600 Parity Even None Even Odd Odd Stop Bit Select One One One One One ASCII Format 7-Bit 8-Bit 7-Bit 7-Bit 7-Bit Hardware Handshaking None None None None None Software Handshaking ACK/NAK None None None None Serial Response Timeout 9.9 Sec. 9.9 Sec. 9.9 Sec. 9.9 Sec. 9.9 Sec. RTS Line State Low High High High High Beep On <BEL> Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable Transmit Code ID Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Data Transmission Format Prefix/Data/Suffix Data/Suffix Prefix/Data/ Suffix Prefix/ Suffix * Data/Suffix Prefix STX (1002) None STX (1002) STX * None Suffix ETX (1003) CR (1013) CR (1013) ETX (1003) ETX * CR (1013) The CUTE host disables all parameter scanning, including Set Defaults. If you inadvertently select CUTE, scan Enable Parameter Bar Code Scanning (located in the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide) then change the host selection.
  • 50. 2 - 18 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE RS-232 Host Parameters (continued) Selecting ICL, Fujitsu, Wincor-Nixdorf Mode A, Wincor-Nixdorf Mode B, OPOS/JPOS, Olivetti, Omron, Common Use Terminal Equipment (CUTE-LP/LG bar code readers), NCR, or Datalogic enables the transmission of code ID characters listed in Table 2-7 and Table 2-8. These code ID characters are not programmable and are separate from the Transmit Code ID feature. Do not enable the Transmit Code ID feature for these terminals. Code Type ICL Fujitsu Wincor-Nixdorf Mode A Wincor-Nixdorf Mode B/ OPOS/JPOS UPC-A A A A A UPC-E E E C C EAN-8/JAN-8 FF FF B B EAN-13/JAN-13 F F A A Bookland EAN F F A A Code 39 C <len> None M M Code 39 Full ASCII None None M M Trioptic None None None None Code 32 None None None None Codabar N <len> None N N Code 128 L <len> None K K GS1-128 L <len> None P P Code 93 None None L L I 2 of 5 I <len> None I I D 2 of 5 H <len> None H H MSI None None O O IATA H<len> None H H GS1 Databar Variants None None E E PDF417 None None Q Q MicroPDF417 None None S S Data Matrix None None R R QR Codes None None U U Aztec/Aztec Rune None None V V Table 2-7 Terminal Specific Code ID Characters * 2D bar codes are not supported.
  • 51. Code Type Olivetti Omron CUTE NCR Datalogic UPC-A A A A A A UPC-E C E None E E EAN-8/JAN-8 B FF None FF FF EAN-13/JAN-13 A F A F F Bookland EAN A F None None None Code 39 M <len> C <len> 3 B1 * Code 39 Full ASCII None None 3 None None Trioptic None None None None $T Code 32 None None None None AE Codabar N <len> N <len> None None % Code 128 K <len> L <len> 5 B3 # GS1-128 P <len> L <len> 5 None None Code 93 L <len> None None None & I 2 of 5 I <len> I <len> 1 B2 i D 2 of 5 H <len> H <len> 2 None None MSI O <len> None None None @ IATA H<len> H<len> 2 None IA GS1 Databar Variants None None None ]e0 GS1 Databar - R4 GS1 Databar Limited - RL GS1 Databar Expanded - RX PDF417 None None 6 n/a* P MicroPDF417 None None 6 n/a* mP Data Matrix None None 4 n/a* Dm QR Codes None None 7 n/a* QR Aztec/Aztec Rune None None 8 n/a* Az HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 19 Table 2-8 Terminal Specific Code ID Characters * 2D bar codes are not supported with NCR.
  • 52. 2 - 20 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE RS-232 Host Types To select an RS-232 host interface, scan one of the following bar codes. NOTES 1. Scanning Standard RS-232 activates the RS-232 driver, but does not change port settings (e.g., parity, data bits, handshaking). Selecting another RS-232 host type bar code changes these settings. 2. The CUTE host disables all parameter scanning, including Set Defaults. If you inadvertently select CUTE, scan Enable Parameter Bar Code Scanning (located in the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide) then change the host selection. Options: • *Standard RS-232 (default) • ICL RS-232 • Wincor-Nixdorf RS-232 Mode A • Wincor-Nixdorf RS-232 Mode B • Olivetti ORS4500 • Omron • OPOS/JPOS • Fujitsu RS-232 • CUTE • NCR Variant (both scanner only and scanner/scale versions) • Datalogic Variant.
  • 53. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 21 RS-232 Host Types (continued) *Standard RS-232
  • 54. 2 - 22 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE RS-232 Host Types (continued) ICL RS-232
  • 55. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 23 RS-232 Host Types (continued) Wincor-Nixdorf RS-232 Mode A
  • 56. 2 - 24 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE RS-232 Host Types (continued) Wincor-Nixdorf RS-232 Mode B
  • 57. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 25 RS-232 Host Types (continued) Olivetti ORS4500
  • 58. 2 - 26 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE RS-232 Host Types (continued) Omron
  • 59. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 27 RS-232 Host Types (continued) OPOS/JPOS
  • 60. 2 - 28 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE RS-232 Host Types (continued) Fujitsu RS-232
  • 61. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 29 RS-232 Host Types (continued) CUTE 2
  • 62. 2 - 30 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE RS-232 Host Types (continued) RS-232 Host -NCR Variant Scan the bar code below to enable the NCR variant of the RS-232 host. IMPORTANT There are several parameter options available with the NCR variant for RS-232. Refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide, p/n 72E-172633-xx to manage the following NCR related parameters: NCR Variant • NCR Use Prefix • NCR Prefix • NCR Suffix • NCR Use BCC • NCR Interface.
  • 63. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 31 RS-232 Host Types (continued) RS-232 Host -Datalogic Variant Scan the bar code below to enable the Datalogic variant of the RS-232 host. Datalogic Variant
  • 64. 2 - 32 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE RS-232 Device Port Configuration Parameter # 1246 This option allows the user to select which devices to attach to the MP6000, and to which port they are attached. Scan the appropriate bar codes that follow to select the proper configuration. The available configurations are: • 0 = AUX 1 Sensormatic, and AUX 2 RS-232 Scanner (default) • 1 = AUX 1 Dual Cable Scale, and AUX 2 RS-232 Scanner • 2 = AUX 1 Sensormatic, and AUX 2 Dual Cable Scale • 4 = AUX 1 Third Party Scale, AUX 2 Sensormatic. For Zebra hand-held scanners, configure the auxiliary scanner for a standard RS-232 interface with a Baud Rate of 9600, 8 Data Bits, 1 Stop Bit, and No Parity. Refer to the Auxiliary Scanner Parameters section in the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide, p/n 72E-172633-xx. for alternate settings. Changes to this parameter do not take effect until the next power cycle (power cycling does not apply to 123Scan2). For that reason always remember to perform one of the functions below after scanning a device port parameter. • Cycle power to the scanner (disconnect, and re-connect scanner cable). or • Use the MP6000 Reset button (button combination to reboot the MP6000). When selecting any of the device port configuration options, ensure the devices connected to the MP6000 correctly match the devices defined for the option. For example, if option 1 is scanned, only a dual cable scale should be connected to the AUX 1 port, and an RS-232 scanner should be connected to the AUX 2 port. Turning on the MP6000 with connected devices that do not match the option can result in communication failures. To ensure successful operation the proper sequence for setting this option is as follows. 1. Power off the MP6000 (disconnect the power cable). 2. Disconnect all RS-232 devices (RS-232 scanner, Sensormatic, and/or dual cable scale). 3. Power on the MP6000(reconnect the power cable). 4. Scan the appropriate bar code option that matches the intended configuration. 5. Power off the MP6000. 6. Connect the appropriate devices. 7. Power on the MP6000.
  • 65. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 33 RS-232 Device Port Configuration (continued) *AUX 1 Sensormatic and AUX 2 RS-232 Scanner (00h)
  • 66. 2 - 34 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE RS-232 Device Port Configuration (continued) AUX 1 Dual Cable Scale and AUX 2 RS-232 Scanner (01h)
  • 67. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 35 RS-232 Device Port Configuration (continued) AUX 1 Sensormatic and AUX 2 Dual Cable Scale (02h)
  • 68. 2 - 36 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE RS-232 Device Port Configuration (continued) AUX 1 Third Party Scale, AUX 2 Sensormatic (04h)
  • 69. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 37 Third Party Scale Parameters Third Party Scale Parameter # 1294 Enable or disable Third Party Scale functionality. When disabled Third Party Scale LED Pin (parameter # 1295) and Third Party Scale Zero Pin (parameter # 1296) are ignored/overridden. (Also see Price Computational Scale Interface Circuit Drawing on page 2-13.) Options: • Enable Third Party Scale • *Disable Third Party Scale. Enable Third Party Scale (1)
  • 70. 2 - 38 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Third Party Scale (continued) * Disable Third Party Scale (0)
  • 71. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 39 Third Party Scale LED Pin Parameter # 1295 This parameter defines the polarity of the LED/Tare input pin that illuminates the scale LED. This parameter has no effect if Third Party Scale (parameter # 1294) is disabled. Options: • Active Low • *Active High. Active Low (0)
  • 72. 2 - 40 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Third Party Scale LED Pin (continued) *Active High (1)
  • 73. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 41 Third Party Scale Zero Pin Parameter # 1296 This parameter defines the polarity of the zero output pin when the Scale Zero button is pressed. This parameter has no effect if Third Party Scale (parameter # 1294) is disabled. Options: • Active Low • *Active High. Active Low (0)
  • 74. 2 - 42 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Third Party Scale Zero Pin (continued) *Active High (1)
  • 75. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 43 Connecting an IBM RS-485 Interface Connect the MP6000 directly to the host interface. POS 12V DC Figure 2-4 IBM RS-485 Connections To set up the MP6000: 1. Attach the modular connector of the IBM RS-485 interface cable to the POS interface port on the MP6000. 2. Connect the other end of the IBM RS-485 interface cable to the appropriate port on the host (typically Port 9). The unit should power up immediately upon connection. If not, wait for unit to power up. 3. Select the port address by scanning the appropriate bar code (refer to MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide, p/n 72E-172633-xx.). 4. If a scale is present in the unit, scan the appropriate scale port address (IBM Scale Port Addresses on page 2-49). 5. To modify any other parameter options, scan the appropriate bar codes in the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide, p/n 72E-172633-xx. 6. To prevent the IBM POS from configuring the MP6000, refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide for information about RS-485 and IBM USB configuration, beep, scale, and type directives. NOTE For a list of supported scanner functionality by communication protocol Appendix E, COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS. NOTE Older POS systems, and/or some retailers will require use of the external power supply PWRS-14000-148R. NOTE The only required configurations are the port addresses (IBM RS-485 port address, and a scale port address if the model has a scale), and type directives (see Step 6). The IBM system typically controls other MP6000 parameters.
  • 76. 2 - 44 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE IBM RS-485 Host Parameters IMPORTANT This chapter includes port address parameters only. For additional user preferences (including IBM Directives, refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx). To select the IBM RS-485 port used, scan one of the bar codes listed in Table 2-9. NOTE 1. Scanning one of these bar codes enables the RS-485 interface on the MP6000. 2. The port numbers in Table 2-9 are no longer physical ports on the IBM POS. . NOTE This guide includes limited parameter bar codes. For ALL MP6000 programming bar codes, refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx). Parameter Page Number IBM Port Addresses None Selected (default) 2-45 Hand-held Scanner Emulation (Port 9B) 2-46 Non-IBM Scanner Emulation (Port 5B) 2-47 Table-top Scanner Emulation (Port 17) 2-48 IBM Scale Port Addresses None Selected (default) 2-49 Port 6A 2-50 Port 6B 2-51 Port 6E 2-52 Table 2-9 IBM RS-485 Port Parameters
  • 77. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 45 IBM Port Addresses *None Selected
  • 78. 2 - 46 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE IBM Port Addresses (continued) Hand-held Scanner Emulation (Port 9B)
  • 79. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 47 IBM Port Addresses (continued) Non-IBM Scanner Emulation (Port 5B)
  • 80. 2 - 48 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE IBM Port Addresses (continued) Tabletop Scanner Emulation (Port 17)
  • 81. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 49 IBM Scale Port Addresses The scale port address must be configured for the scale to operate on the IBM RS-485 bus. The default is None Selected. *None Selected
  • 82. 2 - 50 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE IBM Scale Port Addresses (continued) Port 6A
  • 83. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 51 IBM Scale Port Addresses (continued) Port 6B
  • 84. 2 - 52 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE IBM Scale Port Addresses (continued) Port 6E
  • 85. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 53 Connector Pins RS-232 AUX 1 Pin # Signal/Name Direction Description 1 N/C N/A No Connection 2 5V Out RS-232 scanner 5VDC Supply* 3 GND N/A Signal Ground 4 TXD Out Serial TXD (±5.4V) 5 RXD In Serial RXD (±5.4V) 6 RTS Out Serial RTS (±5.4V) 7 CTS In Serial CTS (±5.4V) 8 (GEN II only) Scale LED In Indicates price computational scale has returned to zero - reflected in UI Scale Status LED (if enabled). I/O signals are 5V TTL. 9 (GEN II only) Scale Zero Out Zeros price computational scale when the Zero UI button is pressed (if enabled). I/O signals are 5V TTL. 10 (GEN II only) 12V/150mA Out Power output for price computational scale. Scale Display Port Pin # Signal/Name Direction Description 1 DEBUG_TXD Out Debug serial TX 2 5V Out Auxiliary 5V output * 3 TXD Out Scale Display serial TX (3.3V TTL) 4 RXD In Scale Display serial RX (3.3V TTL) 5 GND N/A Signal ground 6 DEBUG_RXD In Debug serial RX * The total combined current for the USB and RS-232 peripheral ports should be less than 750mA total auxiliary current. Each individual port should not exceed 500mA. Table 2-10 RJ-45 Table 2-11 RJ-11, Scale Display
  • 86. 2 - 54 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE RS-232 AUX 2 Pin # Signal/Name Direction Description 1 N/C N/A No connection 2 5V Out RS-232 scanner 5V supply * 3 GND N/A Signal ground 4 TXD Out Serial TXD (±5.4V) 5 RXD In Serial RXD (±5.4V) 6 RTS Out Serial RTS (±5.4V) 7 CTS In Serial CTS (±5.4V) 8 N/C N/A No connection 9 N/C N/A No connection 10 12V/150mA Out Output for auxiliary device. NOTE 150mA maximum available between both AUX 1 and AUX 2. * The total combined current for the USB and RS-232 peripheral ports should be less than 750mA total auxiliary current. Each individual port should not exceed 500mA. Checkpoint Interlock Pin # Signal/Name Direction Description 1 Interlock Out Checkpoint EAS Interlock (5V 4mA PNP collector out) 2 GND N/A Signal ground AUX A-B (Stacked USB Pin # Signal/Name Direction Description 1 5V Out USB 5V output * 2 D- Bidirectional USB D- 3 D+ Bidirectional USB D+ 4 GND N/A Signal ground * The total combined current for the USB and RS-232 peripheral ports should be less than 750mA total auxiliary current. Each individual port should not exceed 500mA. ) Table 2-12 RJ-45 Table 2-13 EAS Interlock Connector Table 2-14 Stacked USB Port
  • 87. HOST INTERFACES AND CABLE PINOUTS 2 - 55 POS Pin # Signal/Name Direction Description 1 DETECT Out USB cable detect output 2 5V In USB cable 5V detect input 3 GND N/A Signal ground 4 TXD/IBM-A Bidirectional Multiplexed serial TXD/IBM-A 5 RXD/D+ Bidirectional Multiplexed serial RXD/USB D+ 6 RTS/IBM-B Bidirectional Multiplexed serial RTS/IBM-B 7 CTS/USB D- Bidirectional Multiplexed serial CTS/USB D 8 DOWNLOAD In POS download 9 N/C N/A 10 12V In Terminal 12VDC to MP6000 (Power From Terminal) * * Terminal systems vary in power capabilities. Ensure your system power supply is capable of the MP6000 configuration power requirements. For terminals unable to support P.O.T., a 12V DC barrel jack is available for external power. 12V DC Pin # Signal/Name Direction Description 1 EXT 12V In Center pin: 12VDC (primary power) 2 GND N/A Barrel: signal ground NOTE An additional USB port is available in the front under the platter. All USB ports can be used for the USB staging flash drive. See Table 1-3 on page 1-14 and USB Staging Flash Drive on page 5-12 for additional information. Table 2-15 RJ-45, Primary POS Table 2-16 12V DC Jack, 2.5mm
  • 88. 2 - 56 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
  • 89. CHAPTER 3 SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION Overview The MP6000 was designed to drop into an existing bioptic checkstand cutout with no modifications. The unit is available in three industry standard sizes (for more detailed information, see Appendix B, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS): • Short - no scale available Length: 13.9 in. +0/-.05 in. (353.0 mm) Width: 11.5 in. +0/-.05 in. (292.0 mm) • Medium - with or without scale Length: 15.7 in. +0/-.05 in. (399.0 mm) Width: 11.5 in. +0/-.05 in. (292.0 mm) • Long - with or without scale Length: 20.0 in. +0/-.05 in. (508.0 mm) Width: 11.5 in. +0/-.05 in. (292.0 mm)
  • 90. 3 - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Site Preparation Ventilation and Spacing Requirements The scanner/scale housing was designed to provide adequate space for ventilation and drainage for spills. Figure 3-1 shows the drainage holes, under the platter, for possible spills that may occur when scanning/weighing items. Checkstand ventilation may be required to ensure the MP6000 temperature limits are not exceeded. If forced air ventilation is used, it must not pass through the MP6000 as this can produce an unstable weighing environment. The ambient air temperature inside the checkstand, adjacent to the device, must not exceed 104°F (40°C). MP6000 Top View (Drainage/Ventilation Holes on Both Sides) MP6000 Side View (Drainage/Ventilation Holes on Both Sides) Figure 3-1 Drainage/Ventilation Holes Service Access Requirements The MP6000 was engineered to allow performance of all routine service and maintenance (including scale zeroing, and calibration) without removing the scanner from the counter. Service must be performed by a Zebra Certified Repair Provider who has completed the Service Repair Training course, and (if applicable) the Scale Calibration Training course. For MP6200 and MP6500 scanner/scales, depending on the region of installation, a certified Weights & Measures technician is required to place the device in trade before using, and after certain repairs. IMPORTANT This guide does not encompass all factors related to worker safety and check stand design. It does offer a list of considerations which may be helpful in ensuring greater safety and productivity.
  • 91. SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 3 Electrical Power Considerations The MP6000 may be powered from two different sources: • POS Equipment • IBM register with powered Port 9B interface (using p/n CBA-M51-S16PAR accessory cable) • NCR POS with powered RS-232 interface (using p/n CBA-R55-S16PAR accessory cable) • Any register with powered USB interface - 12V only (using p/n CBA-U52-S16PAR accessory cable) • AC/DC power cube (using p/n PWRS-140000-148R) with IEC style modular line cord. 4.3 in.(+/- 0.01) 110.0 mm (+/- 0.25) 2.4in.(+/-0.01) 62.0mm(+/-0.25) 1.2in.(+/-0.01) 62.0mm(+/-0.25) Figure 3-2 Power Supply If using the AC/DC accessory power supply, a 115V/230V outlet must be available in the checkstand near the scanner. Grounding All POS equipment should be properly grounded, and only a three prong IEC style line cord should be used with the AC/DC accessory power supply. If you are unsure how to verify proper ground of equipment in the checkstand ask a qualified electrician to review the equipment installation. NOTE In an effort to eliminate a possible safety hazard all metal parts of a metal checkstand must be electrically grounded.
  • 92. 3 - 4 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Checkstand Preparation If the MP6000 is not replacing an old bioptic device, and you are installing for the first time into a new checkstand, verify that the area allows for proper cabling, and an AC/DC power supply. Mounting may require installation of support(s), leveling screws, and peripheral devices. See Counter Cutout on page 3-5 for more details about the location and preparation of the opening. Figure 3-3 Preparing the Checkstand Liquid Spills and Moisture Select a checkstand design which allows fluids to flow through, and directs liquids and moisture build up away from any electronic equipment or storage areas. Should a liquid spill occur, ensure that moisture can flow through the checkstand without pooling. The power supply should be away from any area where spills may occur. Vertical Clearance For all configurations of the MP6000, the maximum height above the platter is 5.1 in.; the maximum depth below the platter is 4.08 in. Tools No tools are required to install a MP6000 without a scale, or a Checkpoint antenna. The following tools are required to mount the Scale Display: • Ruler (or similar measuring device) • Pencil (or similar measuring device) • Drill • 2.4 mm (3/32 in.) diameter drill bit (to make screw holes where display is to be mounted) • 19 mm (3/4 in.) diameter drill bit (to make cable pass through hole where display is to be mounted) • #2 Phillips screwdriver. If the optional leveling screws are used on a small or medium MP6000, a Phillips or flat blade screwdriver is needed. IMPORTANT The long (20.0 in./50.2 cm) versions are not available with leveling screws. The checkstand should provide for two leveling screws under the front and rear of the MP6000. The medium (15.7 in./39.9 cm) and short (13.9 in./35.3 cm) MP6000 models have available accessory kits for standard and long leveling screws.
  • 93. SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 5 Counter Cutout There are three different MP6000 models: long, medium, and short. Prior to cutting the counter opening, ensure you have the dimensions for the scanner/scale being installed (see Figure 3-30, Figure 3-34, and Figure 3-38). The counter cutout size should reflect the model (also see page 3-31 for installation information). Ergonomics Ensure the installation is designed for maximum comfort, efficiency, safety, and ease of use. Allow items to be directed within easy reach, and a scanning area requiring no lifting or special orientation of items.
  • 94. 3 - 6 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Installing Components The MP6000 can be installed with or without the following options: • Scale and Scale Display (depending on Weights and Measure regulatory jurisdictions, a Scale Display may be required for units with a scale) • Checkpoint EAS antenna • Sensormatic EAS coil antennae and RS-232 cabling • CSS • AUX hand-held scanners. Quick Reference Installation Steps 1. Remove the existing bioptic scanner, and accessories (page 3-7). 2. Unpack the MP6000, and accessories (page 3-7). 3. Assemble the dual head Scale Display, if applicable (page 3-9). 4. Install the Scale Display, if applicable (page 3-12). 5. Connect the cables (page 3-15). 6. Install CSS, if applicable (page 3-16). 7. Install the MP6000/scale in the checkstand (page 3-25). 8. Power up the MP6000 (page 3-34). 9. Lower and level the MP6000 in the checkstand (page 3-31). 10. Calibrate the scale, if applicable (see Chapter 4, SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY). 11. Install Sensormatic coil, if applicable (page 3-34). 12. Install Checkpoint antenna, if applicable (page 3-37). 13. Install the MP6000 trim kit, if applicable (page 3-38). NOTE This only applies when adding a second display head to a single Scale Display.
  • 95. SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 7 Remove Existing Bioptic Scanner and Accessories If you are replacing existing equipment, follow these step to remove the old unit: 1. Ensure the POS is logged off, and the drawer was cleared by the store personnel. This varies by location. Some IT Departments may require the POS to be completely shut down. 2. Unplug the current bioptic scanner from its power supply. 3. Prior to removing cables, make a note of the current cable runs. 4. Remove all cables connected to the bioptic scanner. Do not cut cables if you are using, or selling the old equipment. 5. If applicable, unplug the current hand-held device from its power supply, and disconnect it from the current bioptic scanner/host. a. If reusing the hand-held device, leave its cable runs intact. b. If the hand-held device was attached to the bioptic scanner with an RS-232 cable, a new cable and a new hand-held device configuration is required. 6. If a Sensormatic connection is present, there are two cables to be aware of: a. The large cable to the coils/antennas - disconnect from the current bioptic but leave in place. b. The RS-232 cable to the Sensormatic controller communications port - use its run to assist replacing it. 7. If a Scale Display is present: a. Make a note of how the current display was mounted and determine if the current placement can accommodate the new Scale Display. Adjustments to the layout, and cable run may be required. b. Unplug the old Scale Display power. c. Remove it from the checkstand. d. Remove its cables. e. Remove the Scale Display. 8. Remove the existing bioptic scanner. Unpacking MP6000 Equipment To unpack equipment: 1. Remove all components from their packaging, and check that all parts are present. Each box includes the material listed in Table 3-1. Each of the items listed is contained in separate packaging within the box and is recognizable as a discrete item. Power cables, host to scanner communications cables, leveling screws, and trim filler kit are all sold separately in kits. Table 3-1 MP6000 Box Contents Description Part Number MP6000 w/o Platter MP6xx0-xx000M010xx Platter 22-159817-xxx Checkpoint Antenna 10-162248-xx Regulatory Guide 72-171321-xx NOTE An optional Scale Display, p/n MX201-SR00004ZZWR, is available separately for scale models only.
  • 96. 3 - 8 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE 2. For added protection during shipment, the MP6000 platter is covered with a tight fitting layer of plastic as shown in Figure 3-4. This plastic layer must be removed before placing the unit into service. (In the case of a scale model, just before scale calibration; and, in case of a non-scale model, as the final step of installation) Figure 3-4 Platter Protector 3. Keep the packing (it is the approved shipping container, and should be used if the MP6000 needs to be returned for servicing), or dispose of the packing in an environmentally sensitive manner. Pre-Installation Notes • If a Scale Display is included, it is recommended to mount it in an appropriate location, preferably where the old display was mounted. The cable should be routed through the checkstand. • If the unit includes a scale, scale calibration is required. • If the unit includes EAS Sensormatic: • its coils require installation • the large Sensormatic cable should be threaded from the controller box to the coils • The Sensormatic RS-232 cable should be connected to the unit. • If EAS Checkpoint is required, unravel the Checkpoint antenna and ensure a Checkpoint representative connects the device to the controller. • If EAS Checkpoint with interlock is used, connect the interlock cable to the MP6000. • All accessories (hand-held scanner, CSS, etc.) require connections. CAUTION Do not use a sharp object to remove the protector. Doing so can damage the platter.
  • 97. SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 9 Assemble the Dual Head Scale Display Required Tools • Phillips head screw driver. To convert a single display to a double display: 1. The second Scale Display head ships with a cable (already fitted), pole grip, two M3 x 12 self tapping Phillips screws, and a set of four display overlays. Figure 3-5 Second Scale Display 2. Remove the adhesive backing of the required overlay, and carefully secure it in place on the front face of the new display. 3. Remove the four securing screws from the rear of the existing display before removing the front of the existing display, complete with LCD and PCB. Figure 3-6 Dismantling Existing Display NOTE This only applies when adding a second display head to a single display. Pole Grip NOTE The new overlay must contain exactly the same information as the existing display.
  • 98. 3 - 10 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE 4. Remove the circular cap from the existing display and either discard, or keep it as a spare part. Figure 3-7 Removing Circular Cap 5. Connect the cable from the new display to the RJ-11 port marked “To Slave” on the PCB in the existing (single head) display. 6. Place the short pole extension of the new display into the vacant slot in the rear cover of the existing display. Figure 3-8 Short Pole Extension Figure 3-9 Rotation Limiting Tab NOTE There is a rotation limiting tab on the top and bottom surfaces of the pole extension (see Figure 3-9). These need to be fitted one side or the other of the mating projection in the rear cover. If not, there may be difficulty replacing the existing front cover.
  • 99. SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 11 7. Secure in place using the pole grip and two M3 x 12 self tapping screws supplied. These are Phillips screw heads. Figure 3-10 Secure in Place 8. Replace the case back of the existing (original single-head) display using the four M3 x 18 self tapping screws (removed earlier).
  • 100. 3 - 12 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Install the Scale Display When installing the optional Scale Display, consider both the cashier and customer’s viewing angle. Both must see the weight value displayed. 3.0 in 75.0 mm 2.3 in 58.0 mm 4.5 in/115.0 mm 0.6 in 15.0 mm 3.1in 77.5 mm 6.1 in 155.0 mm 10.7 in 272.0 mm 290 o Figure 3-11 Single Scale Display - Dimensions; Display Rotates Independently (Approximately 290 o)
  • 101. 2.8 in 70.0 mm 15.5in 394.0mm 10.5in 267.0mm 3.0 in 75.0 mm 6.1 in 155.0 mm 2.3 in 3.1 in 77.5 mm 2.3 in 57.5 mm 290 o SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 13 Figure 3-12 Dual Scale Display - Dimensions; Display Rotates Independently (Approximately 290 o )
  • 102. 0.75 in. (19 mm) 3.62 in. (92 mm) 4.53 in. (115 mm) 1.57 in. (40 mm) 3 - 14 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Figure 3-13 Scale Display - Base Install Template Getting Started For an existing Scale Display from an old scanner: • Unscrew the unit, disconnect its cable from scanner, then remove the unit and cables. • In same location, (or in a new location as specified by the retailer and/or local weights and measures law) replace with the Zebra Scale Display. For a new installation: • Identify the location to install the Scale Display. Identify the location to place the Scale Display based on counter design and viewing angle. Place the unit where it cannot impede access to scanned items being swept over the MP6000, payment terminals, printer validation and paper roll slots, access to replace consumables (rolls) etc. NOTE BOTH cashier and customer need to see the weight value displayed. • Drill the required holes where the display is to be mounted (see the template, Figure 3-13). a. The 19 mm (3/4 in.) diameter hole is optional, to be used as a through hole for the cable pass-through. b. The other two holes are pilot holes for the mounting screws and should be made to a diameter of 2.4 mm (3/32 in.) and a depth of 25 mm (.98 in.). See the template for hole spacing. NOTE When printing this template ensure the Page Scaling option is set to None, or a setting that allows printing the actual size. NOTE The cable can also be routed on top of the counter via the notch in the base of the display. See the template for hole spacing.
  • 103. SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 15 Installing 1. Unpack the new Scale Display from its packaging. 2. Place the proper Scale Display faceplate on the display. a. Fit the correct label on the Scale Display window. Select an overlay to ensure the proper weight units (kg or lb) that are required and parameters EXACTLY match the scale parameters printed on the scale Weights and Measures label. Depending on the unit, and the country location, labels vary. You MUST match the label to the type of MP6000 scale you are installing. (Labels, and instructions for their use, are packaged with the Scale Display.) • kg single interval • lb single interval • kg dual interval • lb dual interval • other models as released over time, e.g. Portuguese for Brazil, etc. b. Remove adhesive backing and carefully secure on the front face of the display. 3. Route the cable through the 19 mm hole in the countertop, or route the cable out through the notch in the base of the display. 4. Fasten the Scale Display to the countertop. a. Place and align the display over the countertop screw holes. b. Place two screws through each screw hole in the base of the display. c. Drive both screws into the counter until tight. d. Route the cable accordingly and connect the Scale Display cable to port 0.0 Scale Display on the MP6000 BEFORE powering up the scanner/scale (see Figure 1-3 on page 1-10). 5. Power on the MP6000. On power up, the Scale Display presents the following test sequence: a. Displays 00.000 for 1.5 seconds; then displays 99.999 for 1.5 seconds. b. Displays xx.xx0 lb or xx.xxx kg (based on the units selected) in normal operating mode. Cables and Connections When routing the power and interface cables for the MP6000: • Do not route interface cables in close proximity to electrical motors or other sources of electromagnetic interference. • Cables can drop directly from their connectors on the scanner, or, alternatively, can be routed along the scanner's side to the back. • Connect the power cable to the MP6000 before plugging the AC power cord into the AC outlet. NOTE The notch is usually located towards the rear, where it is less visible.
  • 104. 3 - 16 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Install the Customer Side Scanner (MX101) The MX101 is an optional modular unit that fits into a modified MP6000 tower and is used for customer scanning. The unit can be installed on either the left or right side of the MP6000. Remove all hardware from the packaging. The packaging contains the MX101 scan module and window; MP6000 modified rear tower; USB cable; and MX101 identification label (Regulatory Guide; instructions to affix the label on the MP6000; and installation instructions not shown). Scan Module and Window Tower USB Cable Identification Label Figure 3-14 Parts of the MX101
  • 105. SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 17 Installing the MX101 on the Customer’s Right Side (Default) of the Tower Cover To install the MX101 on the customer’s right side (default) of the MP6000: 1. Remove the MP6000 tower bezel by squeezing inward on both the left and right sides of the lower part of the tower bezel, pushing its side snaps to disengage. Slide the tower bezel up and lift out. Figure 3-15 Removing the MP6000 Tower Bezel 2. Remove the MP6000 rear tower cover by gently pulling outwards on the tabs on either side; then slide the tower cover back to remove. Figure 3-16 Removing the MP6000 Tower Cover Squeeze Inward Tower Bezel Tab(s) (on each side)
  • 106. 3 - 18 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE 3. After removing the tower cover, ensure the speaker wire ferrite is in the correct position, behind the tabs as shown in Figure 3-17. Failure to properly route the wire may cause the wire to pinch when the tower cover is replaced. Figure 3-17 Speaker Wire Ferrite Placement 4. Determine the side of the MP6000 to which the MX101 should be installed. The default is the customer’s right side (the side of the MX101 tower cover already open for the scan module to be inserted). 5. Remove the scan window cover from the CSS tower by squeezing the snaps shown below. The snaps are squeezed from inside the tower cover. Figure 3-18 Removing the Scan Window Cover NOTE See Installing the MX101 on the Customer’s Left Side of the Tower Cover on page 3-22 to install the scan module on the customer’s left side of the tower cover. Ferrite tabs Snaps
  • 107. SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 19 6. Insert the scan module into place facing out of the opening of the CSS tower cover. Ensure the grommets on the scan module align with the sockets in the tower cover, and push into place. Figure 3-19 Inserting the Scan Module 7. Snap the scan window cover into place on the tower, over the CSS scan window. Figure 3-20 Snapping the Scan Window Cover in Place Scan Module CSS Tower Cover Grommets (3) Grommet Sockets (3) Module Installed NOTE Ensure you hear and feel three distinct snaps: one for each snap mechanism (lower, front, rear), to ensure a snug fit in the rear tower.
  • 108. 3 - 20 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE 8. Connect the USB cable to the top USB auxiliary port (recommended) on the MP6000. Route the cable into the side cable slots as shown. Figure 3-21 Connecting the USB Cable Top USB Auxiliary Port Side Cable Slots
  • 109. SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 21 9. Route the cable, looping through the right side cable slots as shown in Figure 3-22. (Cable wire should be tight.) Figure 3-22 Routing the Cable 10. Connect the cable to the micro USB port at the bottom of the CSS scan module. Ensure the cable is clipped into the scan module plastic cable clip directly below the USB port. Figure 3-23 Connecting the Cable Cable Slots Service Loop Cable Slots NOTE The path through the cable slots is not intuitive. Send the cable towards the left of the tower (as shown) even though the CSS module is on the right. (Take up all the slack outside the MP6000 chassis so the CSS cable cannot be pinched by the checkstand.) Micro USB Port Service Loop Scan Module Cable Clip
  • 110. 3 - 22 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE 11. Slide the CSS tower cover back into place. Ensure the cable service loop folds up into the blank space in the CSS tower cover, on the opposite side from the scan module. Snaps should click together. When the tower cover is replaced, the module locks into the grommet compression ribs on the MP6000 inner tower. Figure 3-24 Replacing the Tower Cover 12. Replace MP6000 tower bezel. Snap down into place. Figure 3-25 Replacing the MP6000 Tower Bezel Installing the MX101 on the Customer’s Left Side of the Tower Cover To install the MX101 on the left side of the MP6000:
  • 111. SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 23 1. Push out the CSS blank side cover on the left side of the CSS tower cover, and replace the cover into the opening on the right side of the tower cover. Figure 3-26 Removing the Side Cover 2. Repeat steps 1, 2, and 4 from Installing the MX101 on the Customer’s Right Side (Default) of the Tower Cover on page 3-17. 3. Insert the scan module into place facing out of the left side opening of the CSS tower cover. Ensure the grommets on the scan module align with the sockets in the tower cover, and push into place. 4. Snap the scan window cover into place on the tower, over the scan window. (See page 3-19 for diagrams.) 5. Connect the USB cable to the top USB port (recommended) on the MP6000 and route the cable through the side cable slots shown in step 8 on page 3-20.
  • 112. 3 - 24 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE 6. Route the cable, looping through the left side cable slots as shown below. Figure 3-27 Routing the Cable 7. Connect the cable to the micro USB port on the bottom of the scan module. Ensure the cable is clipped into the scan module plastic directly below the USB port. (See step 10 on page 3-21 for illustration.) 8. Slide the CSS tower cover back into place. Ensure the cable service loop folds up into the blank space in the CSS tower cover, on the opposite side of the scan module. Snaps should click together. When the tower cover is replaced, the module locks into the grommet compression ribs on the MP6000. 9. Replace MP6000 tower bezel. Snap down into place. Affixing the Identification Label IMPORTANT Before you install the MX101, affix the identification label under the MP6000 platter, as shown in Figure 3-29. Failure to affix the identification label to the MP6000 voids the MX101 warranty. Peel the label from its backing. xxxxxxxxxxx Figure 3-28 Peel Off Backing Cable Slots for Left Side Installation Scan Module Cable Clip NOTE The path through the cable slots is not intuitive. Send the cable towards the right of the tower (as shown) even though the CSS module is on the left. (Take up all the slack outside the MP6000 chassis so the CSS cable cannot be pinched by the checkstand.)
  • 113. SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 25 Affix the label to the indentation under the MP6000 platter. MP6000 (under platter) xxxxxxxxxxx Figure 3-29 Affix Label Install the MP6000 /Scale Ensure all components of the MP6000/scale (if applicable) and cables are ready to install (see Unpacking MP6000 Equipment on page 3-7). Checkstand Counter Cutouts and MP6000 Dimensions There are three different sets of dimensions for counter cutouts, based on the MP6000 model being installed. After cutting the edges should be clean and straight, with all burrs and splinters removed. The MP6000 is 11.5 in. wide. If replacing a pre-existing scanner in a checkstand that is 12 in. wide, we recommend a Trim Filler Kit to fill-in the gap in the checkstand (see Trim Kit Installation (If Required) on page 3-38). The MP6000 is 4 in. deep. If replacing a pre-existing 5 in. deep short or medium scanner, you must use the 1 in. longer leveling screw kit (p/n MX302-SR00004ZZWR). This will bring the platter up to the countertop level.
  • 114. 1.75 in. +/- .25 in. 44.6 mm +/- 6.6 mm Support Rails 1.75 in. +/- .25 in. 44.6 mm +/- 6.6 mm 3 - 26 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Cutout/Dimensions - MP6000 Short Figure 3-30 MP6000 - Short Unit (No Scale) Counter Cutout Figure 3-31 MP6000 - Short Unit (No Scale) Front View Dimensions 14.03 in. +/- 0.06 in. 356.2 mm +/- 1.5 mm 14.03 in. +/- 0.06 in. 356.2 mm +/- 1.5 mm 11.63 in. +/- 0.06 in. 295.3 mm +/- 1.5 mm Max R 0.25 in. 6.35 mm 2x Cashier Side Optional Leveling Feet Locations Max 0.25 in. 6.4 mm Max 4.0 in. 101.6 mm IMPORTANT Use the support rails as shown, and not a shelf. If liquid spills it pools on a shelf.
  • 115. 13.90 in. 353.1 mm 11.50 in. 292.2 mm 5.1 in. 128.5 mm 4.00 in. 101.6 mm 14.03 in. +/- 0.06 in. 356.2 mm +/- 1.5 mm (Counter Opening) Optional leveling screw kit MX301-SR00004ZZWR SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 27 Cutout/Dimensions - MP6000 Short (continued) Figure 3-32 MP6000 - Short Unit (No Scale) Top View Dimensions Figure 3-33 MP6000 - Short Unit (No Scale) Side View Dimensions
  • 116. 1.75 in. +/- 0.25 in. 44.5 mm +/- 6.6 mm 1.75 in. +/- 0.25 in. 44.5 mm +/- 6.6 mm Support Rails 3 - 28 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Cutout/Dimensions - MP6000 Medium Figure 3-34 MP6000 - Medium Unit Counter Cutout Figure 3-35 MP6000 - Medium Unit Front View Dimensions 1.75 in. +/- .25 in. 44.6 mm +/- 6.6 mm 15.83 in. +/- 0.06 in. 402 mm +/- 1.5 mm 1.75 in. +/- .25 in. 44.6 mm +/- 6.6 mm Max R0 .25 in. 6.35 mm 2X Cashier Side 11.63 in. +/- 0.06 in. 295.3 mm +/- 1.5 mm Max 4.00 in. 101.6 mm Optional Leveling Feet Locations Max 2.00 in. 50.8 mm IMPORTANT Use the support rails as shown, and not a shelf. If liquid spills it pools on a shelf.
  • 117. 15.66 in. 397.8 mm 11.50 in. 292.2 mm SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 29 Cutout/Dimensions - MP6000 Medium (continued) Figure 3-36 MP6000 - Medium Unit Side View Dimensions Figure 3-37 MP6000 - Medium Unit Top View Dimensions 5.1 in. 128.5 mm Counter Opening 4.00 in. 101.6 mm 15.83 in. +/- 0.06 in. 402 mm +/- 1.5 mm Optional leveling screw kit MX301-SR00004ZZWR or MX302-SR00004ZZWR
  • 118. 3 - 30 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Cutout/Dimensions - MP6000 Long Figure 3-38 MP6000 - Long Unit Counter Cutout Figure 3-39 MP6000 - Long Unit Side View Dimensions 11.63 in. +/- 0.06 in. 295.3 mm +/- 1.5 mm Min 0.75 in. - Max 1.65 in. Min 19.1 mm - Max 42.0 mm Typical Checkstand Leveling Screw Locations Max 18.63 in. 473.1 mm Min 0.75 in. - Max 1.22 in. Min 19.1 mm - Max 31.0 mm (Cashier Side) 20.13 in. +/- 0.06 in. 511.2 mm +/- 1.5 mm 0.38 in. +/- 0.03 in. 9.5 mm +/- 0.8 mm 20.13 in. +/- 0.06 in. 511.2 mm +/- 1.5 mm (Counter Opening) 5.1 in. 128.5 mm (Counter to Top of Unit) 4.00 in. 101.6 mm Max 18.63 in. 473.1 mm 0.38 in. +/- 0.03 in. 9.5 mm +/- 0.8 mm NOTE The countertop, after routing, must have sufficient strength to support the scanner and the loads placed on top of it. If the countertop is not strong enough, add strengthening supports underneath the countertop as required
  • 119. SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 31 Cutout/Dimensions - MP6000 Long (continued) Figure 3-40 MP6000 - Long Unit Top View Dimensions To install the MP6000: 1. Ensure the following items were completed: a. Existing scanner and accessories were removed, if applicable. See Remove Existing Bioptic Scanner and Accessories on page 3-7. b. Cables were connected and routed. See Cables and Connections on page 3-15. c. The Scale Display was installed, if applicable. See Install the Scale Display on page 3-12. d. CSS was installed, if applicable. See Install the Customer Side Scanner (MX101) on page 3-16. e. Sensormatic coil, or Checkpoint EAS antenna was installed, if applicable. See Install Sensormatic Coils on page 3-34, or Install Checkpoint Antenna on page 3-37. 2. Verify checkstand dimensions shown in Figure 3-30, Figure 3-34, and Figure 3-38, respectively. 3. Lower scanner in checkstand as follows. a. Remove the platter to access the front handle of the device (see Installing/Removing the Long Scale Platter on page 5-8). b. To grasp the MP6000 to lower it into the checkstand, use the support handle on the back of the tower cover together with the front part of the scale, or the handle in the front flange area (if installing the long model). See Figure on page 3-32. 11.50 in. 292.2 mm 20.0 in. 506.9 mm
  • 120. 3 - 32 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Figure 3-41 Lowering the Short, Medium, Long MP6000 into the Counter c. Replace the platter. d. Ensure the device is seated properly - see (i) for Long and (ii) for Medium and Short i. Long MP6000: The long MP6000 should not rock on the checkstand's adjustable supports (screws), and the platter must be flush with the surrounding checkstand. If the MP6000 rocks, remove it, and adjust the checkstand supports (screws). If the MP6000 still rocks, continue to remove the device and adjust the supports until it sits solidly in the checkstand. When the platter is flush, its leading edge should be slightly below the checkstand, and the trailing edge should be slightly above the checkstand. Short Unit Medium Unit Long Unit Counter Under Counter Foot Rest Under Counter Foot Rest
  • 121. SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 33 To ensure smooth scanning, ensure the platter is in place, take a steel can (e.g., a soup can), turn it over so the harsher seam is facing down, and slide the can over the platter in the standard scanning direction. The can must not catch on the checkstand, or the platter when swept across all sections of the platter, in the correct direction. For the long MP6000, secure the screws in place with lock nuts. ii. Medium MP6000 and short (shelf mount) MP6000: If the platter is not flush, or the MP6000 rocks, adjust the optional leveling screws to place the device at the correct height. This can be done from the top of the MP6000, with the tower bezel removed and the tower cover slightly pushed back. Figure 3-42 Adjusting Leveling Screws When the platter is flush, its leading edge should be slightly below the checkstand, and the trailing edge should be slightly above the checkstand. Leveling Screw Holes Under Platter Leveling Screw Holes Under Bezel Medium UnitShort Unit Leveling Screw Holes Under Bezel Leveling Screw Holes Under Bezel Leveling Screw Holes Under Platter Leveling Screw Holes Under Platter IMPORTANT Leveling screws are an optional accessory for medium size models (15.7 in./39.8 cm) and short size models (13.9 in./35.3 cm) and can be ordered separately. Accessory kit MX301-SR00004ZZWR contains four standard-length screws, and accessory kit MX302-SR00004ZZWR contains four extra-length screws which will protrude 1"-inch (25 mm) below the bottom of the unit. See Figure 1-5 on page 1-11 for the installation location of these screws and for the locations of access holes for turning the screws from above.
  • 122. 3 - 34 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE To ensure smooth scanning, replace the platter, take a steel can (like a soup can), turn it over so the harsher seam is facing down, and slide the can over the platter in the standard scanning direction. The can must not catch on the checkstand or the platter when swept across all sections of the platter, in the correct direction. 4. Route all cables through the checkstand as shown in Figure 3-3. 5. Connect all cables to the MP6000 and POS, as needed (e.g., scale, Scale Display, Checkpoint antennas, or Sensormatic coils, POS, CSS, etc.). 6. Power up the MP6000. Upon power up, the MP6000 verifies that all sub-systems, and auxiliary devices are operational. If a fault condition exists, an error condition displays on the 7-segment display, and the startup sequence halts. Power cycling is required after rectifying the problem. (See General Error and Warning Codes on page A-5) If a scale is present, warm-up time for the scale is 15 minutes (assuming room the temperature is 70° F/20° C). Install Sensormatic Coils The horizontal antenna is installed below the platter, on the middle housing, affixed to the housing with screws. The vertical antenna is installed behind the vertical glass, also affixed to the scanner with screws. The coil tail wires (with connectors) should be properly routed alongside the scanner to which the Sensormatic controller box lead can connect.To install the Sensormatic coils: 1. Remove the MP6000 platter.Disconnect power to the MP6000. 2. Remove the MP6000 tower bezel by squeezing inward on both the left and right sides of the lower part of the tower bezel, pushing its side snaps to disengage. Slide the tower bezel up and lift out. (See Figure 3-15 on page 3-17.) Figure 3-43 Sensormatic Coil Screw Holes (Platter and Tower Bezel Removed) 3. Install the horizontal coil first: IMPORTANT Most accessories (scale, Scale Display, Checkpoint interlock, Sensormatic coils, Sensormatic RS-232 cable, CSS, and auxiliary RS-232 scanners) must be installed and connected to the MP6000 prior to applying power to the MP6000. Vertical Sensormatic Coil Screw Bosses (#6) Horizontal Sensormatic Coil Screw Bosses (#6)
  • 123. SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 35 a. Grasp the wide end of the coil, angling it towards the tower. b. Insert the coil straight in and under the tower until it stops. c. Once in, rotate the coil down around the horizontal window. Figure 3-44 Installing the Horizontal Coil 4. Install the vertical coil: a. Unplug the USB cap (see Staging USB Flash Drive Cap/Port on page 1-11) and move out of the way (it may interfere with the coil during this installation). b. Position the coil in front of, and centered around the vertical window. c. Push it straight back until the top of the coil rests against the stops. Figure 3-45 Installing the Vertical Coil d. Replace the USB cap. USB Cap (remove prior to installing vertical coil) Installed Horizontal Coil
  • 124. 3 - 36 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE e. Secure each coil with two screws (see Figure 3-43 on page 3-34). 5. Route the coil wires through the key hole on the side of the MP6000 for connection to the controller box. Leave the wires free, under the MP6000, for a Sensormatic representative to make the connection to the controller. Figure 3-46 Routing the Coil Through the Key Hole 6. Replace the MP6000 tower bezel. 7. Replace the MP6000 platter. 8. Connect the Interlock cable (supplied by Sensormatic) to the J7, or J5 port. Horizontal Sensorrmatic Cable Pinch Point NOTE The Interlock cable is one of the free cables noted in Step 5.
  • 125. SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 37 Install Checkpoint Antenna The Checkpoint EAS single axis wire loop antenna should be looped around the middle housing of the MP6000, under the platter, and should route through the pinch points as shown in Figure 3-47. There is no vertical antenna. (See Scale Cable Channel on page 1-10 for cable assembly routing.) The antenna leads, with partly-stripped ends, should be routed as pictured, hanging several inches below the MP6000 so that the Checkpoint controller lead wires can tie into the antenna. A cable with two additional leads is available to support Interlock features. The Interlock cable assembly part number is CB000002A01, orderable as CBA-A54-S01EAR (includes a connector, and a pigtail for Checkpoint). Contact your local Checkpoint representative to install the EAS cable to the Checkpoint System. Refer to the Checkpoint device documentation for details about its functionality. Installed Checkpoint Antenna Pinch Points Figure 3-47 Checkpoint Antenna Installation WARNING! If the checkpoint antenna is not sitting completely below its routing features it can cause issues with scale functionality.
  • 126. 3 - 38 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Trim Kit Installation (If Required) The MX303-SR00004ZZWR trim kit can be used to modify the long MP6000/scale to fit into a counter cut-out previously occupied by a 12 in. wide NCR scanner/scale. The trim can be mounted on either side of the MP6000. It should be installed in the downstream side of the conveying goods. The trim adds 0.5 in. (1.2 cm) to the width of the MP6000. The kit includes one metal trim, and two Phillips head screws (M4 x 8mm). To install the trim: 1. Insert the two screws provided in the rail. 2. Orient the adapter as shown in the illustration. Figure 3-48 Orient the Adapter 3. Attach the side rail to the MP6000, and tighten using a Phillips head screwdriver. Figure 3-49 Attach the Adapter
  • 127. SITE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION 3 - 39 MP6000 Mounting Frame (If Required) Figure 3-50 Installing the Mounting Frame 1 2 3
  • 128. 3 - 40 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
  • 129. CHAPTER 4 SCALECALIBRATION(MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) Overview This chapter describes how to calibrate the scale in the MP6000, and how to program its features. The parameter bar codes included in this chapter are listed in Table 4-1. NOTE All scanner programming bar codes and additional scale parameter bar codes are located in the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx). Parameter Parameter Number Parameter Name (* = Default) Page Number Legal Scale Units 995 Kilograms (default) 4-13 Pounds 4-14 Scale Display Configuration 986 Disable Scale Display (default) 4-16 Enable Scale Display 4-15 Legal Scale Dampening Filter 996 Higher Vibration Sensitivity 4-17 Low Vibration Sensitivity (default) 4-18 Very Low Vibration Sensitivity 4-19 Ultra Low Vibration Sensitivity 4-20 Table 4-1 Scale Parameters in this Chapter
  • 130. 4 - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Scale Calibration Procedure (Scanner/Scale Configurations Only) Follow the steps below to calibrate the scale. NOTES 1. The 30 second timer, or 90 second timer for Firmware versions before 3.4 (see Identifying Firmware Version), resets after each successful stage of the calibration procedure (not applicable at the Step 5 - Calibration Success or Failure stage). 2. If a Scale Display is unavailable, the internal 7-segment one character display can be used as a user interface to prompt a user through the steps of the scale calibration procedure. 3. The scale can be calibrated without a Scale Display. However, if a Scale Display is used Enable Scale Display Configuration (page 4-15) must be scanned to enable the display and its port. The default Scale Display configuration is: Disabled. 4. The MP6000 scanner/scale must remain powered for a minimum of 15 minutes after a cold power start prior to performing the calibration procedure. Scale Configurations IMPORTANT The MP6000 platter can be removed to see the model number of the scale. The model number is printed on a label affixed to the right side of the bottom bar of the scale’s U frame. The last two digits in the model number define the scale’s configuration (see Table 4-2). Identifying Firmware Version A new Calibration Entry Method is required for Firmware Version 3.4 and later. To determine the firmware version on the scanner, depress and continue to hold the EAS button. The scanner firmware version number displays on the internal 7-segment display. The existing Calibration Entry Method should be used for firmware version prior to firmware version 3.4. 5. At any time during the calibration process: if the units of measure are modified (e.g., lb to kg), and a 90 second timeout is completed, the Scale Display flashes CAL and the 7-segment display has a U14 warning code (indicating Scale Out of Calibration). Table 4-2 Scale Configurations Description Single interval 0.01 lb (0.005 kg), without calibration switch (model # ending in -06). Dual interval 0.005 lb (0.002 kg) minimum verification interval, without calibration switch (model # ending in -08).
  • 131. SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) 4 - 3 Step 1 - Electronic Entry into Calibration Mode Encompasses all scales sold without a mechanical calibration switch installed. When the integrated scale does not have a calibration switch, electronic entry is required. Firmware Versions Older Than v3.4 To perform an electronic calibration entry: • Touch Scale Zero and Volume/Tone simultaneously for five consecutive seconds (see Features of the MP6000 on page 1-9 for the location of these buttons on the front panel). Firmware Versions Newer Than v3.4 To perform an electronic calibration entry: • Press and hold the Scale Zero and Volume buttons continuously for five seconds. After five seconds a short beep sounds. Release the Scale Zero and Volume buttons. • Within two seconds after releasing the buttons, press the Scale Zero and Volume buttons again and release. After release the system sounds five long beeps and enters scale calibration. When Calibration Mode is entered successfully, the scanner emits five long beep sounds. The optional Scale Display blinks CAL00 and CAL _ _ and the 7-segment display scrolls C00Lb, or C00g. Once the scale Calibration Mode is successfully entered, continue the Calibration process with Step 2 - Program Legal Parameters on page 4-3. IMPORTANT If Calibration Mode was not entered successfully, the scale remains in its current state. Step 2 - Program Legal Parameters Sealable and legal parameters (Unit Selection and Dampening Filter Setting) can only be programmed/changed when the MP6000 is placed into Calibration Mode. There is no requirement to change these values (they can remain in the default or present state). However, if there is a need to change their values they must be programmed when the scale is in a Calibration Mode. The Dampening Filter Setting can be changed multiple times during a Calibration Mode without affecting the calibration outcome. After completing these changes, the calibration process re-starts with Step 3 - Calibration at NO LOAD on page 4-4. If you change the Unit Selection value before successfully reaching Step 5 - Calibration Success or Failure on page 4-7 and the Calibration Mode exits, the scale will be non-operational. The scale will have to be successfully calibrated before it becomes operational. Legal Scale Units (Unit Selection) - Kilograms or Pounds To change the legal parameter Unit Selection (when the scale is in a Calibration Mode): 1. Verify the units of weight measurement by checking the Scale Display icon (the icon displays either lb or kg units), or the 7-segment display which scrolls either Lb or g units (g indicates kg units).
  • 132. 4 - 4 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE 2. If the weight unit needs to be changed (e.g., from kg units to lb units or vice-versa), scan the appropriate Legal Scale Units bar code (see Legal Scale Units on page 4-13). If you do not change the default, or current weight unit, the scale calibrates with the default (kg) or previously programmed unit. Important Notes 1. Automatic zero setting is enabled for metric scales (kg), and disabled for US scales (lb). 2. Automatic zero setting, if enabled, is performed if weight has remained below zero, and stable (i.e., no motion on the platter) for at least 5 seconds. The scale is automatically set to zero when the 5 seconds expires. 3. If the weight units change from lb to kg, this setting is enabled after a cold power start of the MP6000. A scale reset (e.g., via the Scale Reset STISCLRST bar code) WILL NOT enable this setting. Likewise, if weight units change from kg to lb, this setting is disabled. This setting is illegal for US (lb) scales. Legal Scale Dampening Filter Set the scale sensitivity to vibration by scanning the appropriate bar code (see page 4-18). To program this parameter, the scale must be in Calibration Mode. Bar code command values are as follows: • 0 = Higher (most sensitive to vibration) • 1 = Low (factory default) • 2 = Very Low • 3 = Ultra Low The lower the number, the more sensitive the scale is to vibration. The higher the number, the slower the scale may operate. Step 3 - Calibration at NO LOAD IMPORTANT This step of the calibration procedure must be completed within 30 seconds, or 90 seconds for Firmware Version before 3.4. (See Identifying Firmware Version.) If this time expires before completing the step then the calibration procedure is exited. When Calibration Mode enters properly, the Scale Display blinks between CAL00 and CAL _ _ and the 7-segment display scrolls C00Lb, or C00g. Scale calibration can begin. 1. Ensure the platter is installed and there is NO WEIGHTED LOAD on it. 2. Touch the Scale Zero button on the front panel. 3. If Calibration at NO WEIGHTED LOAD is successful after the Scale Zero button is pressed, the process continues with Step 4 - Calibration at LOAD on page 4-5. or If Calibration at NO WEIGHTED LOAD is not successful after the Scale Zero button is pressed, the process continues with Calibration Failure on page 4-7. NOTE The unit selection legal parameter can be scanned at any time after entering a Calibration Mode. After a successful scan, Calibration Mode restarts at Step 3 - Calibration at NO LOAD on page 4-4. Additional scale parameter bar codes are located in the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx).
  • 133. SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) 4 - 5 Step 4 - Calibration at LOAD IMPORTANT This step of the calibration procedure must be completed within 30 seconds, or 90 seconds for Firmware Version before 3.4. (See Identifying Firmware Version.) If this time expires before completing the step then the calibration procedure is exited. • The Scale Display blinks either CAL25 or CAL11, depending on the units of measure programmed (CAL25 = pounds; CAL11 = kilograms). • The diagnostic 7 -segment display scrolls C25Lb or C11g. To continue with calibration: 1. Depending on the units of measure programmed, place 25 lb or 11 kg on the scale. Ideally these weights should be grouped in the center of the scale (Figure 4-1). Figure 4-1 (A) Center of Scale Location, and (B) Center of Scale Location with Platter Installed A B Center of Scale
  • 134. 4 - 6 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE a. Place 25 lb weights on the scanner as shown in Figure 4-2; three 5 lb weights centered on the center of the scale, and two 5 lb weights centered on top. Figure 4-2 Weight Calibration Configuration for Pounds b. Place 11 kg weights on the scanner as shown in Figure 4-3; two 5 kg weights centered on the center of the scale, and one 1 kg weight on top between the two 5 kg weights. Figure 4-3 Weight Calibration Configuration for Kilograms 2. Press the Scale Zero button with the weights on the platter. 3. Calibration continues with Step 5 - Calibration Success or Failure on page 4-7. Calibration was either successful or failed at this step. Center of Scale Center of Scale
  • 135. SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) 4 - 7 Step 5 - Calibration Success or Failure Calibration Success The calibration process is successful if the Scale Display blinks between CAL P and CAL S, and the 7-segment display scrolls between CAL P and CAL S. NOTE P = pass; S = Save and Reset the Scale. There are two ways to finalize the calibration process: 1. After the Scale Display starts blinking between CAL P and CAL S, remove the weights from the scale. 2. Touch the Scale Zero button for the scale to reset. The MP6000 scanner/scale emits three short beeps to indicate that the calibration was successful and all parameters are saved. or Scan the Scale Reset bar code (or issue an equivalent RSM command to the MP6000 scanner/scale). All programming bar codes are available in the MP6000 Bar Code Programmers Guide, p/n 72E- 172633-xx. NOTE Scale Reset can be scanned at anytime in the procedure to exit the calibration process with no impact (as long as a Legal Parameter was not changed during calibration). 3. The scale is ready to measure weight. Calibration Failure It is possible to encounter a failure condition in which the calibration process is interrupted. In this case, use the error message indicators to fix the problem and re-start the calibration process. If calibration failed, the Scale Display blinks CAL F, and the error code u## scrolls on the 7-segment display (see Table A-2 on page A-6 for error descriptions). Possible Reasons for a Fail • The scale returns to its prior state if Step 3 - Calibration at NO LOAD executes and the Scale Display blinks HOLD for the entire 90 second time period, and then times out. This condition does not display a calibration failure because the process was unable to find a zero weight threshold. This may occur if the platter was not re-installed or seated correctly, or if the weight on the scale is outside a +/- 2% maximum capacity range (+/- 0.6 lb or +/- 0.3 kg). It can also be a mechanical issue if the scale was not installed correctly. • The scale returns to its prior state if Step 4 - Calibration at LOAD executes but the scale was unable to detect a load of 25 lb (or 11 kg, depending on the units of measure programmed). This may occur if the correct weights were not placed on the platter before pressing the Scale Zero button. It can also be a mechanical issue if the scale was not installed correctly. In either case the scale can not accept the calibration, and returns to its prior state. There is no impact on the sealed calibration counter or the scale legal parameter counter. However, if calibration fails, the scale is non-operational until the problem is fixed and the scale is successfully calibrated. In this case, re-enter the Calibration Mode (Step 1 - Electronic Entry into Calibration Mode on page 4-3). The scale does not have to be reset and can be left on before re-entering Calibration Mode.
  • 136. 4 - 8 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Calibration Mode Exit Conditions Calibration Mode exits under the following conditions: • No response is received from an external operator for 30 seconds (Firmware Version 3.4 or later) or 90 seconds (Firmware Version pre-3.4). This timeout does not apply at Step 5 - Calibration Success or Failure. • The operator turns the MP6000 off. • Step 4 - Calibration at LOAD completes successfully, or unsuccessfully (fails). • A user scans Scale Reset (refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide, p/n 72E-172633-xx). When Scale Reset is scanned, a test runs, showing a series of characters on the optional Scale Display. When the test completes, the scale returns to its prior state before entering a scale Calibration Mode. See Table 4-6 on page 4-21 (Cold reset of scale) for the character sequence displayed. Verification Test Table 4-3 describes the five tests needed to verify whether or not the scale was calibrated successfully. Test Description Increasing Load Test This test verifies accurate weight measurement with increasing weights placed incrementally on the scale's platter, without returning weight to zero. Over Capacity Test This test verifies that the correct indication appears on the Scale Display when the maximum weight is exceeded. Decreasing Load Test This test verifies accurate weight measurement with decreasing weights removed incrementally from the scale's platter, without returning weight to zero. Return to Zero Test This test verifies that the scale returns to zero when all weights are removed. Shift Test This test verifies accurate weight measurement in all quadrants. The verification tests outlined in Table 4-4 and Table 4-5 can be run in successive order. Use the appropriate table based on US (lb), or metric scales (kg), using applicable tolerance for single or dual interval scale models. Table 4-3 Tests to Verify Scale Accuracy Table 4-4 Verification Tests for US (lb) Scales Verification Test for US Scale Applied Load lb Indication = Applied Load Within Applicable Tolerances All Tolerances Are +/- All Tolerances Are +/- Acceptance Single Int Acceptance Dual Int Increasing Load Test 0.00 0.00 0.0 lb 0.0 lb 0.10 0.10 .005 lb .0025 lb 5.00 5.00 .005 lb .005 lb 10.00 10.00 .01 lb .005 lb 20.00 20.00 .01 lb .01 lb
  • 137. SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) 4 - 9 30.00 30.00 .015 lb .015 lb Over Capacity Test Over Capacity 30.20 EEEE N/A N/A Decreasing Load Test 30.00 30.00 .015 lb .015 lb 20.00 20.00 .01 lb .01 lb 10.00 10.00 .01 lb .005 lb 5.00 5.00 .005 lb .005 lb 0.10 0.10 .005 lb .0025 lb Return to Zero Test 0.00 0.00 0.0 lb 0.0 lb Shift Test (see Figure 4-4) 10.00 Position 1 10.00 .01 lb .005 lb 10.00 Position 2 10.00 .01 lb .005 lb 10.00 Position 3 10.00 .01 lb .005 lb 10.00 Position 4 10.00 .01 lb .005 lb Table 4-5 Verification Tests for Metric Scale Verification Test for Metric Scale Applied Load kg Indication = Applied Load Within Applicable Tolerances All Tolerances Are +/- All Tolerances Are +/- Acceptance Single Int Acceptance Dual Int Increasing Load Test 0.000 0.000 0.0 kg 0.0 kg 0.100 0.100 .0025 kg .001 kg 2.500 2.500 .0025 kg .002 kg 5.000 5.000 .005 kg .003 kg 10.000 10.000 .005 kg .005 kg 15.000 15.000 .0075 kg .0075 kg Table 4-4 Verification Tests for US (lb) Scales (Continued) Verification Test for US Scale Applied Load lb Indication = Applied Load Within Applicable Tolerances All Tolerances Are +/- All Tolerances Are +/- Acceptance Single Int Acceptance Dual Int
  • 138. 4 - 10 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Over Capacity Test Over Capacity 15.100 EEEE N/A N/A Decreasing Load Test 15.000 15.000 .0075 kg .0075 kg 10.000 10.000 .005 kg .005 kg 5.000 5.000 .005 kg .003 kg 2.500 2.500 .0025 kg .002 kg 0.100 0.100 .0025 kg .001 kg Return to Zero Test 0.000 0.000 0.0 kg 0.0 kg Shift Test (see Figure 4-4) 5.00 Position 1 5.000 .005 kg .003 kg 5.00 Position 2 5.000 .005 kg .003 kg 5.00 Position 3 5.000 .005 kg .003 kg 5.00 Position. 4 5.000 .005 kg .003 kg Table 4-5 Verification Tests for Metric Scale (Continued) Verification Test for Metric Scale Applied Load kg Indication = Applied Load Within Applicable Tolerances All Tolerances Are +/- All Tolerances Are +/- Acceptance Single Int Acceptance Dual Int
  • 139. SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) 4 - 11 The weight checked at each position on the scale, shown in Figure 4-4, represent halfway between the center of the platter and corner. Use a stack configuration of weights if needed (i.e., (2) 5.00 lb weights, or (2) 2.500 kg weights) depending on the units of measure programmed. Scale Platter Shaded Area Represents the Horizontal Window Figure 4-4 Weight Positions on the Scale Platter While performing a shift test, the indication of each position is within the applicable tolerance and the range of results obtained should not exceed twice the applicable tolerance. IMPORTANT After verification, record/report audit trail information to the local Weights and Measure authority where required by law. Audit Tallies Audit Tallies (calibration counter = C, legal parameter counter = P) used for scale verification can be shown on the Scale Display, or the 7-segment display. 1. Press and hold the Scale Zero button for three seconds to access the calibration tallies (not within Calibration mode). a. C### and P### tallies blink on the Scale Display and/or scroll on the 7-segment display. i. C### represents the number of times the scale reached Calibration Success on page 4-7. (Only successful calibrations are counted.) ii. The P### represents the number of times any sealable parameter, or legal parameter was changed with or without reaching Calibration Success on page 4-7.
  • 140. 4 - 12 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE 2. When the Scale Zero button is released, the scale returns to normal operation, and the tallies are removed from both displays. 3. After verification, seal the scale by recording/reporting Audit Trail information as required by local Weight & Measures Regulations, or where required by law. NOTE 1. This feature is inhibited when the unit is in a scale Calibration Mode. NOTE 2. If units of weight measure was modified (i.e., kg to lb, or lb to kg) the parameter counter is incremented by two in the audit tally. This is because the Automatic Zero Setting legal parameter is being enabled when going from lb to kg, and disabled when going from kg to lb.
  • 141. SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) 4 - 13 Scale Configuration Parameters Legal Scale Units Parameter # 995 Scan a weight unit below to set the legal weight units for the MP6000. Scan Kilograms for metric units; scan Pounds for the US units. IMPORTANT The scale must be in a calibration mode to change this parameter. * Kilograms (0) NOTE Refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide, p/n 72E-172633-xx, for all programming bar codes for the MP6000/scale.
  • 142. 4 - 14 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Legal Scale Units (continued) Pounds (1)
  • 143. SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) 4 - 15 Scale Display Configuration Parameter # 986 Scan Enable Scale Display Configuration below to enable the Scale Display port. The Scale Display port is disabled by default. Enable Scale Display Configuration (1)
  • 144. 4 - 16 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Scale Display Configuration (continued) * Disable Scale Display Configuration (0)
  • 145. SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) 4 - 17 Legal Scale Dampening Filter Setting Parameter # 996 Scan a bar code below to set the vibration sensitivity of the scale. The lower the number value, the more sensitive the scale is to vibration. The scale must be in a Calibration Mode to program this parameter. Values: • 0 = Higher (most sensitive to vibration) • 1 = Low (factory default) • 2 = Very Low • 3 = Ultra Low Higher Vibration Sensitivity (0)
  • 146. 4 - 18 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Parameter # 996 (continued) * Low Vibration Sensitivity (1)
  • 147. SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) 4 - 19 Parameter # 996 (continued) Very Low Vibration Sensitivity (2)
  • 148. 4 - 20 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Parameter # 996 (continued) Ultra Low Vibration Sensitivity (3)
  • 149. SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) 4 - 21 User Interface Displays and Signals Table 4-6 LEDs, and Beeper Sequences Scale State 7-segment Diagnostic Display LED (System) Beeper Sequence Scale Zero Button (LED) Optional Scale Display Scale disabled No change No change None OFF Blank Scale normal - stable with weight No change No change None; single short beep after weight request from POS, if this feature is enabled. SolidGreen ON Weight reading Under zero No change No change None Flashing All “- - - - -” (dashes) Over range condition (weight is greater than 30.09 lb, or weight is greater than 15.045 kg) No change No change None OFF EEEEE Weight unstable No change No change None OFF Numerical values blank but measurement unit icons (lb or kg) remain on. Scale Zero button press If zero operation fails it scrolls U12 Red (Warning) if zero operation fails on a Scale Zero button press; otherwise, no change Click sound No change If successful weight reads 0 (zero) and <0> indicator icon illuminates. Scale out of calibration Scrolls fault code U14 Red (Warning) None OFF Blinks CAL
  • 150. 4 - 22 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Successfully entering scale legal Calibration Mode Step 2 - Program Legal Parameters and Step 3 - Calibration at NO LOAD - Scrolls C00Lb OR C00g depending on units programmed as pounds (lb) or kilograms (kg) Step 4 - Calibration at LOAD - Scrolls C25Lb or C11g depending on units programmed as pounds (lb) or kilograms (kg) Step 5 - Calibration Success or Failure - Repeat scrolls of CALP then CALS Any step - Calibration Fails - Scrolls fault code: u## No change Five long beep tones Off Step 3 - Calibration at NO LOAD Blinks between CAL00 and then CAL_ _ with correct unit icon illuminated (lb or kg). Step 4 - Calibration at LOAD Blinks CAL25 with lb icon illuminated, or blinks CAL11 with kg icon illuminated. Step 5 - Calibration Success or Failure Blinks between CAL P (PASS) and CAL S (save legal parameter settings). Any step - Calibration fails blinks CAL F. Between calibration steps No change No change No change Off Blinks HOLD while taking a measurement. No platter installed at Step 3 - Calibration at NO LOAD No change No change Persistent short beep tone at 1Hz No change Blinks PLA Steppingthrough a calibration step No change No change Single long beep tone after pressing the Scale Zero button Off No change Failure to place the correct load on the scale at Step 4 - Calibration at LOAD C25Lb or C11g depending on units programmed No change Two long beep tones No change No change Table 4-6 LEDs, and Beeper Sequences (Continued) Scale State 7-segment Diagnostic Display LED (System) Beeper Sequence Scale Zero Button (LED) Optional Scale Display
  • 151. SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) 4 - 23 Successfully executing and exiting a scale legal calibration Calibration procedure semantics removed from display. No change Three short beeps Solid green on if weight stable after reset of scale Scale is reset either by pressing the Scale Zero button, scanning the Scale Reset parameter bar code, or powering the unit OFF then ON. The seven segment test will run. Cold reset of scale No change No change No change except at Step 5 - Calibration Success or Failure - when the Scale Zero button is pressed three short beeps tones sound No change Seven segment test runs and displays: • 00.000 all icons illuminated for three seconds • Blank for one second • 99.999 all icons illuminated for three seconds • Blank for one second • Normal display Audit Tally - Press and hold Scale Zero button for greater than three seconds when not in a Calibration Mode. Repeated scroll: C### then P### No change None No change Blinks between C### and P###. In Bootloader Mode No change Off None Off None. Scale Error Scrolls fault code: u## Red (Warning) None Off Blinks FAIL or blanks display with unit icon showing lb or kg illuminated. Display can also blink CALF if the system was in a scale legal Calibration Mode. Table 4-6 LEDs, and Beeper Sequences (Continued) Scale State 7-segment Diagnostic Display LED (System) Beeper Sequence Scale Zero Button (LED) Optional Scale Display
  • 152. 4 - 24 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
  • 153. CHAPTER 5 OPERATING THE SCANNER Overview This chapter describes how to operate the MP6000, including information about indicators (LEDs, beeper, etc,), beeper/speaker, user buttons, weighing items, and the 7-segment character (diagnostic) display.
  • 154. 5 - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Controls and Indicators See Table 5-1 on page 5-21 for all beeper and LED indications. LED Array Bar LED Array Bar Figure 5-1 LED Array Bar The LED array is located on the top of the device (Figure 5-1) and provides visual feedback for system statuses and alerts. The LED has an array of five bi-color (green/red) LEDs and, depending on the condition, the entire LED bar illuminates, or section of the bar illuminates. The LED illuminates in the following situations: • Successful bar code decodes. • System warnings. • Error conditions. The error illumination remains lit until all errors are resolved. • System idle. See Table 5-1 on page 5-21 for LED indicator descriptions.
  • 155. OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 3 Diagnostic LED/7-segment Display 7-segment Display Figure 5-2 7-segment Display Figure 5-2 shows the internal 7-segment display which provides error and warning codes, scale legal parameters and lead through help during scale calibration. It is visible inside the scanner’s vertical window. The 7-segment display is a one character display. Letter(s) and number(s) messages scroll one character at a time through the display. When a message is completed, the display pauses for two seconds. The message repeats continuously. NOTE When there are no issues, a dash displays to show the 7-segment display is operational. • If the message is an error, or warning it repeats until the issue is resolved. • If the message is related to scale calibration it repeats until calibration is completed. • If the message is related to the CAL/PAR display it repeats until the inspector/tester releases the Scale Zero button. See Appendix A, MAINTENANCE, TROUBLESHOOTING, AND ERROR CODES for status and troubleshooting messages.
  • 156. 5 - 4 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Front Panel Buttons The three front panel user interface buttons are backlit for ease of use. Scale Zero Button (Configurations with Scale Only) Figure 5-3 Scale Zero Button This button is a scale zero button and status LED that controls some scale operation and displays scale status. Touch Scale Zero to set the scale to zero (within +/- 0.6 lb, or +/- 0.300 kg). The LED is green and can be on, flashing, or off. LED brightness cannot be controlled. The allowable zeroing weight limit of 0.6 lb and 0.3 kg is configurable. Refer to the Maximum Scale Zeroing Weight Limit parameter in the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx) for more information. See Beeper and LED Indicators on page 5-21 for detailed indications. Volume/Tone Control Button Figure 5-4 Volume/Tone Button This button allows user selectable settings for audible system indications. The user can control the audible feedback in the following situations: • Decoding. • Completion of a request (e.g., the successful decode of a bar code, and Sensormatic beep). • Error conditions. • Processing a request that takes an extended amount of time (e.g., scanning a sequence of parameter bar codes). This audible indication informs the user that the scanner is working, and not malfunctioning. NOTE If the decode tone is set to off, the Volume/Tone button on the MP6000 is not operational. To enable the Volume/Tone button, set a tone option other than Off tone. Refer to the beeper and tone settings in the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx). To adjust volume and tone: • Press and release the Volume/Tone button to sound the current scanner beep volume level. • Press and release the Volume/Tone button twice within two seconds to change the scanner decode volume. • Press and hold Volume/Tone for three seconds to change to another tone. Each volume or tone change produces an audible beep when the new setting is complete. Volume and tone wrap from high to low. See Beeper and LED Indicators on page 5-21 for detailed indications.
  • 157. OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 5 Sensormatic Manual Activation and Sensormatic Status Button Figure 5-5 EAS Button This button indicates the state of the Sensormatic EAS device. The LED is yellow/amber and can be on, flashing, or off. See Beeper and LED Indicators on page 5-21 for detailed indications. Soft Reset Buttons Figure 5-6 Soft Reset Buttons A soft reset of the MP6000 can be initiated by pressing the Scale Zero and EAS buttons simultaneously for 10 seconds. A two second beep sounds, then a system reset is performed.
  • 158. 5 - 6 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE MP6000 Related Hardware Scale Display (Scanner/Scale Configurations Only) MP6000 models with a scale have an option for a single or dual Scale Display. The single display can be positioned to provide continuous display of weight values, and digital zero balance indication for customer and operator. The dual display offers more flexibility by allowing the two display heads to rotate independently. Both single and dual displays show gross weight in pounds and/or kilograms (depending on location) in the following format: Scale (Scanner/Scale Configurations Only) Scales are available for Medium and Long versions only. Two optional scales are available. Single Interval Range Scales A single interval range scale has the same resolution for the entire weight range (from zero to maximum capacity). Single interval weight capacity: 0.00 - 30.00 lb at a resolution of 0.01 lb 0.000 - 15.000 kg at a resolution of 0.005 kg Dual Interval Range Scales A dual range scale changes resolution after a certain weight is reached. For example, 2g until 6kg, 5g above 6kg. Dual Interval weight capacity: 0.000 - 12.00 lb at a resolution of 0.005 lb; then 12.00 - 30.00 lb at a resolution of 0.01lb 0.000 - 6.000 kg at a resolution of 0.002 kg; then 6.000 - 15.000 kg at a resolution of 0.005 kg Customer Side Scanner (CSS) - Optional The CSS is a modular unit which is either embedded in the MP6000 tower, or added at any time to fit on the left or right side of the MP6000. The CSS snaps on to the MP6000 and requires no tools to install or remove. Connection to the MP6000 is via the internal USB cable. The CSS enables shoppers to scan paper, plastic loyalty cards, or from a mobile device while a cashier scans other items simultaneously. For detailed information about programming the CSS, refer to the MX101 Product Reference Guide (p/n 72E-171320-xx).
  • 159. OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 7 Platter The platter covers the horizontal scan window, and scale (if applicable). It also accommodates product placement. The sapphire platter glass is built for long term reliability and clarity, and is impervious to scratches except from industrial diamonds. Installing/Removing the Short and Medium Non-Scale Platters To remove the platter push the front, left corner of the platter to lift it slightly. Use your fingers under the platter to lift it up and out. Figure 5-7 Removing Short Platter To install the platter drop the tower end down into the unit and lay it flat. Installing/Removing the Long Non-Scale and Medium Scale Platters These platters have a lip at the cashier end which can be gripped for lifting. To install the platter(s) drop the tower-end of the platter into the MP6000 first, and then lower the cashier end down using the lip. To remove the platter(s) use the lip on platter at the cashier end to lift and then remove the platter.
  • 160. 5 - 8 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Installing/Removing the Long Scale Platter The long scale platter installs down into, and hooks onto the scale assembly. To install the platter on a long MP6000 with a scale: 1. Line up the hooks on the platter with the notches in top scale frame. 2. Drop the platter straight down on scale top frame. 3. Slide the platter forward, engaging the hooks. 4. Drop the rear of the platter onto rear scale top frame pegs. Figure 5-8 Installing the Long Platter (MP6000 With Scale) 1 2 3 4 Long Scale Platter Scale Top Frame
  • 161. OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 9 To remove the platter on a long MP6000 with a scale: 1. Lift the rear of the platter slightly. 2. Slide the platter backwards, disengaging hooks. 3. Lift platter straight up and off. Figure 5-9 Removing the Long Platter (MP6000 With Scale) Scan Windows The MP6000 provides six sided scanning, including reading top down and cashier side bar codes. 2D scanning (PDF, Aztec etc.), mobile bar code scanning (cell phone) and scanning difficult symbols (e.g., truncated, poor contrast, and damaged bar codes) is accomplished in both vertical and horizontal windows in all six-sided orientations. See Scanning on page 5-16 for more information. The horizontal window on the platter is clear, scratch-proof sapphire built for long term reliability and clarity, and is impervious to scratches. The vertical window is chemically tempered, and can sustain normal product impact. In case of abusive impact outside of normal usage, this window is laminated with anti splinter film to ensure the any glass shard remains intact to the window assembly. 1 2 3 Long Scale Platter Scale Top Frame
  • 162. 5 - 10 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Operating Modes The MP6000 GEN I has two operating modes with corresponding power requirements: • Idle Mode 5 W • Active Mode Average Power Consumption for GEN I under typical usage = 5.9W The MP6000 GEN II has two operating modes with corresponding power requirements: • Idle Mode 3.75 W • Active Mode Average Power Consumption for GEN II under typical usage = 4.6W Programming the MP6000 The MP6000 can be programming using the following methods. Programming Management tools • 123Scan2 (see Chapter 6, 123SCAN2) NOTE If an MP6000 scans a programming 2D bar code generated by 123Scan2 it only programs the MP6000. If a CSS, and/or auxiliary scanner (e.g., the DS6878) are used with the MP6000, they must be programmed separately to be configured. • SMS An SMS Package is a file, which when used with the SMS agent can manage a scanner remotely by programming parameters and updating firmware. An SMS Package is similar to a zip file, and includes three components: • 123Scan2 configuration file containing parameters • 123Scan2 plug-in containing scanner firmware • Load Directive file with programming details like trigger information. • Staging flash drive reprogramming (USB Staging Flash Drive on page 5-12). Application Programming Interfaces • Zebra Scanner SDK APIs (CoreScanner APIs) NOTE SDK supported functionality by communication protocol is listed in Appendix E, COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS. • Zebra Scanner OPOS/JPOS APIs • WMI Interfaces. For access to the APIs go to: www.zebra.com/scannersdkforwindows.
  • 163. OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 11 Programming Bar Codes With the exception of host interface, and initial scale setup parameters refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx) includes all the parameter bar codes necessary to configure the device.
  • 164. 5 - 12 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE USB Staging Flash Drive A staging USB flash drive can be used to: a. Set up an MP6000 system from a 123Scan2 generated set of files b. Perform MP6000 system cloning and/or c. Collect MP6000 statistics, usage, and diagnostics data. A staging flash drive can be created by123Scan2 and/or from an MP6000. • A 123Scan2 generated staging flash drive can perform device setups from 123Scan2 to multiple MP6000s. • An MP6000 generated staging flash drive can perform the following functions: a. Device cloning from one MP6000 to multiple MP6000s. b. Back up system settings from an MP6000 (the MP6000 parameter settings can be imported into 123Scan2). c. Collect statistics, usage, and diagnostics data (the data can be viewed in 123Scan2). MP6000 Menu Structure for the USB Staging Flash Drive • Option 1 - Copy an MP6000* configuration to the USB flash drive. • Copy parameter settings and firmware from the MP6000* to the USB flash drive for cloning to another device, or viewing in 123Scan2 . • When Option 1 is available the 7-segment display shows a 1, and one beep sounds. • Option 2 - Load a USB flash drive configuration to the MP6000*. • Load the parameter settings and firmware (if present) from the staging USB flash drive to this MP6000*. • When Option 2 is available the 7-segment display shows a 2, and two beeps sound. • Option 3 - Copy statistics, usage, and diagnostics data to the USB flash drive. • Copy data from the MP6000 onto the USB flash drive (the data can be viewed in 123Scan2 ). • When Option 3 is available the 7-segment display shows a 3, and three beeps sound. • Exit without doing anything - Remove USB flash drive from the MP6000. *Auxiliary device settings, like the Customer Side Scanner (MX101) and Zebra corded scanners, are copied/loaded if applicable. Auxiliary cordless scanners are not supported. See Loading Cloning Files on page 5-14 for the process steps. NOTE The MP6000 system configuration settings and firmware are overwritten.
  • 165. OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 13 Manually Staging/Configuring MP6000 Devices Manually staging/configuring MP6000 devices using a USB flash drive is a three step process. Step 1: Generate the staging files, and load to a USB flash drive. Step 2: Deploy the USB flash drive to transport staging files to an MP6000. Step 3: Load the files and configure the MP6000 by inserting the staging flash drive. The MP6000 has three USB ports which can be used to load files (see Figure 5-10): • Two external ports on the side of the device. • One internal port accessible by removing platter. The internal port sits straight up, and includes a cap cover which must be replaced when the drive is not in use. A missing, or incorrect placement of the cap does not allow the platter to sit properly when replaced. IMPORTANT See Approved USB Flash Drives for the Flash Drive Well on page 5-15 for the recommended flash drive dimensions for use in the internal USB port. Figure 5-10 USB Port Under the MP6000 Platter Figure 5-11 USB Ports on the MP6000 Internal USB Port Cap Internal USB Port USBUSB Flash DrivesFlash Drives External USB Port
  • 166. 5 - 14 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Loading Cloning Files Cloning files can be loaded to the staging flash drive two ways: • Insert the staging flash drive into one of the MP6000 USB ports (Figure 5-10), and select Option 1 - Load Files (see Step 3). • Use 123Scan2 to create and export files to the staging flash drive. (See 123Scan2 Staging Flash Drive Configuration for more information.) Follow the steps below to clone data. 1. Insert the staging flash drive in the USB port under the MP6000 platter. 2. When the staging flash drive inserts correctly, the MP6000 detects the drive, and sounds two beeps (low/high). 3. The MP6000 identifies the data on the USB flash drive, and the 7-segment display shows a flash drive menu sequence. The flash drive menu displays three number options for approximately five seconds each. See MP6000 Menu Structure for the USB Staging Flash Drive on page 5-12 for menu options. 4. When the option you desire displays in the menu, you have five seconds to select the option by pressing the EAS button (see EAS Deactivation Button (Sensormatic only) on page 1-9). One, two, or three beeps sound, depending on the option selected. 5. You have 15 seconds to confirm the selection by pressing the EAS button again. (If the selection is not confirmed, four fail beeps sound, and the 7-segment display re-scrolls the menu.) 6. After confirmation, the 7-segment display shows a scrolling bar (_ ). This means the device is working. When the process is complete (time varies) three success beeps (high/low/high), or four failure beeps sound, and the scrolling bar stops. Removing the staging flash drive at this point sounds the success or failure beeps again from the last operation performed. NOTE The USB flash drive must be at least 2.5 in. (63.5 mm) long to be accessible for removal after insertion into the internal MP6000 flash drive well. Alternatively, some USB flash drives include an opening in their rear covers into which a paper clip can be looped to help achieve the minimal length dimension. See Approved USB Flash Drives for the Flash Drive Well on page 5-15 for the recommended flash drive dimensions for use in the internal USB port. It is recommended to start with a clean flash drive. NOTES 1. If EAS was installed and operational, the EAS button remains lit. If EAS was not installed, and/or not operational, the EAS button on the front panel of the MP6000 lights when the staging flash drive is inserted. 2. While the staging flash drive is inserted: a) Do not remove power. b) Do not remove, or connect any cables. c) Do not press the Volume or Scale buttons. These actions may interfere with the staging flash drive process. NOTE The scrolling bar stops whether or not the cloning process succeeded or failed. If the process failed, try again or contact the System Administrator. If the staging flash drive is removed prior to completion, a fail occurs (four beeps sound). Premature removal of the staging flash drive may result in a partial change in the system.
  • 167. OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 15 123Scan2 Staging Flash Drive Configuration The Flash Drive Wizard option within the 123Scan2 utility steps a user through the process of generating a USB staging flash drive with cloning files. To access the Flash Drive Wizard from any 123Scan2 screen, click Tools > Staging Flash Drive (MP6000 only) > Create Staging Flash Drive Files. Approved USB Flash Drives for the Flash Drive Well When using the MP6000 flash drive well, located under the MP6000 platter, the USB flash drive must meet the specifications below to be accessible (easily inserted into, and removed from the well): • Maximum thickness: .43 in. (11 mm) • Maximum width: .82 in. (21 mm) • Minimum length 2.5 in. (63.5 mm).
  • 168. 5 - 16 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Scanning The MP6000 uses its horizontal and vertical scan windows simultaneously to provide a high swipe speed using six sided scanning. The MP6000 includes an automatic Infra-Red (IR) wakeup system that reduces power consumption. When any object is presented in the field of view of the scan windows, the red illumination turns on, but automatically turns off when the object is removed. When the object presented in the field of view includes a bar code, the MP6000 scans the bar code, and, if the bar code is successfully decoded, the illumination LEDs immediately turn off when the object is removed. Position the bar code anywhere within the MP6000’s field of view. Figure 5-12 Scanning with the MP6000 The scanner beeps to indicate a successful decode, and the green light of the LED array bar on top of the vertical window momentarily fans out horizontally (see Table 5-1 on page 5-21).
  • 169. OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 17 Weighing Items For proper weighing, items should be placed fully on the shaded (gray) regions of the scanner. Raised Rail Figure 5-13 Gray Weighing Region Long items may be weighed by laying them on the raised vegetable rail so that the end that overhangs the weighing surface is suspended above the countertop. To weigh items, follow the steps below. 1. Ensure all items are removed from the platter, and the platter is in place. 2. Verify the Scale Display shows 0.00 lb (0.000 kg). 3. If weighing does not occur, press CLEAR on the POS and try entering the weighed item's PLU number again. If an error code displays, or an error beep sounds, remove the item from the platter, remove the platter and check for debris underneath. If there is debris, remove it. Replace the platter, and press the Scale Zero button to reset the scale. Wait for 0.00 lb (0.000 kg) to display on the Scale Display and weigh the item again. NOTE If the Scale Display does not show 0.00 lb (0.000 kg), clear all items off the platter and zero the scale by touching the Scale Zero button. After weighing an item, if tones are enabled, a sound emits indicating transmission of a stable, non–zero weight. NOTE If an error code displays in the 7-segment display, check Table A-1 on page A-5 for likely causes and troubleshooting. If those suggestions do not help, take note of the error message and call your service provider or help desk. See 7-segment Display on page 1-9 for the location of the 7-segment display.
  • 170. 5 - 18 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Electronic Article Surveillance (EAS) The MP6000 has integrated Electronic Article Surveillance (EAS) options which allow support for Sensormatic EAS controllers or Checkpoint EAS controllers. (See EAS Devices on page 1-8 for supported EAS controllers.) The MP6000 and EAS system can operate independently of each other, or using communication cable to synchronize deactivation with barcode scanning. The deactivation range is mapped suitable to the scanner range, so both can be accomplished almost simultaneously Supported EAS Controllers • Sensormatic • Sensormatic ScanMax-Pro • Sensormatic AMB-9010 (available December 2014) • Checkpoint • Checkpoint Interlocked, requires interlock cable: CB000002A01 • Checkpoint Non-Interlocked. EAS Operating Modes and Settings EAS operating modes function when EAS is enabled at the site and are independent of whether or not EAS equipment is connected. It is the installer's responsibility to match these settings with the installed equipment. Enabling EAS without EAS equipment, or with the wrong equipment installed, displays an EAS error message. See Beeper and LED Indicators on page 5-21 and Diagnostic LED 7-segment Display - Error and Warning Codes on page A-2 for beeper, warning, and error messages. Also refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx) for EAS bar codes. The default mode for EAS is disabled. Disable EAS when this technology is not used, or if you are using Checkpoint without interlock. There are 10 EAS operating modes and various EAS preferences for the MP6000: • Sensormatic Auto • Sensormatic Always Enabled • Sensormatic Bar Code Interlock • Sensormatic Bar Code Auto Interlock • Sensormatic Self Service • Sensormatic Scan Enable Interlock • Checkpoint Bar Code Interlock • Checkpoint Scan Enable Interlock • Checkpoint Non Bar Code Interlock • EAS Disable. NOTE Checkpoint and Sensormatic EAS systems require proper installation by representatives from those companies who install, verify, and tune the system for proper EAS operation. This is typically done on-site by those companies.
  • 171. OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 19 For detailed information about these modes, and the parameter bar codes, refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide. Checkpoint Controller Checkpoint EAS soft tags can be detected and deactivated by a deactivation antenna mounted under the platter (see Install Checkpoint Antenna on page 3-37). EAS labels should be brought near the antenna to be deactivated. Figure 5-14 Checkpoint EAS Tags Sensormatic Controller The Sensormatic controller includes a custom vertical and horizontal, high inductance antenna. The horizontal antenna is installed below the platter, on the middle housing, and is affixed to the housing with screws. The vertical antenna resides behind the vertical glass, and is also affixed to the scanner with screws. (See Install Sensormatic Coils on page 3-34). Sensormatic EAS should always be enabled. There is no synchronization with a bar code read in this mode. Sensormatic EAS Hard Tags Figure 5-15 Sensormatic EAS Hard Tags The detection of hard tags alerts the user with audible Geiger counter beeps. Environments with a mix of hard and soft tags sound a unique user alert (soft/hard tag beep).
  • 172. 5 - 20 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Sensormatic EAS Soft Tags (Labels) Figure 5-16 Sensormatic EAS Soft Tags (Labels) Deactivation of soft tags alerts the user with audible Geiger counter beeps. Deactivation of soft tags synchronized with a bar code scan alerts the user with audible Geiger counter beeps. Soft tags can be disabled, and they can also be reset using a Sensormatic tag re-setter.
  • 173. OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 21 Beeper and LED Conditions NOTE Refer to the MX101 Product Reference Guide (p/n 72E-171320-xx) for beeper and LED conditions for the CSS device. Table 5-1 Beeper and LED Indicators Condition Beeper Indication System LED Indication Button LED Indication Description ADF Programming Number expected High, Low Beeps Green No change Enter another digit. Add leading zeros to the front if necessary. Alpha character expected Low, Low Beeps Green No change Enter another alphabetic character or scan the End of Message bar code. Criteria or action expected High, High Beeps Green Blinking No change ADF criteria or action is expected. Enter another criterion or action, or scan the Save Rule bar code. ADF rule saved High, Low, High, Low Beeps Green (turns off blinking) No change Rule saved. Rule entry mode exited. Criteria or action cleared High, Low, Low Beeps Green No change All criteria or actions cleared for current rule, continue entering rule. Last rule deleted Low Beep Green No change Delete last saved rule. The current rule is left intact. All rules deleted Low, High, High Beeps Green No change All rules are deleted. ADF out of memory Low, High, Low, High Beeps Red No change Out of rule memory. Erase some existing rules, then try to save rule again Cancel rule entry Low, High, Low Beeps Green (turns off blinking) No change Cancel rule entry. Rule entry mode exited because of an error or the user asked to exit rule entry. Rule error Low, High Beeps Red No change Entry error, wrong bar code scanned, or criteria/action list is too long for a rule. Re-enter criterion or action. Button Presses Press and release Scale Zero button Click No change Scale Zero button LED blinks green (momentary) LED illuminates only if Scale Zero button is enabled. Causes the scale to zero.
  • 174. 5 - 22 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Press and hold Scale Zero button Click No change None If Scale Zero button is enabled, causes the scale calibration audit trail to display until button is released. Press and hold/release Scale Zero and EAS buttons Click Red after 10 seconds upon reboot No change After buttons are held for 10 seconds, a system reboot initiates. NOTE: The following condition occurs with firmware versions older than 3.4 (see Identifying Firmware Version on page 4-2). Press and hold Scale Zero and Volume/Tone buttons Five long beeps after 5 seconds No change No change After five seconds, scale calibration is entered. NOTE: The following condition occurs with firmware version 3.4 and newer (see Identifying Firmware Version on page 4-2). Press and hold Scale Zero and Volume/Tone buttons for 5 seconds, then release Short beep after 5 seconds; within 2 seconds of release, press the Scale Zero and Volume/Tone again and release; 5 long beeps sound No change No change After final 5 long beeps sound, scale calibration is entered. Press and release EAS button Click No change EAS is enabled, LED is amber If EAS is enabled, button press activates tag manual deactivation. Code 39 Buffering Code 39 character added into buffer High, Low Beeps No change No change New Code 39 data was entered into the buffer. Code 39 buffer full 3 Long High Beeps No change No change Code 39 buffer is full. Code 39 buffer cleared High, Low, High Beeps No change No change The Code 39 buffer was erased. Code 39 buffer empty Low, High, Low Beeps No change No change The Code 39 buffer was erased or there was an attempt to clear or transmit an empty buffer. Code 39 buffer transmitted Low, High Beeps No change No change A successful transmission of buffered data. EAS/Security Tags EAS system disabled None No change EAS LED is off EAS parameter disabled. Table 5-1 Beeper and LED Indicators (Continued) Condition Beeper Indication System LED Indication Button LED Indication Description
  • 175. OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 23 EAS system functional (idle) None No change EAS LED is on EAS is operating normally. EAS tag detected anytime Configurable: None, Geiger Counter clicks No change EAS LED blinks yellow at 4 Hz An EAS tag is in the EAS tag detected area, and being detected. EAS manual deactivation activated None No change EAS LED on When deactivation is active on the system. EAS Soft Tag Deactivation None, Beep 1, Beep 2 No change No change Beep indicates that a soft tag was deactivated. EAS Hard Tag Detected None, Beep 1, Beep 2 No change No change Beep indicates that a hard tag was detected. Firmware Download Firmware Download Low, Medium, High beep after complete Red alternating between on and fast blink No change Firmware download in progress. Firmware Download has multiple states. The LEDs during these states are: • During firmware data download/transfer - no LED control. • After reboot firmware is installed: LED blinks red, fast. • After complete, normal power-up beep. Parameter Programming Parameter entry error Low, High Beeps Red No change Input error: incorrect bar code, programming sequence, or Cancel scanned. Parameter number entry expected High, Low Beeps Green No change Number expected. Enter value using numeric bar codes. Parameter entry accepted High, Low, High, Low Beeps Green No change Successful program exit with change in parameter setting. Macro PDF Macro PDF buffered 2 Low Beeps No change No change MDPF sequence buffered Macro PDF file ID error 2 Long Low Beeps No change No change File ID error. A bar code not in the current MPDF sequence was scanned. Table 5-1 Beeper and LED Indicators (Continued) Condition Beeper Indication System LED Indication Button LED Indication Description
  • 176. 5 - 24 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Macro PDF buffer out of memory 3 Long Low Beeps No change No change Out of memory. There is not enough buffer space to store the current MPDF symbol. Macro PDF bad symbology encountered 4 Long Low Beeps No change No change Bad symbology. Scanned a 1D or 2D bar code in a MPDF sequence, a duplicate MPDF label, a label in an incorrect order, or trying to transmit an empty or illegal MPDF field. Macro PDF buffer flushed 5 Long Low Beeps No change No change Flushing MPDF buffer. Macro PDF aborted Fast Warble Beep No change No change Aborting MPDF sequence. Macro PDF buffer flushed with no data Low, High Beeps Red No change Flushing an already empty MPDF buffer. Scale: See Table 4-6 on page 4-21 for scale conditions and displays. Standard Use System power-up Low, Medium, High Beeps None No change Power up. System reboot Loud two seconds beep No change for 10 seconds. Red for last two seconds. No change After holding the EAS and Volume buttons for 10 seconds, the MP6000 reboots. Bar code decoded Off, Low, Medium, High, two-tone beep, or TBD tone (programmable) Fan-out LED sequence. No change MP6000: LEDs arranged in a linear fashion will turn on in sequence; Center, then the two immediate surrounding LEDs, then the two outermost LEDs. System is idle None Dim green (center LED only) No change Ready for decode. System is disabled None No change, red: warning No change Host application has sent SCAN-DISABLE command. Bar code data transmission error 4 Low Beeps Red No change Transmission error. Bar code data conversion error 5 Low Beeps Red No change Conversion or Format error. RS-232 host parity error Low, Low, Low, Extra Low Beeps Red No change RS-232 Receive error. Table 5-1 Beeper and LED Indicators (Continued) Condition Beeper Indication System LED Indication Button LED Indication Description
  • 177. OPERATING THE SCANNER 5 - 25 BELL (RS-232) High Beep None No change A <BEL> character is received over RS-232. Volume Pressed and release Volume/Tone button Annunciates volume level No change Button LED blinks for two seconds (at 2 Hz) Volume change: causes the current volume level to be annunciated. If pressed within two seconds of the previous (or while volume LED is blinking), it annunciates the volume at the next level. Once the maximum volume level is reached, it wraps and begins at the lowest volume level. Press and hold Volume/Tone button for two seconds Annunciates decode tone No change Button LED blinks for two seconds Decode tone changes Subsequence decode tones are heard every second if continuously held. Decode tones cycle. Decode tone change (Describes action above) Button click; decode beep at next tone (wrap) No change No change After holding the Volume button for two seconds, the next decode tone sounds. For each additional second the decode tone changes again. Table 5-1 Beeper and LED Indicators (Continued) Condition Beeper Indication System LED Indication Button LED Indication Description
  • 178. 5 - 26 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
  • 179. CHAPTER 6 123SCAN2 Introduction 123Scan² is an easy-to-use, PC-based software tool that enables the quick and easy setup of Zebra scanners. 123Scan² uses a wizard tool to guide users through a streamlined set up process. Once parameters are set, the values are saved to a configuration file that can be distributed via e-mail, electronically downloaded via a USB cable, or used to generate a sheet of programming bar codes that can be scanned. 123Scan² can generate multiple reports that can be easily re-branded using Microsoft Word or Access. Report options include programmed parameters, asset tracking information and proof of scanner output. Additionally, 123Scan² can display scanned bar code data including non-printable characters. It can also upgrade scanner firmware, automatically check online to enable support for newly released products, generate a single 2D bar code for one scan programming and stage large numbers of scanners simultaneously via USB hub(s). Communication with 123Scan2 To communicate with the 123Scan² program which runs on a host computer running a Windows XP SP2, Windows 7, and Windows 8 operating system, use a USB cable to connect the MP6000 to the host computer (see Connecting a USB Interface on page 2-4).
  • 180. 6 - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE 123Scan2 Requirements • Host computer with Windows • Scanner • USB cable. For more information on123Scan², go to: http://www.zebra.com/123scan2 For a 1 minute tour of 123Scan², go to: http://www.zebra.com/ScannerHowToVideos To download 123Scan² software and access the Help file integrated in the utility, go to: www.zebra.com/scannersoftware Scanner SDK, Other Software Tools, and Videos Tackle all your scanner programming needs with our diversified set of software tools. Whether you need to simply stage a device, or develop a fully featured application with image and data capture as well as asset management, these tools help you every step of the way. To download any of the free tools listed below, go to: www.zebra.com/scannersoftware. • 123Scan2 Configuration Utility (described in this chapter) • Scanner SDK for Windows • How-to-Videos • Virtual Com Port Driver • OPOS Driver • JPOS Driver • TWAIN Driver • Scanner User Documentation.
  • 181. APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE, TROUBLESHOOTING, AND ERROR CODES Overview This chapter provides error/warning codes, troubleshooting, and maintenance information. • Maintenance on page A-1 • Troubleshooting on page A-2 • Diagnostic LED 7-segment Display - Error and Warning Codes on page A-2 • General Error and Warning Codes on page A-5 • LED Display Notes on page A-2 • Scale Warning Codes on page A-6 Maintenance Clean the housing and glass with a damp cloth and, if necessary, a non-ammonia based detergent. Do not allow any abrasive material to touch the screen.
  • 182. A - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Troubleshooting Diagnostic LED 7-segment Display - Error and Warning Codes IMPORTANT The information in Table A-1 and Table A-2 are for reference only. Contact your service provider for any error or warning conditions. The MP6000 includes a one character LED display inside the scanner vertical window. This display provides status and troubleshooting information, as well as scale legal parameters during calibration (only configurations with a scale). Status, warning, and error information are communicated via letter(s) and number(s) scrolled one character at a time in the LED display. When a message completes, the display pauses for two seconds, then repeats the sequence continuously. See Chapter 4, SCALE CALIBRATION (MODELS WITH A SCALE ONLY) for detailed calibration information, including calibration errors and warnings. LED Display Notes • - (dash) indicates normal operating mode. • Scale calibration information (see Table A-2 on page A-6) has precedence over general warning messages but not over errors. • Scrolling CAL (number of calibrations performed) and PAR (legal parameter) values display for scale verification (electronic seal). • Cxxx and Pxxx scroll when the Scale Zero button is held for three or more seconds. • An error message displays when a fault condition exists. A power cycle is required. Verify that the subsystems and auxiliary devices are operational. • A warning message displays when a warning condition exists. The power sequence pauses until the issue is resolved. • For scale firmware version # 1.04F (for applicable countries): • Scrolling CAL (number of calibrations performed) and PAR (legal parameter) values display for scale verification (electronic seal), and where required by country legislation, scale approved firmware version number. • Cxxx and Pxxx scroll when the Scale Zero button is held for three or more seconds, followed by x.xx F (determined by country legislation). Status Indicator Light The status indicator light on the MP6000 has three types of displays. • Center green: Operating normally. • Red warning: The outer two system LEDs are red; the display appears for .25 seconds every five seconds. • Red error: All system LEDs turn red and remain red, overriding any other visual system LED sequences, until all errors are resolved.
  • 183. MAINTENANCE, TROUBLESHOOTING, AND ERROR CODES A - 3 Troubleshooting Assistance If an MP6000 displays any of the LED display codes preceded with an E the unit will not operate correctly unless the error is resolved. For LED display codes preceded with a U the unit will continue to operate, although with possible performance degradation. Under any circumstance it is recommended to review basic hardware installation, and software configuration prior to contacting a Zebra approved Service Provider. It is often possible to restore unit function by following the steps below. 1. Remove power from the MP6000, POS equipment, and any auxiliary devices (hand-held scanners/cradles). 2. Inspect external cables including POS, auxiliary hand-held devices, and optional pole display (scale units only) for proper seating in their respective connectors. 3. Inspect internal cables: a. Scale Units Only - remove platter and confirm the scale communication cable is fully seated within the connector in the scale unit - if necessary remove the unit from the counter-top. Figure A-1 Scale Connector 4. Remove tower bezel (front housing) and tower cover (back cover): inspect the cable connectors on the UI board (2), top LED board (1), and loudspeaker (1), ensuring they are completely seated within their respective connectors. For units with optional Customer Side Scanner (CSS) ensure the USB cable within the tower housing is routed down the side of the unit and fully inserted into the side USB port (see Install the Customer Side Scanner (MX101) on page 3-16). Figure A-2 Removing the MP6000 Tower Bezel and Tower Cover; Loudspeaker Scale Communication Cable Tab(s) (on each side) Squeeze Inward Tower Bezel Loud Speaker (Without Cover)
  • 184. A - 4 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Figure A-3 UI Board and Top LED Board 5. Replace all covers. 6. Replace the platter on the unit. 7. Remove any objects from the platter, or near the unit and re-apply power to the MP6000 and attached equipment (POS, hand-held scanner). 8. Wait for the unit to boot, and listen for start-up audio indicators. 9. If the LED display codes persist contact your Zebra qualified Service Provider. LED PCB (Underneath Cover) UI PCB (Underneath Cover)
  • 185. MAINTENANCE, TROUBLESHOOTING, AND ERROR CODES A - 5 General Error and Warning Codes Table A-1 LED Display Error and Warning Codes LED Display Code Error/Warning Indication Errors (E) E21 Illumination failed E26 Image Capture Hardware (HW assist) failure E28 Digital Audio Playback failure Warnings (U) U1 Diagnostic Test Flag (internal only) U2 Illumination Current Limit warning U3 Horizontal Left Current Limit warning U4 Horizontal Center Current Limit warning U5 Horizontal Right Current Limit warning U6 Vertical Left Current Limit warning U7 Vertical Center Current Limit warning U8 Vertical Right Current Limit warning U9 Image Sensor Warning (either) U10 Vertical Image Sensor warning U11 Horizontal Image Sensor warning U16 Sensormatic EAS Offline warning U17 Host Protocol warning U18 Left Channel IR (object detection) failure U19 Left auxiliary board warning U20 Right auxiliary board warning U25 Right Channel IR (object detection) failure U27 User Interface (button interface) failure U29 EAS Communication Error U30 Center Channel IR (object detection) failure U31 Indicates that the Sensormatic control box has an internal high voltage fault. The user should turn off the Sensormatic control box (EAS tags will not be detected or deactivated). U32 Left auxiliary board is incompatible with this version of the MP6000 hardware. U33 Right auxiliary board is incompatible with this version of the MP6000 hardware.
  • 186. A - 6 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Scale Warning Codes The warning codes listed in Table A-2 display on the 7-segment display. Table A-2 Scale Fault Codes Warning Code Warning Type Description U12 Scale Failed to Zero on Scale Zero Button Press The scale failed to find a zero weight reference when the Scale Zero button was pressed. The scale will zero if the weight on the platter is within +/- 2% of maximum weight measurement capacity, and stable (i.e., no motion on platter). This is +/- 0.6 lb, or +/- 0.3 kg depending on the units of measure programmed. The allowable zeroing weight limit of 0.6 lb and 0.3 kg is configurable. Refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx) for the Maximum Scale Zeroing Weight Limit parameter. If operation fails, the user must clear it by pressing the Scale Zero button. U13 Scale Outside of Zero Drift Threshold The zero reference drifted beyond 80% of the initial zero setting range of -5% to +15% (i.e., -0.9 lb to +3.9 lb or -0.4 kg to +1.9 kg) maximum weight measurement capacity, relative to the zero weight reference found at a no load legal scale calibration. This is an advisory indicating that the scale will soon require a re-calibration. It can sometimes be cleared by scanning the Scale Reset parameter bar code, or re-powering the scale, or leaving the scale on from a cold power start for more than 10 minutes. If this persists, re-calibrate the scale. NOTE 1This fault code annunciates if a weight greater than 4.5 lb, or 2.25 kg, is left on the weighing surface while the scale comes up from a reset or cold power start. If this occurs, clear it by removing the weight. NOTE 2The fault code annunciates if the scale resets, or upon a cold reset of the MP6000 system, and the platter is not installed. It clears when the platter is reinstalled. U14 Scale is Out of Calibration The scale must be legally calibrated before it becomes operational. There are three reasons: • The scale can no longer find a zero weight reference: at power up; after a weight is removed from the platter during normal operation; or, when pressing the Scale Zero button. NOTE The scale software does not remove the scale from calibration under these conditions if it was already legally calibrated. This is a very visible condition for a user to troubleshoot. The Scale Display does not a show 0 (zero) reading from power-up, or after pressing the Scale Zero button with no load on the platter. • A new scale was installed in the MP6000. • A new MP6000 shipped from a factory to an installation that requires calibration at place of scale use.
  • 187. MAINTENANCE, TROUBLESHOOTING, AND ERROR CODES A - 7 U15 Scale Offline This is an internal error in the MP6000 scanner/scale unit and in most cases a Scale Communication Error U22 is reported before this error. U22 Scale Communication Error This is a failed communication between the MP6000 scanner PCB and the scale device. There are three issues that can cause this fault condition: • Circuitry on the MP6000 scanner PCB is failed. • Internal cable between scanner PCB and the scale device is faulty. • Internal circuitry on the scale device is faulty. U23 Scale Display Communication Error This is a failed communication between the MP6000 PCB and the Scale Display. There are three issues that can cause this fault condition: • The Scale Display configuration parameter is enabled and no Scale Display is connected to the MP6000 scanner/scale. Refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx) for scale parameters. • Display circuitry on the MP6000 PCB failed. • The Scale Display cable between the MP6000 PCB and the Scale Display is faulty, or the internal circuitry of the Scale Display is faulty. The Scale Display and cable are a single Line Replaceable Assembly (FRU*). NOTE *In most applications, p/n MX201-SR00004ZZWW can be ordered as a replacement. U24 Scale Motion Fault This condition occurs when the scale detects constant motion on the weighing surface for an extended duration of time. This is a latched fault, meaning the MP6000 needs to be powered off, the problem fixed, and the MP6000 powered back on. There are one of three reasons for this fault condition. a. The scale was improperly installed, or is mechanically bent or damaged where it cannot achieve a stable weight condition. b. The scale or the platter is pressed up against a fixed object and its free motion is inhibited. c. Debris is lodged under one or more of the over travel stop screws. NOTE If this occurs, the recommendation in most cases, is to remove and re-seat the scale. The scale should be replaced if the condition persists. Table A-2 Scale Fault Codes (Continued) Warning Code Warning Type Description
  • 188. A - 8 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE
  • 189. APPENDIX B TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Technical Specifications Table B-1 MP6000 Technical Specifications Item Description Physical Characteristics Dimensions Platter Option Short (no scale available) Length: 13.9 in. +0/-.05 in. (353.0 mm) Width: 11.5 in. +0/-.05 in. (292.0 mm) Depth: 4.0 ±0.08 in. (101.6 ±2 mm) Height: Above platter: 5.1 in. max Medium scanner and scanner/scale Length: 15.7 in. +0/-.05 in. (399.0 mm) Width: 11.5 in. +0/-.05 in. (292.0 mm) Depth: 4.0 ±0.08 in. (101.6 ±2 mm) Height: Above platter: 5.1 in. max Long scanner and scanner/scale Length: 20.0 in. +0/-.05 in. (508.0 mm) Width: 11.5 in. +0/-.05 in. (292.0 mm) Depth: 4.0 ±0.08 in. (101.6 ±2 mm) Height: Above platter: 5.1 in. max Weight NOTE Weight includes platter, but not cables or power supply. Short: 12.7 lb / 5.8 kg Medium (no scale): 13.0 lb / 6.0 kg Medium (with scale): 16.2 lb / 7.5 kg Long (no scale): 15.2 lb / 6.9 kg Long (with scale): 18.3 lb / 8.3 kg
  • 190. B - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Power • 12VDC from POS interface cable (USB PowerPlus, RS-232 or RS-485) • PWRS-14000-148R power supply: 90-264 VRMS (110-240 nominal), 47-63Hz (50-60 nominal). NOTE If a power supply plug is inserted to the J1 connector, with no voltage to the power supply, the scanner will not power up. The MP6000 GEN I has two operating modes with corresponding power requirements: • Idle Mode 5 W • Active Mode Average Power Consumption for GEN I under typical usage = 5.9W The MP6000 GEN II has two operating modes with corresponding power requirements: • Idle Mode 3.75 W • Active Mode Average Power Consumption for GEN II under typical usage = 4.6W Data Ports • One shared POS port for USB / RS-232 / IBM RS-485 • Three USB peripheral ports • Two powered RS-232 peripheral ports • Checkpoint interlock port • Scale Display port • Internal scale port Scale • 30 lb. in 0.01 lb. increments/15 kg in 5 g increments • Maximum static weight: 300 lb./136 kg • Scale can be added after scanner installation (most countries) • Single-cable and dual-cable protocols • Options: • Dual-interval Zebra scale • 0-12 lb. in 0.005 lb increments and 12-30 lb in 0.01 lb increments • 0-6 kg in 2 g increments and 6-15 kg in 5 g increments • Single-head and dual head Scale Displays • Dual heads rotate fully independently for widest viewing angles on the market Horizontal Platter • Sapphire glass • Integrated produce bar Table B-1 MP6000 Technical Specifications Item Description
  • 191. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS B - 3 User Interface • Soft-touch capacitive pads (no buttons to break or wear out) • Wide, centrally located two-color decode/information bar (clear for cashiers and self checkout users) • Beeper: adjustable volume and tones • Three programmable buttons Imaging Technology Type Multiple CMOS Array Imager Illumination 640nm, controlled by item detection system Sides Read/Scan Zone All six (6) sides; 720° coverage 1D/2D Symbologies Refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx) for supported symbologies. Performance Characteristics User Environment Operating Temperature 32° F to 104° F / 0° to 40° C Storage Temperature -40° F to 158° F / -40° C to 70° C Humidity 20% to 95% (non-condensing) Ambient Light (for scanning) Artificial Light: 0 - 450 Foot-candles (4,842 LUX) Sunlight: 0 - 8,000 Foot-candles (86,080 LUX) Environmental Sealing IP5X Software Management Remotely via SMS; locally via laptop using 123Scan2 ; via USB flash drive (self-configuring); remote statistics collection. For more information on123Scan², go to: http://www.zebra.com/123scan2. Application Development Tools Zebra Scanner SDK APIs (CoreScanner APIs) Zebra Scanner OPOS/JPOS APIs WMI interfaces Peripherals and Accessories Optional CSS The CSS enables shoppers to scan paper, plastic loyalty cards, or from a mobile device simultaneously while a cashier scans other items. Scale Display Enables indication of zero status and gross weight indication for both customer and operator. Scale (Optional) Both single-interval and dual-interval options are available EAS Compatible with existing Checkpoint and Sensormatic EAS systems Hand-held Scanner Zebra USB only Table B-1 MP6000 Technical Specifications Item Description
  • 192. B - 4 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Leveling Screws To use leveling screws, buy accessory kit MX301-SR00004ZZWR for standard-length screws, or accessory kit MX302-SR00004ZZWR for 1 in. (25 mm) extra length. Checkpoint Interlock Cable Assembly Kit p/n CBA-A54-S01EAR Width Extender (trim piece) Only for MP6000 long versions; p/n MX303-SR00004ZZWR Table B-1 MP6000 Technical Specifications Item Description
  • 193. APPENDIX C HOST INTERFACE CHARACTER SETS Introduction You can assign the values in Table C-1 as prefixes or suffixes for ASCII character data transmission.
  • 194. C - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE RS-232 Character Sets Table C-1 Character Sets Prefix/Suffix Value Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Character RS-232 ASCII Character 1000 %U NUL 1001 $A SOH 1002 $B STX 1003 $C ETX 1004 $D EOT 1005 $E ENQ 1006 $F ACK 1007 $G BELL 1008 $H BCKSPC 1009 $I HORIZ TAB 1010 $J LF/NW LN 1011 $K VT 1012 $L FF 1013 $M CR/ENTER 1014 $N SO 1015 $O SI 1016 $P DLE 1017 $Q DC1/XON 1018 $R DC2 1019 $S DC3/XOFF 1020 $T DC4 1021 $U NAK 1022 $V SYN 1023 $W ETB 1024 $X CAN 1025 $Y EM 1026 $Z SUB 1027 %A ESC 1028 %B FS
  • 195. HOST INTERFACE CHARACTER SETS C - 3 1029 %C GS 1030 %D RS 1031 %E US 1032 Space Space 1033 /A ! 1034 /B 1035 /C # 1036 /D $ 1037 /E % 1038 /F & 1039 /G 1040 /H ( 1041 /I ) 1042 /J * 1043 /K + 1044 /L , 1045 - - 1046 . . 1047 /O / 1048 0 0 1049 1 1 1050 2 2 1051 3 3 1052 4 4 1053 5 5 1054 6 6 1055 7 7 1056 8 8 1057 9 9 1058 /Z : 1059 %F ; Table C-1 Character Sets (Continued) Prefix/Suffix Value Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Character RS-232 ASCII Character
  • 196. C - 4 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE 1060 %G < 1061 %H = 1062 %I > 1063 %J ? 1064 %V @ 1065 A A 1066 B B 1067 C C 1068 D D 1069 E E 1070 F F 1071 G G 1072 H H 1073 I I 1074 J J 1075 K K 1076 L L 1077 M M 1078 N N 1079 O O 1080 P P 1081 Q Q 1082 R R 1083 S S 1084 T T 1085 U U 1086 V V 1087 W W 1088 X X 1089 Y Y 1090 Z Z Table C-1 Character Sets (Continued) Prefix/Suffix Value Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Character RS-232 ASCII Character
  • 197. HOST INTERFACE CHARACTER SETS C - 5 1091 %K [ 1092 %L 1093 %M ] 1094 %N ^ 1095 %O _ 1096 %W 1097 +A a 1098 +B b 1099 +C c 1100 +D d 1101 +E e 1102 +F f 1103 +G g 1104 +H h 1105 +I i 1106 +J j 1107 +K k 1108 +L l 1109 +M m 1110 +N n 1111 +O o 1112 +P p 1113 +Q q 1114 +R r 1115 +S s 1116 +T t 1117 +U u 1118 +V v 1119 +W w 1120 +X x 1121 +Y y Table C-1 Character Sets (Continued) Prefix/Suffix Value Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Character RS-232 ASCII Character
  • 198. C - 6 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE 1122 +Z z 1123 %P { 1124 %Q | 1125 %R } 1126 %S ~ 1127 (RS-232) Undefined 7013 (RS-232 ENTER Table C-1 Character Sets (Continued) Prefix/Suffix Value Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Character RS-232 ASCII Character
  • 199. APPENDIX D PARAMETER DEFAULT TABLE NOTE This guide includes limited parameter bar codes. For ALL MP6000 programming bar codes, refer to the MP6000 Bar Code Programming Guide (p/n 72E-172633-xx). Table D-1 Parameter Defaults Parameter Page Number USB Device Type IBM Table-top USB 2-7 RS-232 Host Type Standard RS-232 2-21 RS-232 Device Port Configuration AUX 1 Sensormatic and AUX 2 RS-232 Scanner 2-33 Third Party Scale Disable Third Party Scale 2-38 Third Party Scale LED Pin - Active High 2-40 Third Party Scale Zero Pin - Active High 2-42 IBM Port Addresses None Selected 2-45 IBM Scale Port Addresses None Selected 2-49 Legal Scale Units Kilograms 4-13 Scale Display Configuration
  • 200. D - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Disable Scale Display 4-16 Legal Scale Dampening Filter Low Vibration Sensitivity 4-18 Table D-1 Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter Page Number
  • 201. APPENDIX E COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS Table E-1 MP6000 Scanner - Functionality vs. Communication (Cable) Interface Functionality Communication Interfaces Data Transmission Remote Management Image and Video Transmission USB HID Keyboard Emulation Supported Not Available Not Available Simple COM Port Emulation Not Available Not Available Not Available CDC COM Port Emulation Supported Not Available Not Available SSI over CDC COM Port Emulation Not Available Not Available Not Available IBM Table-top USB Supported Supported Not Available IBM Hand-held USB Supported Supported Not Available USB OPOS Hand-held Supported Supported Not Available Symbol Native API (SNAPI) without Imaging Interface Not Available Supported Not Available Symbol Native API (SNAPI) with Imaging Interface Not Available Supported Not Available RS-232 Standard RS-232 Supported Not Available Not Available ICL RS-232 Supported Not Available Not Available Fujitsu RS-232 Supported Not Available Not Available Wincor-Nixdorf RS-232 Mode A Supported Not Available Not Available Wincor-Nixdorf RS-232 Mode B Supported Not Available Not Available
  • 202. E - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE Olivetti ORS4500 Supported Not Available Not Available Omron Supported Not Available Not Available CUTE Supported Not Available Not Available OPOS/JPOS Supported Not Available Not Available NCR Supported Not Available Not Available Datalogic Supported Not Available Not Available SSI Not Available Supported Not Available IBM 4690 Hand-held Scanner Emulation (Port 9B) Supported Not Available Not Available Table-top Scanner Emulation (Port 17) Supported Supported Not Available Non-IBM Scanner Emulation (Port 5B) Supported Supported Not Available Table E-1 MP6000 Scanner - Functionality vs. Communication (Cable) Interface
  • 203. INDEX Numerics 0.0 connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 12V DC connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 7-segment display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13, 3-34, 4-2, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3, 4-4, 4-7, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8, 4-11, 5-3, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14, A-2, A-6 A active operating mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10, B-2 ASCII values RS-232 character sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1 aux 1 connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 aux 2 connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 aux a-b connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 auxiliary board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5 auxiliary current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53 auxiliary scanner about . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 CSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2, A-3 device port config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 device settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10, 1-14, 2-2 RS-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13, 2-32, 3-34 types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10, 2-13 B bar codes IBM device type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43 IBM RS-485 port address none 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48 port address none 5B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47 port address none 9B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46 IBM RS-488 port address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45 legal scale dampening filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 RS-232 device type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 RS-232 device port configuration . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 scale display configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 scale legal parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13, 4-14 scale port address none selected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49 port 6A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 port 6B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51 port 6E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52 third party scale parameters . . . . . . 2-37, 2-39, 2-41 USB device type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 buttons EAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13, 5-5 scale zero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13, 5-4 soft reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 volume/tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13, 5-4 C calibration switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 chapter descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .v character sets RS-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-1 Checkpoint EAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14, 3-8, 3-31, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34, 3-37, 5-18, 5-19 Checkpoint interlock connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 cold start, power on requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 components, installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
  • 204. INDEX - 2 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 connecting IBM RS-485 interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43 RS-232 interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 connector ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 connectors 0.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 12V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 aux 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 aux 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 aux a-b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 Checkpoint interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 location on device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 POS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 RS-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 counter cutout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26, 3-28, 3-30 CSS connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14, 5-6, B-3 installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 css beeper/LED conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 CSS scan window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 CSS window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 current, auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53 Customer Side scanner. See CSS cutout, counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26, 3-28, 3-30 D default parameters user preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 dimensions counter cutouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26, 3-28, 3-30 front views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26, 3-28 side views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27, 3-29, 3-30 top views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27, 3-29, 3-31 display, scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12, 1-14, 2-53, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12, 4-15, 5-6 documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .vi E EAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14, 3-7, 3-8, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31, 3-34, 3-37, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18, 5-19 controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 operating modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 EAS button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13, 5-5 electrical power AC/DC power cubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 POS equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Electronic Article Surveillance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 error/warning codes display notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-2 general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-5 indicator LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-2 scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-6 troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-3 F features 7-segment display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13, 3-34, 4-2, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3, 4-4, 4-7, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8, 4-11, 5-3, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14, A-2, A-6 calibration switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 CSS scan window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 EAS button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13 horizontal scan window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 LED array/bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13 leveling screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11, 1-14 platter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9, 1-14, 5-7 scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13 scale display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2, 1-12, 1-14, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53, 3-12, 4-15, 5-6 scale zero button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13 speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 vertical scan window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 volume/tone button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13 ferrite placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 flash drive port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 H horizontal scan window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 host types IBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43 RS-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 I IBM RS-485 connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43 parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44 input/output ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53 install Checkpoint EAS antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37 components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
  • 205. Index - 3 CSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 mounting frame for the MP6000 . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39 scale display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 scanner/scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Sensormatic coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34 trim kit for the MP6000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38 L LED array/bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13, 5-2 LED display notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 leveling screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11, 1-14 M maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 mounting frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39 MX101 installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16, 5-6 MX101. See CSS N notational conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .vi O operating mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10, B-2 operating modes idle operating mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10, B-2 P parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 peripherals devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 platter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-14 install/remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 pole display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2, 1-14 ports, connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 POS connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 preparing the site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 price computational scale interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 product configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Q quick reference for installing components . . . . . . . . . 3-6 quick reference, installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 R related publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .vi RS-232 aux 1 connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 aux 2 connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 S scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13 cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 legal scale dampening filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 scale display configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 scale legal parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13, 4-14 scale port address none selected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49 port 6A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 port 6B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51 port 6E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52 scale display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2, 1-12, 1-14, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53, 3-12, 4-15, 5-6 scale display, installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 scale zero button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13, 5-4 scale, third party . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37, 2-39, 2-41 scan window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Sensormatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7, 3-8, 3-31, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34, 5-18, 5-19 service information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii, 3-2 setup connecting a USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 connecting an RS-232 interface . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 connecting to an IBM RS-485 host . . . . . . . . . . 2-43 connecting USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 site preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 soft reset button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 speaker wire ferrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 staging USB flash drive cap/port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii T third party scale parameters . . . . . . . . . 2-37, 2-39, 2-41 tone button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13 trim kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38 troubleshooting 7-segment display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 error/warning codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5 errors/warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 LED display notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 scale warning codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6 status indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
  • 206. INDEX - 4 MP6000 INTEGRATOR GUIDE U unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 USB connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 USB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 user preferences parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 V ventilation and spacing requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 vertical scan window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 volume/tone button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 1-13, 5-4 Z Zebra support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
  • 207. Thank you for your input—We value your comments. Tell Us What You Think... We’d like to know what you think about this Manual. Please take a moment to fill out this questionnaire and fax this form to: (631) 627-7184, or mail to: Zebra Technologies Corporation Lincolnshire, IL U.S.A. Attention: Technical Publications Manager Data Capture Solutions IMPORTANT: If you need product support, please call the appropriate customer support number provided. Unfortunately, we cannot provide customer support at the fax number above. Manual Title:___________________________________________ (please include revision level) How familiar were you with this product before using this manual? Did this manual meet your needs? If not, please explain. ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ What topics need to be added to the index, if applicable? ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ What topics do you feel need to be better discussed? Please be specific. ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ What can we do to further improve our manuals? ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ Very familiar Slightly familiar Not at all familiar
  • 210. 72E-172632-08 Revision A - May 2015 Zebra Technologies Corporation Lincolnshire, IL U.S.A. http://www.zebra.com Zebra and the stylized Zebra head are trademarks of ZIH Corp., registered in many jurisdictions worldwide. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © 2015 ZIH Corp and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.